Professional Documents
Culture Documents
About
Schneider Electric
As a global specialist in energy management with operations in
more than 100 countries, Schneider Electric offers integrated
solutions across multiple market segments, including leadership
positions in energy and infrastructure, industrial processes, building
automation, and data centres/networks, as well as a broad presence
in residential applications.
Contents
Contents
Search...
This page contains links to help you quickly navigate this PDF.
Click on an item below to be taken directly to that section.
Speed Search
An index for rapid conversion of generic industry
and Schneider Electric terms to product range
and page numbers.
Power
Index
Low voltage final distribution
A
Medium voltage distribution
G Smartlink communication system Page C19
Product Name
Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs)
Low voltage, 800-6300A Masterpact NW08-NW63 D 42
Altistart 01 Soft starter 0.37 to 15kW Altistart 01 ATS01 I 7 Control and Acti 9 system
Altistart 22 Soft starter 7.5 to 315kW Altistart 22 ATS22 I 8 signalling Contactors and load shedding contactors Page C25
Altistart 48 Soft starter 7.5 to 630kW Altistart 48 ATS48 I 10 Impulse relays Page C26
Altivar 12 Variable speed drive 0.18 to 2.2kW Altivar 12 ATV12 I 12 Pushbuttons, pilot lights and selector switches Page C27
Altivar 212 HVAC variable speed drive 0.75 to 75kW Altivar 212 ATV212 I 14 Time delay relays and time switches Page C28
Altivar 312 Variable speed drive 0.18 to 7.5kW Altivar 312 ATV312 I 15 Button holders and light sensitive switches Page C29
Altivar 31C Variable speed drive 0.18 to 15kW IP54 Altivar 31 ATV31C I 19
Description
Bells, buzzers and control transformers Page C29
Altivar 32 Variable speed drive 0.18 to 15kW Altivar 32 ATV32 I 20
Emergency light test kit Page C30
Altivar 61 Variable speed drive 0.37 to 630kW Altivar 61 ATV61 I 24
Altivar 71 Variable speed drive 0.37 to 500kW Altivar 71 ATV71 I 26
Connection devices Acti 9 system
Altivar 61/71 Plus Variable speed drive 90 to 2400kW Altivar 61/71 Plus ATV I 40 and accessories Comb busbars and accessories Page C31
Altivar 1000 MV variable speed drive 0.5 to 10MW Altivar 1000 ATV1000 I 41
Connection devices and accessories Page C32
Analogue Pressure Sensors 4-20mA or 0-10V output Nautilus XML-E & F K 32
3 phase chassis for 18mm wide devices Page C33-34
AS-Interface (Actuator Sensor Interface) Cabling system ASI M 41
3 phase chassis for 18 and 27mm wide devices Page C33-35
Interface module for integrated starter protector TeSys Model U H 55
Range Name
3 phase + N chassis for 36mm wide RCBOs Page C33-35
AS-Interface IP20 distributed I/O, digital & analogue ASI20 M 42
IP67 distributed I/O ASI67 M 42
AS-i Safety at Work Safety communication Safety at Work L 24,25
AS-interface cabling system M 41
Control & signalling units Harmony J 3 Please refer to the Product Index and Conditions of Sale section
— Stocking Policy column for stock and indent status.
C1
Distributed inputs/outputs Advantys N 28
Distributed inputs/outputs Advantys OTB M 38
Distributed inputs/outputs Telefast ABE M 38
Electronic human machine interface Magelis XBT N 41-48
Product Reference
Machine safety devices Preventa L 20
Sections
Smart relays Zelio SR2 & SR3 M 30,31
SCADA software Vijeo Citect N 49
A breakdown of actual
Timers & relays Zelio M 4-22
looking at.
or categories for
for miniature circuit breakers Acti 9 Comb busbar C 29
for miniature circuit breakers – fishbone type Acti 9 C 31-32
for motor circuit breakers – fishbone type TeSys GV2 H 37
Busbar Systems for motor starters – modular TeSys LA9Z H 70-74
S
I
$11.60
$9.05
$119.00
$135.50
C33, F34
C33, F34
F34
F34
08961
08962
08963
14885
BN 04Z 0FK
BN 04Z 0FK
BN 04Z 0FK
CU 0DF 1AW
S
S
S
S
$16.30
$30.10
$9.65
$28.70
F31
F31
F31
F33
• item/description
03801 BN 04Z 0G3 S $16.50 F34 14886 CU 0DF 1AW S $28.70 F33
03803 BN 04Z 0G3 S $26.70 F34 14887 CU 0DF 1AW S $29.80 F33
03804 BN 04Z 0G3 S $31.60 F34 14888 CU 0DF 1AW S $33.90 F33
03805 BN 04Z 0G3 S $36.90 F34 14891 CU 0DF 1AW S $60.20 F33
• dimensions
03806 BN 04Z 0G3 S $42.00 F34 14892 CU 0DF 1AW S $103.00 F33
04000 CU 0D3 18W S $125.00 C30,F33 14893 CU 0DF 1AW S $135.50 F33
04008 BN 04Z 0G3 S $89.00 F33 15125 BA 03D 0AF I $125.50 E3
04031 BN 04Z 0G3 S $35.00 F32 15126 BA 03D 0AF I $125.50 E3
• wiring diagrams
Alphanumeric
04040 CU 0D3 18W S $130.00 C30 15151 CU 0D3 17J S $17.00 J26
04041 CU 0D3 18W S $130.00 C30 15201 BA 03D 0AF I $383.00 E3
• reference number
04103 BN 04Z 0G3 I $103.50 F32 15331 CU 0D3 17J I $238.00 C26
iSW – 20 to 32A AS/NZS60669-2-4
Section C: iSW – 40 to 125A AS/NZS60947-3 04104 BN 04Z 0G3 I $120.50 F32 15335 CU 0D3 17J S $131.00 C26
Index
Final distribution iDPN – 6 to 40 AS/NZS60898.1 04107 BN 04Z 0G3 S $162.00 F32 15336 CU 0D3 17J I $184.00 C26
04108 BN 04Z 0G3 I $182.00 F32 15337 CU 0D3 17J I $426.00 C26
04111 BN 04Z 0G3 S $233.00 F32 15440 BA 03D 0AF S $119.00 E3
iSW
Current Rating
20A
No. of
poles
1
Voltage (VAC) Width in mod.
250V
of 9mm
2
Reference
A9S60120
Price $
exc. GST
21.90
04121
04145
04147
04148
BN 04Z 0G3
BN 04Z 0G3
BN 04Z 0G3
BN 04Z 0G3
S
S
I
I
$267.00
$59.30
$137.00
$168.50
F32
F32
F32
F32
15668
16029
16030
16032
CU 0CX 15Y
BA 03D 0AF
BA 03D 0AF
BA 03D 0AF
S
I
I
I
$18.40
$219.00
$219.00
$9.20
C17
E3
E3
E3
2 415V 2 A9S60220 31.90 04150 BN 04Z 0G3 I $37.20 F32 16034 BA 03D 0AF I $9.20 E3
32A 1 250V 2 A9S60132 22.60
04151 BN 04Z 0G3 S $107.50 F32 16035 BA 03D 0AF I $9.20 E3
2 415V 2 A9S60232 33.00
04152 BN 04Z 0G3 S $122.00 F32 16036 BA 03D 0AF I $9.20 E3
A listing of product
C
3 415V 4 A9S60332 56.80
04158 BN 04Z 0G3 I $13.40 F32 16038 BA 03D 0AF I $9.20 E3
A9S60120
04200 DA 0DT 1DJ S $43.60 F31 16039 BA 03D 0AF I $9.20 E3
04202 DA 0DT 1DJ S $43.60 F31 16040 BA 03D 0AF I $9.20 E3
Switch-disconnectors
04205 BN 04Z 0G3 S $17.40 F31 16041 BA 03D 0AF I $9.20 E3
Model Current rating No. of Voltage (VAC) Width in mod. Reference Price $
references including
poles of 9mm exc. GST 04206 BN 04Z 0G3 S $20.10 F31, F33 16061 BA 03D 0AF I $192.00 E3
iSW 40A 1 250V 2 A9S66140 24.50 04207 BN 04Z 0G3 I $24.30 F31 16451 BA 03D 0A9 S $80.30 E4
2 415V 2 A9S66240 42.00
3 415V 4 A9S66340 65.20
04208 BN 04Z 0G3 I $29.70 F31 16452 BA 03D 0A9 S $80.30 E4
4 415V 8 A9S66440 123.50 04210 DA 0DT 1DJ S $4.90 F31 16453 BA 03D 0A9 S $80.30 E4
63A 1 250V 2 A9S66163 26.50 04239 BN 04Z 0FK S $20.00 F33 16455 BA 03D 0A9 S $80.30 E4
policy.
08012 BN 04Z 0F7 I $320.00 F31 16535 BA 03D 0A9 I $138.00 E4
iDPN 1P+N MCB 08013 BN 04Z 0F7 I $384.00 F31 16537 BA 03D 0A9 I $138.00 E4
Rating Width in Reference Price $ 08082 BN 04Z 0F7 S $121.50 F30 16538 BA 03D 0A9 I $156.50 E4
mod.of exc. GST
9mm
08083 BN 04Z 0F7 S $134.00 F30 16542 BA 03D 0A9 I $191.50 E4
1P + N – 6kA 6A 2 A9N21555 71.20 08084 BN 04Z 0F7 S $146.50 F30 16543 BA 03D 0A9 I $191.50 E4
C curve 10A 2 A9N21556 71.20 08085 BN 04Z 0F7 S $159.50 F30 16544 BA 03D 0A9 I $191.50 E4
16A 2 A9N21557 71.20
20A 2 A9N21558 71.20 08086 BN 04Z 0F7 S $172.00 F30 16547 BA 03D 0A9 I $191.50 E4
25A 2 A9N21559 71.20 08092 BN 04Z 0F7 S $249.00 F30 16548 BA 03D 0A9 I $276.00 E4
32A 2 A9N21560 71.20
08093 BN 04Z 0F7 S $262.00 F30 16549 BA 03D 0A9 I $276.00 E4
A9N21558 40A 2 A9N21561 71.20
08094 BN 04Z 0F7 S $275.00 F30 16752 CU 0D3 17E I $705.00 C17
08095 BN 04Z 0F7 S $287.00 F30 16754 CU 0D3 17E I $1,057.00 C17
08096 BN 04Z 0F7 S $300.00 F30 16760 CU 0D3 17E I $1,557.00 C17
08803 BN 04Z 0F7 I $9.65 F31 16762 CU 0D3 17E I $2,333.00 C17
08817 BN 04Z 0G3 I $191.50 F31 16924 CU 0D3 17E S $475.00 C15
Please note that all information contained in this catalogue was correct at time of printing and is subject to change from time to time.
We recommend that you ask our customer service team for confirmation of pricing and stock availability at time of order.
A1
Contents (HOME)
A
Advantys Distributed inputs/outputs Advantys STB N 26
B
Low voltage, 630-1600A Masterpact NT06-NT16 D 41
Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs)
Low voltage, 800-6300A Masterpact NW08-NW63 D 42
Altistart 01 Soft starter 0.37 to 15kW Altistart 01 ATS01 I 7
Altistart 22 Soft starter 7.5 to 315kW Altistart 22 ATS22 I 8
Altistart 48 Soft starter 7.5 to 630kW Altistart 48 ATS48 I 11
Altivar 12 Variable speed drive 0.18 to 2.2kW Altivar 12 ATV12 I 13
Altivar 212 HVAC variable speed drive 0.75 to 75kW Altivar 212 ATV212 I 15
Altivar 312 Variable speed drive 0.18 to 7.5kW Altivar 312 ATV312 I 16
Altivar 31C Variable speed drive 0.18 to 15kW IP54 Altivar 31 ATV31C I 20
Altivar 32 Variable speed drive 0.18 to 15kW Altivar 32 ATV32 I 21
Altivar 61 Variable speed drive 0.37 to 630kW Altivar 61 ATV61 I 25
Altivar 71 Variable speed drive 0.37 to 500kW Altivar 71 ATV71 I 27
Altivar 61/71 Plus Variable speed drive 90 to 2400kW Altivar 61/71 Plus ATV I 41
Altivar Process Variable speed drive 0.75 to 1500kW Altivar Process ATV600 I 44
Analogue Converters 0…10V, 4…20mA Zelio RMC M 24
Analogue Pressure Sensors 4-20mA or 0-10V output Nautilus XML K 28-29
AS-Interface Interface module for integrated starter protector TeSys Model U H 49-51
AS-i Safety at Work Safety communication Safety at Work L 24,25
Configuration software Vijeo XD N 47
Control & signalling units Harmony J 3
Distributed inputs/outputs Advantys N 27
Distributed inputs/outputs Telefast ABE M 36
Electronic human machine interface Magelis N 39
Machine safety devices Preventa L 29-35
Automation & control Motor control gear TeSys H from 4
Position sensors Osiswitch K 18-26
Programmable logic controllers – high end Modicon M340, M580 & Quantum N 3-25
Programmable logic controllers – low end Modicon M221 M 33-35
Smart relays Zelio SR2 & SR3 M 26-29
SCADA software Vijeo Citect N 48
Timers & relays Zelio M 4-20
Variable speed drives & soft starters Altivar/Altistart I 1
Contactors TeSys Model K H 5-6
Contactors TeSys Model D H 12-14
Contactors TeSys Model F H 26-30
Auxiliary Contact Integral contactor breakers TeSys LD H 65
Integrated starter protector TeSys Model U H 49-51
Miniature circuit breaker Acti 9 iC60/C120 C from 9
Motor circuit breakers TeSys GV2 H 36
B1
Contents (HOME)
C
iC60N Miniature circuit breakers Acti 9 iC60N C 9
iC60H Miniature circuit breakers Acti 9 iC60H C 10
iC60L Minature circuit breakers Acti 9 iC60L C 13
C120N Miniature circuit breakers Acti 9 C120N C 12
C120H Miniature circuit breakers Acti 9 C120H C 14
Cable Connectors For miniature circuit breakers Acti 9 C 21
Cable Duct Terminal blocks & cable ends AK2 F 45
Cable Ends Terminal blocks & cable ends DZ5 F 44
Safety rated Telemecanique XY2 L 20-21
Cable Pull Switches – Trip Wire Switches
Non safety rated Telemecanique XY2 K 27
Contactors TeSys LC1D E 21
Capacitor Switching
Contactors TeSys LC1D H 14
Changeover Relays Acti 9 system DIN mount Acti 9 iTLI/ETL C 25
for miniature circuit breakers – fishbone type Acti 9 C 32,33
for motor circuit breakers – fishbone type TeSys GV2 H 36
Chassis for motor starters – modular TeSys LA9Z H 72-76
for motor starters – panel TeSys AK5 H 71
for moulded case circuit breakers – fishbone type Compact NSX CNS Powerpact D 35
Miniature (MCB) Acti 9 iC60/C120 C 9-14
Moulded case (MCCB) – Intelligent Outlook Compact NSX100/630 D 4-22
Circuit Breaker – low voltage
Moulded case (MCCB) Compact NS630b/1600 D 28-31
Moulded case (MCCB) Compact NS1600b/3200 D 33,34
Circuit Monitors Current & voltage measurement relays Zelio control RM22 M 22-23
CNS Fishbone chassis for moulded case circuit breakers Compact NSX CNS Powerpact D 35
Coded Magnetic Safety Switches for machine guard interlocking Preventa XCSDM L 17
for contactors TeSys Model D H 12-14
Coils
for contactors TeSys Model F H 25-30
Comb Busbar for miniature circuit breakers Acti 9 C 30
AS-i comms module for integrated starter protector TeSys Model U H 57
Communication Modules
Modbus comms module for integrated starter protector TeSys Model U H 58
Compact NSX Moulded case (MCCB) – Intelligent Outlook Compact NSX100/630 D 4-22
Moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) – 1.5 to 80A Compact NS80H D 23
Compact NS Moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) – 1600 to 3200A Compact NS1600b/3200 D 33,34
Moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) – 630 to 1600A Compact NS630b/1600 D 28-31
Configurable Safety Controller Preventa XPSMCM L 31-32
Integrated motor starter protector TeSys Model U H 49
Contactor Breaker
Integrated motor starter protector Integral H 65
Acti 9 system DIN mount Acti 9 iCT C 12
Air break, 3 & 4 pole – 4 to 75kW TeSys Model D H 12
Contactor Air break, 3 & 4 pole – 59 to 450kW TeSys Model F H 26
Air break, mini contactors – 2.2 to 7.5kW TeSys Model K H 5
Capacitor Switching TeSys LC1D H 14
Control and Monitoring Relays Voltage, current, phase failure, rotation, level Zelio RM22 M 22-23
AC & DC coils, low consumption TeSys Model D H 12
Control Relays AC & DC coils TeSys Model K H 5
Spade connector Zelio RPF M 10
B2
Contents (HOME)
B3
Contents (HOME)
E
Earth Leakage Relays 45mm DIN profile & panel mounting types Vigirex E 17
Earth Terminals Screw, spring and push-in terminal blocks NSY F 38-43
Multifunction motor protection unit TeSys TeSys T H 68
Electronic Motor Protection TeSys Model U TeSys Model U H 53
Thermistor protection relay TeSys LT3 H 70
Motor protection unit TeSys TeSys T H 68
Electronic Multifunction Protection Relay
Multifunction control unit TeSys Model U H 54
Electronic Pressure Sensors 4-20mA or 0-10V output Nautilus XML K 28-29
22mm black insulated bezel Harmony Style 5 J 17
22mm chromium plated bezel Harmony Style 4 J 7
Emergency Stop Buttons
22mm double insulated control stations Harmony XAL K J 29
22mm metal control stations Harmony XAP J J 31
Emergency Stop Station Double insulated – 22mm dia Harmony XAL K J 29
Enclosed Disconnect Switch Isolators 12 – 175A, panel mounting Vario H 77
DOL TeSys Model D & M H 32
Enclosed Starters
Star delta TeSys Model D H 34
Industrial boxes – IP66 NSYTBP & NSYTBS F 2-3
Polyester, glass reinforced – IP65 NSYPLS & NSYPLSP F 4-7
Polyester, glass reinforced – IP66 NSYPLM F 8-11
Polyester, glass reinforced – IP65 NSYPLA F 12-14
Metal – IP66 NSYCRN F 15-17
Enclosure Stainless steel – IP66 NSYS3X F 18-20
Ventilation, heating devices VF F 21
Switchboards Pragma F 22-23
Metal switchboards GAEL F 31-37
Metal switchboards Prisma Plus G & P Systems F 24
Metal switchboards Prisma Plus PACK F 25-30
Energy Meters Energy meters iEM3000 E 5-6
Ethernet Gateways Modbus to Ethernet PowerLogic Link150 and Com’X 510 E 11
Ethernet Switches Industrial network switches Connexium TCSE N 32-34
Explosive Environments Dust explosion rated products Zone 21 and 22 Atex/IEC Ex L 4-11
B4
Contents (HOME)
G
GAEL Kitset enclosures F 31
Gateway Connexium Converter N 35
GV2/GV3 Motor circuit breakers – thermal magnetic TeSys GV2/GV3 H 36,43
B5
Contents (HOME)
L for 22mm control & signalling units – standard Harmony Style 4 & 5 J 25
Legend Plates for 30mm control & signalling units – standard Class 9001 K & SK J 38
for pendant stations Harmony XAC J 40-45
Light Sensitive Switches Acti 9 system DIN mount – twilight lighting control Acti 9 IC200/2000 C 28
European Osiswitch K 18-26
Limit Switch
Safety Preventa L 18-19
Liquid Level Relay Liquid level control Zelio RM22 M 23
Liquid Level probes Liquid level control Zelio LA9 M 23
Load Break Switch 12 – 175A, panel mounting Vario H 77
Locks Acti 9 lock Acti 9 C 21
Programmable logic controllers – low end Modicon M221 M 33-35
Logic Smart relays Zelio SR2 & SR3 M 26-29
Safety modules Preventa XPS L 29-32
LT3 Thermistor protection relay TeSys LT3 H 70
M
M340 Programmable logic controller Modicon M340 N 3, 4, 11-21
M580 Programmable logic controller Modicon M580 N 5,6,22
M Model Motor starter (enclosed non-reversing) TeSys M model H 32
Magelis Electronic HMI Magelis N 38-47
Magnetic Motor Circuit Breakers Selection guide TeSys GV H 35
Air circuit breakers 630 to 1600A Masterpact NT06-16 D 41
Masterpact
Air circuit breakers 630 to 6300A Masterpact NW08-63 D 42
MCB Miniature circuit breaker, 18mm DIN mount Acti 9 C 9-14
MCCB Moulded case (MCCB) - Intelligent Outlook Compact NSX D 4-22
MCCB Chassis Fishbone busbar for moulded case circuit breakers Compact NSX CNS Powerpact D 35
MC Set Withdrawable switchgear
for contactors TeSys Model F H 27
Mechanical Interlock
for contactors TeSys Model D H 14
Mechanical Latch Block TeSys add-on latch block TeSys Model D H 19
Mini Relay Plug-in style Zelio Control M 6
Acti 9 system DIN mount, 1 to 3 pole, 1 to 63A – 6kA Acti 9 iC60N C 9
Acti 9 system DIN mount, 1 to 4 pole, 1 to 63A – 10kA Acti 9 iC60H C 10
Acti 9 system DIN mount, 1 to 2 pole, 1 to 63A – DC Acti 9 C60H-DC C 11
Acti 9 system DIN mount, 1 to 4 pole, 63 to 125A – 10kA Acti 9 C120N C 12
Miniature Circuit Breakers
Acti 9 system DIN mount, 1 to 4 pole, 1 to 63A - 15kA Acti 9 iC60L C 13
Acti 9 system DIN mount, 1 to 4 pole, 10 to 125A – 15kA Acti 9 C120H C 14
Auxiliaries Acti 9 iC60/120 C 20
Accessories Acti 9 iC60/120 C 21
Model D Auxiliaries & accessories TeSys Model D H 16-20
Model F Auxiliaries & accessories TeSys Model F H 28-29
Model K Auxiliaries & accessories TeSys Model K H 6
B6
Contents (HOME)
N
Neutral Terminals DIN rail mounted terminal blocks AB1 M 49
Moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) – 100 to 630A Compact NSX100/630 D 4-22
NSX Moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) – 1600 to 3200A Compact NS1600b/3200 D 33,34
Moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) – 630 to 1600A Compact NS630b/1600 D 28-31
NT Air Circuit Breakers 630 to 1600A Masterpact NT06-16 D 41
NW Air Circuit Breakers 800 to 6300A Masterpact NW08-M63 D 42
B7
Contents (HOME)
O
Operator Interface Electronic human machine interface Magelis N 38-47
Limit switches Osiswitch® K 18-26
Photoelectric sensors Osiris® K 3-6
Osiconcept®
Pressure switches Nautilus K 27
Proximity sensors Osiprox® K 7-11
Overcurrent Measurement Measurement control relay Zelio RM22/RM35 M 23
Overload Alarm Function modules TeSys Model U H 54
Control module – advanced TeSys Model U H 52
Control module – multifunction TeSys Model U H 53
Multifunction motor protection relays TeSys TeSys T H 67
Overload relay Thermal overload relay TeSys Model D H 21
Thermal overload relay TeSys Model F H 30
Thermal overload relay TeSys Model K H 6
Thermistor protection relay TeSys LT3 H 70
Overvoltage Measurement Measurement control relay Zelio RM22 M 22
P
Panel Busbar System for motor starters TeSys AK5 H 71
Parallel Wiring Module Control wiring accessory for TeSys Model U H 56
Parallel Wiring Splitter Control wiring accessory for TeSys Model U H 56
Insulated pendant stations – 2 to 12 hole Harmony XAC J 40-45
Pendant Stations
Wireless pendant Harmony eXLhoist J 46
Phase Rotation Monitoring relay Zelio RM22 M 22
Phase failure Monitoring relay Zelio RM22 M 22
Phaseo Regulated power supplies Phaseo ABL M 30-31
Compact 50 x 50 Universal Osiconcept® Osiris® K 4
Photoelectric Sensors Cylindrical universal Osiconcept® Osiris® K 3
Miniature universal Osiconcept® Osiris® K 4
22mm double insulated bezel Harmony Style 5 J 22
22mm metal bezel Harmony Style 4 J 13
Pilot Lights
30mm metal bezel Class 9001 K J 37
Acti 9 system DIN mount Acti 9 PL C 26
Plug-in relays Interface, miniature, signalling, universal Zelio RSL, RSB, RXM, M 4-10
RXG, RUM, RPM
Power Factor Correction Capacitors VarplusCan capacitors VarplusCan E 19
Power Monitoring Solutions PowerLogic E 16
Power Meters Power meters PowerLogic E 7-10
Power Supplies Regulated AC to DC Phaseo ABL M 30-31
Powerpact chassis for moulded case circuit – fishbone type Compact NSX CNS Powerpact D 35
Analogue Nautilus K 28
Pressure Sensors
Electronic Nautilus K 29
Pressure Switches Industrial Nautilus K 27
Programmable logic controllers – high end Modicon Quantum N 7, 8, 23-25
Programmable logic controllers – high end Modicon M340 N 3, 4, 11-21
Programmable Logic Controller Programmable logic controllers – high end Modicon M580 N 5, 6, 22
Programmable logic controllers – low end Modicon M221 M 33-35
Smart Relays Zelio SR2 & SR3 M 26-29
B8
Contents (HOME)
Q
Quantum Programmable logic controllers – high end Modicon Quantum N 7, 8, 23-25
R Acti 9 system DIN mount 18mm combined MCB/RCD – 10kA Acti 9 iC60H RCBO C 16
RCBO
Acti 9 system DIN mount combined MCB/RCD – 6kA Acti 9 iDPN Vigi C 15-16
RCCB Residual current devices Acti 9 iID RCCB C 15-16
RC Network TeSys Model D coil TeSys Model D Coil H 19
Add on Vigi blocks for miniature circuit breakers Acti 9 iC60/120 C 17
Residual Current Devices
See also “RCCB” & “RCBO”
Control TeSys Model K H 5
Plug-in Zelio RSL, RSB, RXM, M 4-10
Relays
RXG, RUM, RPM
Programmable smart relay Zelio SR2 & SR3 M 26-29
Reversing Contactors TeSys Model K contactors TeSys Model K H 5
Reversing Module TeSys Model U reverser block TeSys Model U H 49,50
TeSys Model K TeSys Model K H 5
Reversing Starters
TeSys Model U TeSys Model U H 49-50
Rotary Encoders Incremental and absolute Osisense XCC K 16-17
B9
Contents (HOME)
T
Telefast I/O connection system Telefast ABE M 36
Temperature Controllers Digital panel mount 48x48 Zelio RTC M 25
Cable duct AK2 M 49
Cable ends DZ5 M 48
Terminal Blocks & Cable Ends Earth terminal blocks AB1 M 46
Neutral terminal blocks AB1 M 46
Screw terminal blocks AB1 M 45-47
GV2 TeSys GV2 H 36
Thermal Magnetic Motor Circuit Breakers
GV3 TeSys GV3 H 43
TeSys Model D TeSys H 21
Thermal Overload TeSys Model F TeSys H 30
TeSys Model K TeSys H 6
Thermal Overload Alarm Module TeSys Model U function module TeSys H 54
Thermistor Protection Relays LT3 H 69
Delay on, single shot, interval timer & multifunction Acti 9 iRT C 27
Time Delay Relays
Delay on/off, flashing, single shot & multifunction Zelio RE22 & RE48 M 15-16
24 hr/7 day single & multichannel – digital/analogue Acti 9 IH & IHP C 27
Time Switches
Programmable “smart relay” Zelio SR2 & SR3 M 26-29
Delay on, single shot, interval timer & multifunction Acti 9 iRT C 27
Timers Delay on/off, flashing, single shot & multifunction Zelio RE22 & RE48 M 15-16
TeSys Model D accessories TeSys H 16
Toroids Earth leakage relays Vigirex E 17
Tower Lights Signalling and sound Harmony XVB & XVU J 48-53
Transformers MV G 1-5
Transformer Step Down 400/230/24 Phaseo ABL6 M 30
Triple Deck Terminal Blocks Terminal blocks NSY F 38-42
Safety rated Telemecanique XY2 L 20-21
Trip Wire Switches
Non safety rated Telemecanique XY2 K 27
B10
Contents (HOME)
U
Ultrasonics Flat and cylindrical Osisense XX K 12-13
B
U Model TeSys Model U Integrated Starter Protector TeSys H 48
Undercurrent Measurement Zelio measurement control relays Zelio RM22 & RM35 M 23
Undervoltage Measurement Zelio measurement control relays Zelio RM22 M 22
GV2 motor circuit breakers TeSys GV2 H 36
Undervoltage Trip
GV3 motor circuit breakers TeSys GV3 H 43
Unity Programming software Unity N 31
B11
Contents (HOME)
Power
Low voltage final distribution
C
Low voltage power distribution
D
Power management systems
E
Enclosures and switchboard systems
F
Medium voltage distribution
G
Contents (HOME)
Index
Low voltage final distribution
Section C:
Final distribution
Acti 9 system
Protection and Tripping curves, markings and limitation capability Page C7
isolation
Isolators, iDPN MCBs Page C8
Acti 9 system
Control and
signalling Contactors and load shedding contactors Page C24
Acti 9 system
Connection devices
Comb busbars and accessories Page C30
and accessories
Connection devices and accessories Page C31
Curve D
tripping: 10 to 14 In;
protection of high 6 7
surge circuits, welders,
transformers, motors. Key
1. Circuit Breaker Model Number
Curve MA (magnetic only)
2. Tripping Curve
tripping: 12 In; protection
3. Circuit Breaker Current Rating
of motor starters (+ thermal
protection when combined 4. Operating Voltage
with contactor). 5. Rated Breaking Capacity
6. Circuit Breaker Part Number
7. Electrical Diagram – No. of Poles
8. I2t classification
This is illustrated by limitation curves which give: Installation of current limiting circuit breakers
>> The limited peak current in relation to the RMS offers several advantages:
value of the prospective short circuit current >> Better network protection
(the short circuit current being that current Current limiting circuit breakers considerably
which would flow continuously in the absence reduce the undesirable effects of short circuit
of protection equipment). currents in an installation.
>> The limited current stress in relation to the RMS >> Reduced thermal effects
value of the prospective short circuit current. Cable heating is reduced, hence longer cable
>> Current limiting capability. The advanced design life.
of the Acti 9 range provides current limitation >> Reduced mechanical effects
with far better protection than conventional Electrodynamic forces reduced, thus electrical
circuit breakers. For example, on a 6A rating contacts are less likely to be deformed or
with a prospective short circuit of 5000A, the broken.
current will be limited at 350A or 7%. >> Reduced electromagnetic effects
Measuring equipment situated near an electrical
circuit less affected.
Note
(1) For additional Curve trip units, please contact Schneider Electric.
Control Switches
Model Current Rating No. of Voltage (VAC) Width in mod. Reference Price $
poles of 9mm exc. GST
iSW 20A 1 250V 2 A9S60120 22.70
2 415V 2 A9S60220 33.05
32A 1 250V 2 A9S60132 23.40
2 415V 2 A9S60232 34.20
C
3 415V 4 A9S60332 58.80
A9S60120
Switch-disconnectors
Model Current rating No. of Voltage (VAC) Width in mod. Reference Price $
poles of 9mm exc. GST
iSW 40A 1 250V 2 A9S66140 25.40
2 415V 2 A9S66240 43.50
3 415V 4 A9S66340 67.50
4 415V 8 A9S66440 128.00
63A 1 250V 2 A9S66163 27.45
2 415V 4 A9S66263 51.80
3 415V 6 A9S66363 80.95
A9S66163 4 415V 8 A9S66463 136.20
100A 1 250V 2 A9S66191 48.30
2 415V 4 A9S66291 77.50
3 415V 6 A9S66391 107.80
4 415V 8 A9S66491 144.00
125A 1 250V 2 A9S66192 54.50
2 415V 4 A9S66292 93.90
3 415V 6 A9S66392 125.40
4 415V 8 A9S66492 183.80
Auxiliary switch to suit iSW 1 C/O 1 A9A26924 60.10
iC60N Rating
(In)
Reference
C curve
Price $
exc. GST
Reference
D curve
Price $
exc. GST
1P 1P 1A A9F44101 32.50 A9F45101 54.20
1P
1P 1
11 2A A9F44102 32.50 A9F45102 54.20
4A A9F44104 32.50 A9F45104 54.20
6A A9F44106 29.75 A9F45106 49.40
10A A9F44110 29.75 A9F45110 49.40
16A A9F44116 29.75 A9F45116 49.40
2
22 20A A9F44120 29.75 A9F45120 49.40
Width in mod. of 9mm – 2 25A A9F44125 29.75 A9F45125 49.40
A9F44120 32A A9F44132 29.75 A9F45132 49.40
40A A9F44140 40.40 A9F45140 62.95
50A A9F44150 40.40 A9F45150 62.95
63A A9F44163 40.40 A9F45163 62.95
2P
2P
2P 1A A9F44201 98.40 A9F45201 164.60
1
1
3
3
2A A9F44202 98.40 A9F45202 164.60
4A A9F44204 98.40 A9F45204 164.60
6A A9F44206 89.80 A9F45206 149.60
10A A9F44210 89.80 A9F45210 149.60
16A A9F44216 89.80 A9F45216 149.60
2 4
2 4 20A A9F44220 89.80 A9F45220 149.60
Width in mod. of 9mm – 4 25A A9F44225 89.80 A9F45225 149.60
32A A9F44232 89.80 A9F45232 149.60
40A A9F44240 102.80 A9F45240 173.00
A9F44220 50A A9F44250 102.80 A9F45250 173.00
3P
3P 63A A9F44263 102.80 A9F45263 173.00
3P 1A A9F44301 138.80 A9F45301 203.00
1 3 5
1 3 5 2A A9F44302 138.80 A9F45302 203.00
4A A9F44304 138.80 A9F45304 203.00
6A A9F44306 126.80 A9F45306 185.80
10A A9F44310 126.80 A9F45310 185.80
16A A9F44316 126.80 A9F45316 185.80
2 4 6
2 4 6 20A A9F44320 126.80 A9F45320 185.80
Width in mod. of 9mm – 6 25A A9F44325 126.80 A9F45325 185.80
32A A9F44332 126.80 A9F45332 185.80
40A A9F44340 146.60 A9F45340 212.50
4P 50A A9F44350 146.60 A9F45350 212.50
4P
A9F44320 63A A9F44363 146.60 A9F45363 212.50
1 3 5 7
1 3 5 7
78.5
Dimensions 18mm pitch 4P 72
69.5
3P 54
50
2P 36
2 4 6 8
2 4 6 8 5.5
1P 18
85 45
1P
iC60H
1P 1 Rating Reference Price $ Reference Price $ Reference Price $
1
1P (In) B curve exc. GST C curve exc. GST D curve exc. GST
1P 1 1A A9F53101 77.80 A9F54101 53.50 A9F55101 77.80
1P 2A A9F53102 77.80 A9F54102 53.50 A9F55102 77.80
1
4A A9F53104 77.80 A9F54104 53.50 A9F55104 77.80
2 6A A9F53106 51.95 A9F54106 38.85 A9F55106 51.95
2 10A A9F53110 51.95 A9F54110 38.85 A9F55110 51.95
2 16A A9F53116 51.95 A9F54116 38.85 A9F55116 51.95
20A A9F53120 51.95 A9F54120 38.85 A9F55120 51.95
A9F54120
2 25A
32A
A9F53125
A9F53132
51.95
51.95
A9F54125
A9F54132
38.85
38.85
A9F55125
A9F55132
51.95
51.95
C
Width in mod.
of 9mm – 2 40A A9F53140 51.95 A9F54140 38.85 A9F55140 51.95
2P 50A A9F53150 110.80 A9F54150 66.70 A9F55150 110.80
2P 63A A9F53163 110.80 A9F54163 66.70 A9F55163 110.80
1 3 A9F53201 A9F54201 A9F55201
2P 2P 1 3 1A 211.50 129.95 211.50
2A A9F53202 211.50 A9F54202 129.95 A9F55202 211.50
1 3 4A A9F53204 211.50 A9F54204 129.95 A9F55204 211.50
2P
6A A9F53206 190.60 A9F54206 129.95 A9F55206 190.60
1 3
10A A9F53210 190.60 A9F54210 111.40 A9F55210 190.60
2 4 16A A9F53216 190.60 A9F54216 111.40 A9F55216 190.60
2 4 20A A9F53220 12.45 A9F54220 111.40 A9F55220 190.60
A9F54220 25A A9F53225 190.60 A9F54225 111.40 A9F55225 190.60
2 4
32A A9F53232 190.60 A9F54232 111.40 A9F55232 190.60
Width in mod.
2 –44
of 9mm 40A A9F53240 190.60 A9F54240 111.40 A9F55240 190.60
50A A9F53250 263.00 A9F54250 178.60 A9F55250 263.00
3P 63A A9F53263 263.00 A9F54263 178.60 A9F55263 263.00
3P
3P 1A A9F53301 231.00 A9F54301 178.60 A9F55301 231.00
3P 1 3 5 2A A9F53302 231.00 A9F54302 178.60 A9F55302 231.00
1 3 5 4A A9F53304 231.00 A9F54304 178.60 A9F55304 231.00
3P 1 3 5 6A A9F53306 193.20 A9F54306 158.40 A9F55306 193.20
10A A9F53310 193.20 A9F54310 158.40 A9F55310 193.20
1 3 5 16A A9F53316 193.20 A9F54316 158.40 A9F55316 193.20
20A A9F53320 193.20 A9F54320 158.40 A9F55320 193.20
2 4 6
A9F54320 2 4 6 25A A9F53325 193.20 A9F54325 158.40 A9F55325 193.20
32A A9F53332 193.20 A9F54332 158.40 A9F55332 193.20
Width
2 in 4mod.
6
40A A9F53340 193.20 A9F54340 158.40 A9F55340 193.20
of 9mm – 6
50A A9F53350 319.00 A9F54350 245.50 A9F55350 319.00
2 4 6
63A A9F53363 319.00 A9F54363 245.50 A9F55363 319.00
4P A9F53401 A9F54401 A9F55401
4P4P 1A 329.50 283.00 329.50
2A A9F53402 329.50 A9F54402 283.00 A9F55402 329.50
4P 1 3 5 7 4A A9F53404 329.50 A9F54404 283.00 A9F55404 329.50
1 3 5 7
6A A9F53406 329.50 A9F54406 242.50 A9F55406 329.50
4P 1 3 5 7
10A A9F53410 329.50 A9F54410 242.50 A9F55410 329.50
16A A9F53416 364.50 A9F54416 242.50 A9F55416 364.50
1 3 5 7
20A A9F53420 364.50 A9F54420 242.50 A9F55420 364.50
2 4 6 8 25A A9F53425 364.50 A9F54425 242.50 A9F55425 364.50
A9F54420 2 4 6 8 32A A9F53432 364.50 A9F54432 242.50 A9F55432 364.50
Width in mod.
of 9mm
2 4– 8 6 8 40A A9F53440 364.50 A9F54440 242.50 A9F55440 364.50
50A A9F53450 615.00 A9F54450 262.00 A9F55450 615.00
2 4 6 8 63A A9F53463 615.00 A9F54463 262.00 A9F55463 615.00
85 45
C60H-DC Rating
(In)
Reference
C curve
Price $
exc. GST
1P 1A A9N61501 92.70
1P 2A A9N61502 92.70
1
3A A9N61503 92.70
4A A9N61504 92.70
1P 5A A9N61505 76.60
1
6A A9N61506 76.60
10A A9N61508 76.60
2
13A A9N61509 76.60
Width in mod. of 9mm – 2 15A A9N61510 76.60
A9N61512 16A A9N61511 76.60
2
20A A9N61512 76.60
25A A9N61513 76.60
30A A9N61514 76.60
32A A9N61515 76.60
2P
40A A9N61517 111.40
1 3 50A A9N61518 111.40
63A A9N61519 111.40
2P
2P 1A A9N61521 218.50
1 3 2A A9N61522 218.50
3A A9N61523 218.50
4A A9N61524 218.50
2 4
5A A9N61525 186.40
6A A9N61526 186.40
10A A9N61528 186.40
2 4 13A A9N61529 186.40
Width in mod. of 9mm – 4 15A A9N61530 186.40
3P 16A A9N61531 186.40
A9N61531 20A A9N61532 186.40
25A A9N61533 186.40
1 3 5
3P
30A A9N61534 186.40
32A A9N61535 186.40
40A A9N61537 240.50
1 3 5
50A A9N61538 240.50
63A A9N61539 240.50
2 4 6
4P
1 3 5 7
4P
1 3 5 7 Supply from above or below, observing the Supply from Supply from
polarity above below
Breaking2capacity
4 6 8 20 kA / 110 V DC 20 kA / 220 V DC
10 kA / 220 V DC 10 kA / 440 V DC
6 kA / 250 V DC 6 kA / 500 V DC
2 4 6 8
1P
1
2
C120N Rating
(In)
Reference
C curve
Price $
exc. GST
1P 63A A9N18356 89.95
1P
2P 1 80A A9N18357 126.80
2
1 3
100A A9N18358 126.80
125A A9N18359 184.80
2P
1 3
1 3 5
2 4 6
4P 22 44 66 8
Width in mod. of 9mm – 12
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
4P
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
A9N18376
2 4 6 8
Dimensions 27mm pitch
81 45
OF OF OF OF
F F F F
1P 27 44 16
2P 54 5,5 73
3P 81
4P 108
Connection: Tunnel terminals for
stranded cables up to 50mm²
1P
iC60L
1P 1 Rating Reference Price $ Reference Price $
1
1P (In) C curve exc. GST K curve exc. GST
1P 1 1A A9F94101 69.95 A9F95101 80.10
1P 2A A9F94102 69.95 A9F95102 80.10
1
4A A9F94104 69.95 A9F95104 80.10
2 6A A9F94106 64.20 A9F95106 73.40
2 10A A9F94110 64.20 A9F95110 73.40
2 16A A9F94116 64.20 A9F95116 73.40
20A A9F94120 64.20 A9F95120 73.40
2 25A A9F94125 64.20 A9F95125 73.40
A9F94120 Width in mod. 32A A9F94132 64.20 A9F95132 73.40
of 9mm – 2 40A A9F94140 64.20 A9F95140 73.40
2P 50A A9F94150 99.90 A9F95150 118.00
2P 63A A9F94163 114.00 A9F95163 147.60
1 3 A9F94201 A9F95201
2P 2P 1 3 1A 175.60 210.50
2A A9F94202 175.60 A9F95202 210.50
1 3 4A A9F94204 175.60 A9F95204 210.50
2P
6A A9F94206 161.00 A9F95206 193.20
1 3
10A A9F94210 161.00 A9F95210 193.20
2 4 16A A9F94216 161.00 A9F95216 193.20
2 4 20A A9F94220 161.00 A9F95220 193.20
2 4 25A A9F94225 161.00 A9F95225 193.20
32A A9F94232 161.00 A9F95232 193.20
Width in mod.
A9F94220 2 –44 40A A9F94240 161.00 A9F95240 193.20
of 9mm
50A A9F94250 257.00 A9F95250 312.00
3P 63A A9F94263 257.00 A9F95263 312.00
3P
3P 1A A9F94301 259.95 A9F95301 309.95
3P 1 3 5 2A A9F94302 259.95 A9F95302 309.95
1 3 5 4A A9F94304 259.95 A9F95304 309.95
3P 1 3 5 6A A9F94306 238.50 A9F95306 285.00
10A A9F94310 238.50 A9F95310 285.00
1 3 5 16A A9F94316 238.50 A9F95316 285.00
20A A9F94320 238.50 A9F95320 285.00
2 4 6
2 4 6 25A A9F94325 238.50 A9F95325 285.00
32A A9F94332 238.50 A9F95332 285.00
Width
2 in 4mod.
6
40A A9F94340 238.50 A9F95340 285.00
of 9mm – 6
A9F94320 50A A9F94350 355.50 A9F95350 422.50
2 4 6
63A A9F94363 355.50 A9F95363 422.50
4P A9F94401 A9F95401
4P4P 1A 330.50 459.95
2A A9F94402 330.50 A9F95402 459.95
4P 1 3 5 7 4A A9F94404 330.50 A9F95404 459.95
1 3 5 7
6A A9F94406 303.50 A9F95406 422.50
4P 1 3 5 7
10A A9F94410 303.50 A9F95410 422.50
16A A9F94416 303.50 A9F95416 422.50
1 3 5 7
20A A9F94420 303.50 A9F95420 422.50
2 4 6 8 25A A9F94425 303.50 A9F95425 422.50
2 4 6 8 32A A9F94432 303.50 A9F95432 422.50
Width in mod.
of 9mm
2 4– 8 6 8 40A A9F94440 303.50 A9F95440 422.50
A9F94420 50A A9F94450 413.00 A9F95450 607.00
2 4 6 8 63A A9F94463 435.00 A9F95463 649.95
78.5
72
Dimensions 18mm pitch 4P
69.5
3P 54
50
2P 36
5.5
1P 18
85 45
1P
1
2
C120H Rating
(In)
Reference
C curve
Price $
exc. GST
Reference
D curve
Price $
exc. GST
1P 63A A9N18445 114.00 A9N18489 147.60
1P
2P 1 80A A9N18446 167.80 A9N18490 201.00
2
1 3
100A A9N18447 167.80 A9N18491 296.50
125A A9N18448 247.50 A9N18492 296.50
2P
1 3
1 3 5
2 4 6
4P 22 44 66 8
Width in mod. of 9mm – 12
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
4P
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
A9N18479
2 4 6 8
Dimensions 27mm pitch
81 45
OF OF OF OF
F F F F
1P 27 44 16
2P 54 5,5 73
3P 81
4P 108
Connection: Tunnel terminals for
stranded cables up to 50mm²
Type A
Tripping is ensured for residual sinusoidal alternating currents and residual pulsating direct currents,
whether suddenly applied or slowly rising.
Slimline RCBO
N 1 Model Voltage Current No. of Width in 10mA Price $ 30mA Price $
rating rating (A) poles mod. Of reference exc. GST reference exc. GST
(V) 9mm
iSPN Vigi 240 6 1P + N 2 A9D40606 155.40 A9D73606 124.20
10 1P + N 2 A9D40610 155.40 A9D73610 124.20
16 1P + N 2 A9D40616 155.40 A9D73616 124.20
N 2 20 1P + N 2 A9D40620 155.40 A9D73620 124.20
25 1P + N 2 A9D40625 155.40 A9D73625 124.20
32 1P + N 2 A9D40632 155.40 A9D73632 124.20
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Padlocking device (bag of 10 pieces) A9A26970 37.95
Padlocking device for iSPN Vigi (bag of 10 pieces) A9A27049 36.85
1P+N comb busbar 24 modules of 9-mm 21501 28.90
1P+N comb busbar 48 modules of 9-mm 21503 57.80
Note
Please refer to the Schneider Electric Pocketbook for Medilec RCDs – Medical Electrical Equipment Series.
* Not compatible with Acti 9 system.
Type A
Tripping is ensured for residual sinusoidal alternating currents and residual pulsating direct currents,
whether suddenly applied or slowly rising.
Type Si
With all the features of a Type A device, “Si” type super immunised earth leakage protection range has
been specially developed to be used with loads or in environments causing disturbances. Examples are
lightning or switching surges, harmonics generated by increasing number of loads and constant load
leakage current from electronic ballasts, speed drives, computers, etc.
The Si increases safety and allows improved continuity of supply.
Type B
Provides protection of 3 phase installations and personal protection even in the presence of DC fault
currents. Examples are Variable Speed Drives (tested and validated with Schneider Electric VSDs), 3
phase battery chargers and inverters, and 3 phase backed-up power supplies.
Installed where downstream devices are likely to produce a pure DC fault. Also includes the
protection of a Type A device.
STI fuse-carriers
Voltage(V) FuseDia x L (mm) Width in mod. Reference Price $
of 9mm exc. GST
1P 500 10.3 x 38 2 A9N15636 28.60
1P+N 500 10.3 x 38 2 A9N15646 35.10
2P 500 10.3 x 38 4 A9N15651 47.90
3P 500 10.3 x 38 6 A9N15656 67.95
3P+N 500 10.3 x 38 6 A9N15658 101.40
A9N15656 To be equipped with aM or gG (gL-gl) type fuse.
32A max, connection 6mm².
Includes housing for spare fuse(s).
Fuse indicator (1x) 15668 19.05
Reflex iC60
The Reflex iC60 devices are integrated control circuit breakers which combine the following main
functions in a single device:
>> Remote control by latched and/or impulse-type order according to the 3 operating modes to be
chosen by the user.
>> Circuit breaker, to provide:
>> circuit protection against short-circuit overload.
Resetting after a fault is performed manually, by the resetting handle.
The version with Ti24 allows direct interfacing of the Reflex iC60 with a PLC. C
The Ti24 interface also allows fast, reliable connection of the Reflex iC60 to the Acti 9 Smartlink thanks
to the prefabricated cables.
The iMDU auxiliary allows the Reflex iC60 to be controlled in 24/48V AC/DC.
N P 24 V Y3
auto/
OFF O/C 0V
0V
25 11 A9C65325 517.00
Ti24
Reflex iC60
40 11 A9C65340 702.00
4P 10 13 A9C65410 702.00
Y1 Y2
16 13 A9C65416 702.00
auto/OFF O/C
N P
21 22 24 11 12 14
230 V
Y2 Y1 25 13 A9C65425 702.00
40 13 A9C65440 957.00
iMDU Side auxiliary used to allow safety voltages of 24 or 48V 1 A9C18195 98.40
AC/DC to be used on 230V control inputs on the Reflex
Notes
B & D Curve avaliable on request
For multiple 1P control where commands are the same use 2/3/4P Reflex
For single 1P control use 1P iC60 MCB with TL impulse relay + iATL24 interface, or CT Contactor +
iACT24 interface
RCA
The RCA remote control system allows:
>> Remote electrical control (opening and closing) of circuit breakers with or without Vigi add-on RCD,
with or without auxiliary.
>> Circuit-breaker resetting after tripping, in accordance with safety principles and the regulations in force.
>> Local control by operating handle.
2 choices of operation after tripping:
>> A: Enabling of remote circuit-breaker resetting;
>> B: Inhibition of remote resetting.
The Ti24 interface allows:
0V
OF
>> Direct interfacing of remote control with a programmable logic controller (PLC), a supervision
SD
Y3
24 V c
system and any other communication device, having inputs/outputs in 24 V DC (control, OF and SD
Ti24 indications).
RCA
>> Fast, reliable connection of the remote control to the Acti 9 Smartlink thanks to the prefabricated cables.
OF
The iMDU auxiliary allows RCA control in 24/48 V AC/DC.
N P Y2 Y1 11 12 14
4P
135
RCA with Ti24 interface
3P 117
exc. GST
63 3 5.5 44.5
2
6
80
97
Connectable devices
With Ti24 interface
Type Reference Description
iACT24 A9C15924 Low-level control and indication auxiliary for iCT contactors
iATL24 A9C15424 Low-level control and indication auxiliary for iTL impulse relays
iOF+SD24 A9A26897 Low-level indication auxiliary for iC60, iID, ARA, RCA, iSW-NA
OF+SD24 A9N26899 Low-level indication auxiliary for C60, C120, DPN, RCCB/ID, C60H-DC
RCA Remote control with Ti24 interface
Reflex iC60 Reflex iC60 with Ti24 interface
Without Ti24 interface
Power meters with pulse output, e.g. IEM2000T Meters complying with the IEC 62053-21 standard 24 V DC
indicator lamp, Harmony XVL range. All loads not exceeding 100 mA, 24 V DC IC2000 light sensitive switches,
timers, thermostats, time switches, load shedding devices. All 24 V DC auxiliary contacts, IEC 61131-2 type 1.
Auxiliaries
+ = C
Auxiliaries compatible with iC60, iID, iDPN Vigi, RCA and ARA
Description Rated Voltage VDC Width in Reference Price $
VAC mod. of exc. GST
9mm
iOF+SD24 Comm Ready 24 1 A9A26897 91.10
iOF open close auxiliary (1 C/O) 240…415 24…130 1 A9A26924 60.10
iSD fault indication auxiliary 240…415 24…130 1 A9A26927 60.10
(1 C/O)
iOF/SD+OF auxiliary (2 C/O) 240…415 24…130 1 A9A26929 91.10
A9A26897 A9A26924
iMX+OF Shunt release 100…415 110…130 2 A9A26946 129.00
48 48 2 A9A26947 129.00
12…24 12…24 2 A9A26948 129.00
iMSU Overvoltage release 230 2 A9A26500 155.80
iMN Undervoltage release 220…240 2 A9A26960 149.20
48 48 2 A9A26961 149.20
24 24 2 A9A27108 149.20
iMNs Undervoltage release 220…240 2 A9A26963 165.60
(0.2sec delay)
iMNx Undervoltage release 220…240 2 A9A26969 160.60
A9A26946 (emergency stopping with fail-safe 380…415 2 A9A26971 160.60
principle)
Surge Protection devices have been tested for co-ordination with Schneider Electric circuit breakers to
IEC60364.
Response time < 25 ns
End of life indication:by white/red White in operation
mechanical indicator Red at end of life
End of life remote indication (* for models by contact NO, NC 250V//0.25A
ending with ‘r’)
Type of connection terminals tunnel terminals, 2.5 to 35mm²
Operating temperature -5°C to +40°C
PEN L PEN
PEN PEL L N L
PEN PEPE
L N N
L L PE PEN N L L1L2L3
PEN
PEN PE L1L2L3
L1L2L3
PEN N L1L2L3
PEPEL1L2L3 N L1L2L3
N L1L2L3
PE N L1L2L3
load
charge load
load charge
charge
charge load load
charge load
load
charge
charge load
charge load
charge load
load
charge
charge load charge
charge load load
load
charge
charge load
charge
1P 1P1P 1P + N 1P 1P1P
++NN 3P
1P + N 3P3P 3P
3P + N 3P3P
++NN 3P + N
1P 1P + N 3P 3P + N
Contactors
Type Ratings No. ofcontacts Coil Width in mod. Reference Price $
(AC7a) voltage of 9mm exc. GST
iCT 16A 1NC + 1NO 240V 2 A9C22715 83.90
2NO 240V 2 A9C22712 83.90
25A 1NO 240V 2 A9C20731 76.10
2NO 240V 2 A9C20732 87.95
A9C20731 A9C20842
2NC 240V 2 A9C20736 87.95
3NO
4NO
240V
240V
4
4
A9C20833
A9C20834
93.20
98.40 C
4NC 240V 4 A9C20837 98.40
2NC + 2NO 240V 4 A9C20838 98.40
40A 2NO 240V 4 A9C20842 163.20
3NO 240V 6 A9C20843 196.80
4NO 240V 6 A9C20844 293.00
4NC 240V 6 A9C20847 293.00
63A 2NO 240V 4 A9C20862 269.50
A9C20884 3NO 240V 6 A9C20863 326.50
4NO 240V 6 A9C20864 345.00
4NC 240V 6 A9C20867 345.00
2NC + 2NO 240V 6 A9C20868 345.00
100A 2NO 240V 6 A9C20882 582.00
4NO 240V 12 A9C20884 762.00
25A 2NO 24VAC 2 A9C20132 87.95
4NO 24VAC 4 A9C20134 131.60
4NC 24VAC 4 A9C20137 131.60
63A 2NO 24VAC 4 A9C20162 269.50
4NO 24VAC 6 A9C20164 393.50
4NC 24VAC 6 A9C20167 393.50
Note Where group mounting is employed use spacer A9A27062 between every contactor. Ref C21.
Refer to Section R for application and selection notes.
Contactor auxiliary/interface
Type Description Control Voltage Width in mod. Reference Price $
of 9mm exc. GST
iACTs Aux. Contact 5A (1A 24-240VAC / 24-130VDC 1 A9C15914 85.95
DC) 1 NO + 1NC
Aux. Contact 5A (1A 24-240VAC / 24-130VDC 1 A9C15915 85.95
DC) 1 C/O
Aux. Contact 5A (1A 24-240VAC / 24-130VDC 1 A9C15916 85.95
A9C15914 A9C15415
DC) 2 NO
iACTc Impulse/latched 230-240VAC 2 A9C18308 264.00
control
Impulse/latched 24-48VDC 2 A9C18309 304.50
control
iACT24 Control and 24VDC (Y3) 230VAC (Y2) 2 A9C15924 167.20
indication 24VDC
Accessories Yellow clip for mech/elect link (bags of 10) A9C15415 12.45
A9C15924 Spacer (bags of 5) A9A27062 11.70
Load-shedding contactor
When consumption exceeds selected threshold supply stops to non-essential circuits.
Description Threshold Voltage Width in mod. Reference Price $
of 9mm exc. GST
CDSc 1P 5 – 90A 230 16 A9C15906 819.95
CDS 1P 5 – 90A 230 10 A9C15908 478.50
A9C15908 forced load-
shedding L1 aux 1
CDS 3P 5 – 90A 230/400 16 A9C15913 1,232.00
aux 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
Notes
– CDSc 1P – Cyclic load-shedding of 1 to 4 non-essential circuits.
– CDS 1P – load-shedding and restoration in cascading configuration of 2 non-essential circuits via 2
7 8 9 10 11 12 15A relays, with time delayed action.
N
essential I II – CDS 3P – load-shedding for each phase.
non-essential
Impulse relays
Specifically designed for multifunction control or remote control of circuits via impulse orders ( ) e.g.
Lighting control
Operation
Closing of the impulse relay pole(s) is triggered by an impulse on the coil. Equipped in the factory with
two stable mechanical positions, the pole(s) will be opened by the next impulse. Each impulse received
by the coil reverses the position of the pole(s).
>> Manual controls on front face:
>> Direct and priority manual control by O-I toggle.
>> Disconnection of remote control by selector switch.
A9C30811 >> Indication: mechanical on front face by toggle position.
A9C30815
iATL24
Ti24
iATL24 2 240 24 A9C15424 229.00
A9C15424
C
A9E18032
Type Width in mod. Power light Colour Colour Circuit Reference Price $
of 9mm exc. GST
Single PB+ 2 110...230VAC green grey 1NO A9E18036 44.70
indicator light red grey 1NC A9E18037 44.70
12...48VAC/DC green grey 1NO A9E18038 44.70
red grey 1NC A9E18039 44.70
Double PB 2 green/red 1NO/1NC A9E18034 48.10
grey/grey 1NO/1NO A9E18035 48.10
A9E18035 A9E18036
A9E18325 A9E18327
0 I 0 I 0 I I 0 II I 0 II
A9E18070 1 1 5 1 3 1 1 5
Notes
(1) Pushbuttons are spring return, used for impulse type controls.
(2) Resistive load, if you require any other load please consult your Schneider Electric sales
representative.
CCT15910 CCT15940
Note
IHP 1c and IHP 2c have screw-less connections (2x2.5mm per connection), holiday mode, input(s) for
external override control and compatibility with comb busbar distribution.
(1) Resistive load, if you require any other load please consult your Schneider Electric sales
representative.
Button holders
Type Width in mod. Reference Price $
of 9mm exc. GST
M9 Ø 22 holder 6 A9A15151 17.10
M9 universal holder 6 A9A15152 16.05
A9A15151 They can be attached to a symmetrical 35mm rail,
in modular cabinets or enclosures, for control and
indications auxiliaries: pushbuttons, emergency stops,
switches, light indicators; for tertiary and industrial
applications.
C
>> For ZB5 plastic buttons, switches and indicators.
>> Depth under rail 60mm (same as products in the
Acti 9 range).
>> Drilling diameter: Ø 22.3.
>> Self-extinguishing insulating material.
A9A15152 >> Colour: light grey RAL7035.
CCT15368
Control transformers
Type Description Secondary Power (VA) Width in mod. Reference Price $
voltage (V) of 9mm exc. GST
iTR Bell transformer 8–12 8 4 A9A15216 64.20
240V primary 8–12 16 4 A9A15212 69.40
iTR Safety transformer 12–24 25 10 A9A15219 100.40
240V primary 12–24 63 10 A9A15222 188.00
A9A15212
C
3P L1L2L3… 12 1 A9XPH312 45.60
24 1 A9XPH324 91.10
4P NL1L2L3… 12 1 A9XPH412 60.80
24 1 A9XPH424 121.80
Comb Busbar 100A *Aux+1P AuxL1… 57 1 A9XAH157 72.60
+ Aux (grey) *Aux+2P AuxL1L2… 57 1 A9XAH257 145.60
*Aux+3P AuxL1L2L3… 57 1 A9XAH357 218.50
*Aux+4P AuxNL1L2L3… 57 1 A9XAH457 291.00
*3 (Aux+1P) AuxL1AuxL2AuxL3… 57 1 A9XAH657 218.50
Accessories
Description Type Modules Set Reference Price $
of 18mm of exc. GST
End caps 1P 10 A9XPE110 7.26
2P 10 A9XPE210 7.26
3P 10 A9XPE310 7.56
4P 10 A9XPE410 7.56
Insulated tooth caps 20 A9XPT920 17.10
Insulated connector (up to 35mm cable) 4 A9XPCM04 28.80
Accessories
Description Type Modules Set Reference Price $
of 18mm of exc. GST
End caps 1P+N 40 21094 28.80
End caps 3P+N 40 21095 29.95
Insulated tooth caps (3x18mm modules) 12 21096 7.10
Insulated connector (up to 16mm cable) 4 21098 28.80
Accessories
Description Type Set Reference Price $
of exc. GST
End caps 1P+N 20 A9N21039 28.80
3P+N 20 A9N21040 29.95
Notes
Compatible with the breaking Insulated tooth caps (1x18mm modules) 10 A9N21050 17.10
capacity of Schneider Electric Grey insulated connector (up to 16mm cable) 10 A9N21041 71.95
modular circuit breakers. Blue insulated connector (up to 16mm cable) 10 A9N21042 71.95
*End caps ordered separately.
C
PAN12 60 540 250A PAN20 525.00
72 648 250A PAN24 623.00
Incomer 125A Multi 9 connection MGM9MCBCON 27.45
Conversion kit NSX250 & INS TNA250CK 151.80
Note
L
Max 250A, 20kA/0.1sec. End tags fit INS100 – INS160.
48
234
Note
Max 250A, 16kA/0.2sec (25kA with M9 MCB and NS250 MCCB incomer).
Accessories
94.5
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Blanking strip, height = 46mm, L = 1m 03220 12.45
4 divisible blanking plates, height = 46mm, L = 90mm 03221 9.68
L
C
94.5
215
MSC
Notes
Insulation voltage – 690V.
MSC chassis end tags fit NSX100 - NSX250, INS250-160A, INS250.
25kA/0.1sec.
Max current 250A.
Contact Schneider Electric for 400A MSC chassis.
Index
Low voltage power distribution
Section D:
Power distribution
NSX100/160/250 F, N, H Page D6
D1
Contents (HOME)
Index
Low voltage power distribution
Section D:
Power distribution
D2
Contents (HOME)
adjustable for :
Micrologic 5.0 and above
Long time protection against overloads Short circuit protection Earth fault protection
1 lo = coarse adjustment 3 Im = Isd short circuit threshold, I2t 6 Ig = insulation fault threshold, I2t
(function of In) curve in position ON or OFF curve in position ON or OFF
lr = fine adjustment (depending on the trip unit)
7 tg = earth fault time delay
2 tr = long time delay fixed or 4 tm = tsd short circuit time delay fixed
adjustable depending on or adjustable
the trip unit Instantaneous protection
5 Ii = instantaneous threshold,
fixed or adjustable depending
on the trip unit
D3
Contents (HOME)
Introduction
Overview of trip units for Compact NSX
Section D:
Power distribution
Communication
>> Modbus with add-on module
D4
Contents (HOME)
Introduction
Overview of trip units for Compact NSX
Section D:
Power distribution
DB112045
D
Communication
>> Modbus with add-on module
D5
Contents (HOME)
NSX100/160/250F/N/H:
fixed/FC device based on
Section D: separate components
Power distribution Compact: For complete circuit breaker price
add trip unit to basic frame
Basic frame
Type Reference Price $
exc. GST
Compact NSX100 3P
NSX100F (36 kA 380/415 V) LV429003 397.50
NSX100N (50 kA 380/415 V) LV429006 462.00
NSX100H (70 kA 380/415 V) LV429004 508.00
Compact NSX160 3P
LV429003 NSX160F (36 kA 380/415 V) LV430403 639.95
NSX160N (50 kA 380/415 V) LV430406 764.00
NSX160H (70 kA 380/415 V) LV430404 824.00
Compact NSX250 3P
NSX250F (36 kA 380/415 V) LV431403 942.00
NSX250N (50 kA 380/415 V) LV431406 1,268.00
NSX250H (70 kA 380/415 V) LV431404 1,394.00
+ Trip unit
Distribution protection
Type Reference Price $
exc. GST
Thermal-magnetic TM-D
LV429030 Rating 3P 3d
TM16D LV429037 258.00
TM25D LV429036 258.00
TM32D LV429035 258.00
TM40D LV429034 258.00
TM50D LV429033 258.00
TM63D LV429032 258.00
TM80D LV429031 258.00
TM100D LV429030 258.00
TM125D LV430431 258.00
TM160D (for NSX160 only) LV430430 476.50
TM200D LV431431 476.50
TM250D LV431430 476.50
Micrologic 2.2 (LSI protection)
Rating 3P 3d
Micrologic 2.2 40 A LV429072 611.00
Micrologic 2.2 100 A LV429070 611.00
LV429070
Micrologic 2.2 160 A LV430470 611.00
Micrologic 2.2 250 A LV431470 611.00
Micrologic 5.2 A (LSI protection, ammeter)
Rating 3P 3d
Micrologic 5.2 A 40 A LV429091 1,548.00
Micrologic 5.2 A 100 A LV429090 1,548.00
Micrologic 5.2 A 160 A LV430490 1,548.00
Micrologic 5.2 A 250 A LV431490 1,548.00
Micrologic 5.2 E (LSI protection, energy meter)
Rating 3P 3d
Micrologic 5.2 E 40 A LV429096 1,698.00
Micrologic 5.2 E 100 A LV429095 1,698.00
LV429095
Micrologic 5.2 E 160 A LV430491 1,698.00
Micrologic 5.2 E 250 A LV431491 1,698.00
NSX100/160/250/F/N/H:
fixed/FC device based on
Section D: separate components
Power distribution Compact
LV430521
Section D:
Power distribution
Functions and Accessories and auxiliaries
characteristics
Functions and Selectionand
Accessories of auxiliaries
auxiliaries
characteristics Selectionfor Compact NSX100/160/250
of auxiliaries
+ Vigi module or insulation
formonitoring module
Compact NSX100/160/250
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Standard 4P
All Compact NSX100/160/250 circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors have slots
MH type for NSX100/160 (200 to 440 V)Standard for the electrical auxiliaries listed LV429211
below. 1,078.00
5 indication contacts
MH type for NSX250 (200 to 440 V) All Compact NSX100/160/250 (page A-80)
circuit breakersLV431536 1,610.00
and switch-disconnectors have slots
for the electrical b 2 ON/OFF
auxiliaries (OF1
listed and OF2)
below.
Connection for a 4P Vigi on a 3P breaker b 1 trip indication (SD)
LV429214 38.40
5 indication contacts (page A-80)
b 2 ON/OFF (OF1 b 1and
fault-trip
OF2) indication (SDE)
1 earth-fault indication (SDV), when the device is equipped with a Vigi module.
b (SD)
b 1 trip indication
1 remote-tripping
b 1 fault-trip indication (SDE) release (page A-83)
LV429211
b either 1(SDV),
b 1 earth-fault indication MN undervoltage release
when the device is equipped with a Vigi module.
1 remote-tripping b or 1 MX shunt
release (pagerelease.
A-83)
b either 1 MN undervoltage release
b or 1 MX shuntRemote indications
Trip unit accessories release.
Circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic trip units may be equipped with a fault-trip
Description Remote indicationsindication to identify the type ofReference
fault by installing: Price $
Circuit breakers 1equipped
indicationwithmodule withtrip
Micrologic two outputs
units may be(page A-81) with
equipped exc.a GST
fault-trip
b either
indication to identify an SDx
the type module
of fault with Micrologic 2.2 / 5.2 A or E / 6.2 A or E
by installing:
External neutral CT for 3 pole breaker with Micrologic
1 indication b or an
module 5/6
SDTAM
with module (page
two outputs with Micrologic
A-81) 2.2 M or 6-2 E-M (motor protection).
25-100 A b either an SDx This module
module with occupies
Micrologicthe2.2slots ofAone
or EOF
LV429521
/ 5.2 contact
/ 6.2 A or E and an568.00
MN/MX release.
b or an SDTAM module with Micrologic 2.2 M or 6-2 E-M (motor protection).
150-250 A LV430563 586.00
This module occupies the slots of one OF contact and an MN/MX release.
All these auxiliaries may be installed with a motor mechanism or a rotary
24 V DC wiring accessory for Micrologic 5/6 handle.
LV429521 LV434210 24 V DC power supply connector The following
All these auxiliaries table indicates
may be installed with aauxiliary possibilities depending
motor mechanism
LV434210 or a rotary
179.60on the type of trip unit.
handle.
The following table indicates auxiliary possibilities depending on the type of trip unit.
DB111392
DB111392
Motor mechanism /
rotary handle SD SDE
OF1 OF2 OF2
SD SDE SD OF1 SDE
OF1 MN / OF2 OF2
MX MN /
SD SDE OF1
MX
MN /
MX MN /
MX
SDV
SDV
SDV
SDV
Micrologic 2 / 5 / 6
Micrologic
Standard2 / 5 / 6 Remote indications via SDx or SDTAM
Micrologic 2 / 5 / 6
Motor mechanism /
DB115584
DB115585
DB115585
Accessories
Compact NSX100/160/250
Section D:
Power distribution
Spare parts
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
LV429313 LV429312 10 spare toggle extensions (NSX250) LV429313 94.90
Bag of screws Communication LV429312 16.05
12 snap-in nuts (fixed/FC) Communication
M6 for requires specific auxiliaries (page
NSX100N/H/L A-26).
LV429234 82.20
Communication
Communication
Communication of status
requires indications
M8 for NSX160/250N/H/L
specific LV430554
auxiliaries (page A-26). 73.90
b 1 BSCM module.
LV429234 NS retrofit escutcheon b 1 NSXSmall
cord cut-out
Communication of status
(internal block) for both LV429528
indications
terminal 18.55
communication and 24 V DC supply
b 1 BSCM module.
1 base for extended rotary handle to the BSCM. LV429502 179.60
b 1 NSX cord (internal terminal block) for both communication and 24 V DC supply
Communication of status conditions is compatible with a standard motor mechanism
LV429528 Torque limiting screws (set of 12) 3P/4P Compact NSX100-250 LV429513 35.95
D
to the BSCM.
and a rotary handle.
Communication of status conditions is compatible with a standard motor mechanism
Communication of status indications and controls
and a rotary handle.
This requires, in addition to the previous auxiliaries:
Communication
b 1 communicating of motor
statusmechanism
indicationsconnected
and controls
to the BSCM.
This requires, in addition to the previous auxiliaries:
Communication of measurements
b 1 communicating motor mechanism connected to the BSCM.
Available on Micrologic 5 / 6, the system consists of:
Communication
b of measurements
1 NSX cord (internal terminal block) for both communication and 24 V DC supply
Available
to on Micrologic 5 / 6, the system consists of:
the Micrologic.
b 1 NSX cord (internal
Communication terminal block)
of measurements for both communication
is compatible with a standardand 24 V DC supply
or communicating
to the Micrologic.
motor mechanism and a rotary handle.
LV429502 Communication of measurements is compatible with a standard or communicating
Communication
motor mechanismof status
and indications,
a rotary handle. controls and measurements
Available on Micrologic 5 / 6, the system consists of:
Communication
b 1 BSCM moduleof status indications, controls and measurements
Available
b on Micrologic
1 NSX cord 5 / 6, theblock)
(internal terminal system forconsists of:
both communication and 24 V DC supply
to 1 BSCM
b the BSCM module
and the Micrologic
b1
b 1 communicating
NSX cord (internal terminal
motor block) for
mechanism both communication
connected to the BSCM.and 24 V DC supply
to the BSCM and the Micrologic
b 1 communicating motor mechanism connected to the BSCM.
LV429513 Installation of SDx or SDTAM is compatible with communication.
The following table indicates auxiliary possibilities depending on the type of trip unit.
Installation of SDx or SDTAM is compatible with communication.
The following table indicates auxiliary possibilities depending on the type of trip unit.
NA, TMD,NA, TMD,
TMG, MA,TMG, MA, Micrologic
Micrologic 2 2
Communication of status indications Communication of status indications and controls
NA, TMD,Communication
TMG, MA, Micrologic 2 indications
of status Communication of status indications and controls
Motor mechanism
Communication / indications
of status Communicating
Communication of status indications and controls
DB115586
DB115587
DB115587
BSCM BSCM
NSX cord
or
BSCM BSCM
NSX cord NSX cord
or
NSX cord
Micrologic 5 / 6
Micrologic 5/6
Communication of measurements Communication of status indications, controls
Communication of measurements with or without FDM121 Communication of status indications, controls and
Micrologic 5 /or
with 6 without FDM12 display and measurements with or without FDM121 display
display measurements with or without FDM121 display
Communication of measurements with or without FDM121 Communication of status indications, controls and
display measurements with or without FDM121 display
DB115588
DB115589
DB115589
Motor mechanism /
rotary handle
or Communicating
motor mechanism
or
NSX cord BSCM
NSX cord
NSX cord BSCM
NSX cord
Accessories
Compact NSX100/160/250
Section D:
Power distribution
Electrical auxiliaries
Description Reference Price $ Reference Price $
exc. GST exc. GST
Auxiliary contacts (changeover)
OF or SD or SDE or SDV 29450 101.80
OF or SD or SDE or SDV low level 29452 129.95
SDE adapter, mandatory for trip unit TM, MA or Micrologic 2 LV429451 38.10
29450 SDx output module for Micrologic
SDx module 24/415 V AC/DC LV429532 371.00
SDTAM contactor tripping module
(early-break thermal fault signal) for Micrologic 2.2-M/6.2 E-M
LV429532
SDTAM 24/415 V AC/DC overload fault indication LV429424 371.00
Motor mechanism
Description Reference Price $ Reference Price $
exc. GST exc. GST
Motor mechanism module supplied with SDE adapter
Voltage MT100/160 MT250
LV429435 AC 110-130 V 50/60 Hz LV429433 1,024.00 LV431540 1,118.00
220-240 V 50/60 Hz LV429434 1,024.00 LV431541 1,206.00
and 208-277 V 60 Hz
380-415 V 50/60 Hz LV429435 1,024.00 LV431542 1,206.00
and 440-480 V 60 Hz
DC 24-30 V LV429436 1,118.00 LV431543 1,206.00
Communicating motor mechanism module supplied with SDE adapter
Motor mechanism MTc 100/160 220-240 V 50/60 Hz LV429441 1,290.00
module MTc 250 220-240 V 50/60 Hz LV431549 1,248.00
LV429441 +
Breaker and Status BSCM LV434205 395.50
Communication Module
+
NSX cord Wire length L = 0.35 m LV434200 147.00
Wire length L = 1.3 m LV434201 157.00
Wire length L = 3 m LV434202 167.20
LV434205
LV434201
Accessories
Compact NSX100/160/250
Section D:
Power distribution
LV429338
Locks
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Toggle locking device for 1 to 3 padlocks
By removable device 29370 51.10
By fixed device LV429371 90.80
LV429344
LV429449
Accessories
Compact NSX100/160/250
Section D:
Power distribution
Interlocking
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Mechanical interlocking for circuit breakers
LV429369 With rotary handles LV429369 364.50
Interlocking with key (2 keylocks / 1 key) for rotary handles
Keylock kit (keylock not included) (1) LV429344 49.30
1 set of 2 keylocks Ronis 1351B.500 41950 326.50
LV429344
Installation accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
IP40 escutcheon for all control types LV429317 85.70
LV429317
LV429372
Note:
(1) For only 1 device.
Accessories
Compact NSX100/160/250
Section D:
Power distribution
D
LV431563
LV431061
Insulation accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
1 short terminal shield for breaker or plug-in base (2) 3P LV429515 38.30
4P LV429516 48.80
LV429515 1 long terminal shield for breaker or plug-in base (2) 3P LV429517 46.20
4P LV429518 54.90
Interphase barriers for breaker or plug-in base Set of 6 LV429329 43.50
LV429517
LV429329
Notes
(1) Supplied with interphase barriers.
(2) Supplied as one unit.
Basic frame
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Compact NSX400 3P
NSX400N (50 kA 380/415 V) LV432403 1,570.00
NSX400H (70 kA 380/415 V) LV432404 2,402.00
Compact NSX630 3P
NSX630N (50 kA 380/415 V) LV432803 3,064.00
NSX630H (70 kA 380/415 V) LV432804 4,276.00
LV432403
+ Trip unit
Distribution protection
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Distribution protection
Micrologic 2.3 (LSI protection)
Rating 3P 3d
Micrologic 2.3 250 A LV432082 1,034.00
LV432081 Micrologic 2.3 400 A LV432081 1,034.00
Micrologic 2.3 630 A LV432080 1,034.00
Micrologic 5.3 A (LSI protection, ammeter)
Rating 3P 3d
Micrologic 5.3 A 400 A LV432091 1,698.00
Micrologic 5.3 A 630 A LV432090 1,698.00
Micrologic 5.3 E (LSI protection, energy meter)
Rating 3P 3d
LV432097 Micrologic 5.3 E 400 A LV432097 1,776.00
Micrologic 5.3 E 630 A LV432096 1,776.00
Micrologic 6.3 A (LSIG protection, ammeter)
Rating 3P 3d
Micrologic 6.3 A 400 A LV432103 1,760.00
Micrologic 6.3 A 630 A LV432102 1,760.00
Micrologic 6.3 E (LSIG protection, energy meter)
Rating 3P 3d
Micrologic 6.3 E 400 A LV432109 2,004.00
Micrologic 6.3 E 630 A LV432108 2,004.00
Motor protection
Micrologic 1.3-M (I protection)
Rating 3P 3d
Micrologic 1.3-M 320 A LV432069 1,662.00
LV432068 Micrologic 1.3-M 500 A LV432068 1,662.00
Micrologic 2.3-M (LSI protection)
Rating 3P 3d
Micrologic 2.3-M 320 A LV432072 1,724.00
Micrologic 2.3-M 500 A LV432071 1,776.00
Micrologic 6.3 E-M (LSIG protection, energy meter)
Rating 3P 3d
Micrologic 6.3 E-M 320 A LV432075 1,942.00
LV432074 Micrologic 6.3 E-M 500 A LV432074 2,004.00
Tripand
Functions unit accessories
Accessories and auxiliaries
characteristics Selection of auxiliaries
Compact NSX400/630 for Compact NSX400/630
Section D:
Power distribution
Standard
All Compact NSX400/630 circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors have slots for
the electrical auxiliaries listed below.
7 indication contacts (page A-80)
b 4 ON/OFF (OF1, OF2, OF3, OF4)
Compact NSX400/630NA switch disconnector b 1 trip indication (SD)
b 1 fault-trip indication (SDE)
(complete unit)
Type b 1 earth-fault indication
Reference (SDV), when
Price $ device
the is equipped with a Vigi
Reference module.
Price $
1 remote-tripping release (page A-83)
exc GST exc GST
b either 1 MN undervoltage release
b or 1 MX3Pshunt release. 4P
Compact NSX400NA LV432756 1,646.00 LV432757 2,558.00
Compact NSX630NA Remote indications2,196.00
LV432956 LV432957 3,054.00
Circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic trip units may be equipped with a fault-trip
indication to identify the type of fault by installing:
1 indication module with two outputs (page A-81)
b either an SDx module with Micrologic 2.2 / 5.2 A or E / 6.2 A or E
+ Vigi module or insulation monitoring module b or an SDTAM module with Micrologic 2.2 M or 6-2 E-M (motor protection).
This module occupies the slots of an MN/MX release.
Description Reference Price $ Reference
All these auxiliaries may be installed with a motor mechanism or a rotary
Price $ D
exc. GST exc. GST
handle.
Vigi module 3P table indicates auxiliary possibilities
The following 4P depending on the type of trip unit.
Type MB 200 to 440 V LV432455 2,464.00
Connection for a 4P Vigi on a 3P breaker LV432457 78.00
DB115591
rotary handle
Trip unit accessories OF1,
OF2, SD
OF1 Description SD OF3
SDE
Reference Price $
OF2
OF4
exc. GST
OF3 SDE
Reserved External neutral CTOF4
for 3 pole breaker with Micrologic 5/6
Reserved
MN / 400-630 A MN / LV432575 673.00
MX MX
SDV SDV
LV432575
Micrologic 2 / 5 / 6
Micrologic 2/5/6
Standard
Standard
Motor mechanism /
DB115592
DB115593
Motor mechanism /
rotary handle rotary handle
OF1 SD
OF2
OF3 SDE or 24 V DC
supply terminal
Reserved OF4 SDx / block
MN / SDTAM
MX
The SDx or SDTAM uses the reserved slot and the MN/MX slots.
External connection is made via a terminal block in the reserved slot.
The 24 V DC supply provides for the Micrologic 5 / 6 display when the device is OFF or under
low-load conditions.
Accessories
Compact NSX400/630
Section D:
Power distribution
Communicating
DB115595
rotaryLong
handle terminalshield, 45mm (1 piece) 3P
motor mechanism LV432593 88.70
LV432591
Long terminal shield for spreaders, 52.5mm (1 piece) 3P LV432595 108.20
(supplied with insulating plate)
Interphase barriers
NSX cord
Set of 6 LV432570 72.70
NSX cord
or
BSCM BSCM
LV432593
Micrologic 5 / 6
MicrologicCommunication
5/6 of status indications Communication of status indications, controls
Communication of status indications and measurements
Communication with or without
of status indications, FDM121
controls and display
measurements
with or without FDM121 display
DB115596
LV432570
Accessories
Compact NSX400/630
Section D:
Power distribution
Electrical auxiliaries
Description Reference Price $ Reference Price $
exc. GST exc. GST
Auxiliary contacts (changeover)
OF or SD or SDE or SDV 29450 101.80
OF or SD or SDE or SDV low level 29452 129.95
LV429532
SDTAM contactor tripping module
(early-break thermal fault signal) for Micrologic 2.3-M/6.3 E-M
D
SDTAM 24/415 V AC/DC overload fault indication LV429424 371.00
Voltage releases
Voltage MX (Shunt) MN (Under
voltage)
AC 110-130 V 50/60 Hz LV429386 225.00 LV429406 236.00
220-240 V 50/60 Hz LV429387 225.00 LV429407 236.00
LV429387 and 208-277 V 60 Hz
380-415 V 50 Hz LV429388 225.00 LV429408 236.00
LV429424 and 440-480 V 60 Hz
DC 24 V LV429390 225.00 LV429410 371.00
Motor mechanism
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Motor mechanism module
Voltage MT400-630
AC 110-130 V 50/60 Hz LV432640 1,714.00
LV432652
220-240 V 50/60 Hz and 208-277 V 60 Hz LV432641 1,766.00
380-415 V 50 Hz LV432642 1,714.00
DC 24-30 V LV432643 1,766.00
Communicating motor mechanism module
Motor mechanism module MTc 400/630 220-240 V 50/60 Hz LV432652 2,070.00
LV434205 +
Breaker status BSCM LV434205 395.50
Communication Module
+
LV434201 NSX cord Wire length L = 0.35 m LV434200 147.00
Wire length L = 1.3 m LV434201 157.00
Wire length L = 3 m LV434202 167.20
Accessories
Compact NSX400/630
Section D:
Power distribution
LV432653
Rotary handles
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Direct rotary handle
With black handle LV432597 268.50
Extended rotary handle
With black handle (246-675mm) LV432598 441.00
Accessories for direct or extended rotary handle
Indication auxiliary 1 early-break contact LV432605 212.50
LV432597
2 early-make contacts LV429346 212.50
LV432598
Spare parts
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
5 spare toggle extensions LV432553 163.00
LV432553 LV432552
Bag of screws 34.30
Compact NS retrofit escutcheon Small cut-out LV432571 15.25
IP40 toggle escutcheon Compact NS type/small cut-out 32556 57.80
Torque limiting screws (set of 12) 3P/4P Compact NSX400-630 LV432513 24.85
1 base for extended rotary handle LV432498 233.00
32556
LV432513
LV432498
Accessories
Compact NSX400/630
Section D:
Power distribution
Locks
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Toggle locking device for 1 to 3 padlocks
By removable device 29370 51.10
By fixed device LV432631 136.20
Locking of rotary handle
Keylock adaptor (keylock not included) LV432604 80.70
Keylock (keylock adaptor not included) Ronis 1351B.500 41940 172.40
29370 LV432631 Locking of motor mechanism module
Keylock adaptor (keylock not included) LV432649 24.65 D
Keylock (keylock adaptor not included) Ronis 1351B.500 41940 172.40
LV432604 LV432649
Interlocking
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Mechanical interlocking for circuit breakers
LV432621 With rotary handles LV432621 418.50
Interlocking with key (2 keylocks / 1 key) for rotary handles
Keylock kit (keylock not included) (1) LV432604 80.70
1 set of 2 keylocks Ronis 1351B.500 41950 326.50
(1 key only, keylock kit not included)
LV432604
Installation accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Front-panel escutcheons
IP40 escutcheon for all control types LV432558 62.80
LV432558
Note
(1) For only 1 device.
36kA “F”
50kA “N”
70kA “H”
100kA “S”
150kA “L”
Add
Distribution
or add
Distribution
D20
Contents (HOME)
Ethernet (TCP/IP/Modbus)
Phaseo Power Supply
D
IFE Switchboard Server
Note
>> RJ45 – RJ45 cables available in varying lengths to connect from a FDM121 to ULP and an ULP to a
gateway
>> One 24v DC Phaseo power supply, 30w, 1.2A (ref: ABL8MEM24012) will support many ULP, FDM121
modules.
D21
Contents (HOME)
Communication devices
Compact NSX100/160/250/400/630
Section D:
Power distribution
LV434201 TRV00217
Notes
(1) For measurement display with Micrologic A and E or status display with BSCM. Download from
www.schneider-electric.com
(2) The ULP (Universal Logic Plug) system is a connection system which can be used to construct
an electrical distribution solution integrating metering, communication and operating assistance
functions for Compact NSX circuit breakers.
Auxiliaries
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Auxiliary switch (changeover) OF or SD 29450 101.80
Voltage releases
AC50/60Hz Voltage (V) Reference Price $
exc. GST
MX Shunt trip 220/240V 28072 228.00
MN U/V release 220/240V 28082 235.00
Other voltages available
Rotary handles
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Direct rotary handle Standard black handle (IP40) 28050 117.60
Extended rotary handle Standard extended rotary handle (IP55) 28052 196.80
Indication auxiliary 1 early break switch 28056 101.80
Miscellaneous
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Removable locking device for three padlocks 29370 51.10
Dimensions NS80H-MA
H W D1 D2
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
120 90 70 100
Notes
(1) Number of poles taking part in current interruption
Example. The NSX100N/M DC circuit breaker exists in the follow versions
* 1 pole with an Icu of 50kA, for systems ≤ 250V
* 2 pole with an Icu of 85kA, for systems ≤ 500V; 1 pole can be used in a 250V system.
>> 3/4 POLE DC BREAKERS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST
E59224
Sealable terminal
shield
33628
Phase
Rear connectors barriers
( order form ) 33646 Spreader
33622
Auxiliary contact
29450
Voltage release
pp
336..
I on
I ON
O OFF
disch
arged
reset
Phase barrier
Connection kit Escutcheon
33648 for connectors 33717
33640
Sealable terminal
shield
33628
Escutcheon
33718
D25
Contents (HOME)
Source changeover
The Compact range proposes interlocking solutions
between two devices to perform the source
changeover switch function. As from 100A, a motor
mechanism ensures automatic replacement of the
main source by a secondary source in order to ensure
permanent availability of energy.
Applications are numerous: operating theatres,
emergency lighting systems, computer rooms, bank
security, etc.
Motor applications
Associated with specific control units, the Compact
range ensures motor protection functions up to
750kW, and includes a dedicated product, Compact
NS80H-MA, for applications up to 37kW.
DC applications
A specific range from 100 to 630A with performance
up to 100 kA and 750V for battery or traction network
type applications.
1000V/400Hz applications
The Compact range covers 1000V/400Hz applications
up to 630A: road and rail tunnels, mines, wind
turbines (1000V) and aircraft facilities (400Hz).
D26
Contents (HOME)
Compact NS
Setting the standard, once again…
Section D:
Power distribution
Equipped with the new generation of Micrologic control units, Compact NS630b to
3200 circuit breakers now offer built-in power and energy metering in addition to
electrical measurement and analysis functions.
D27
Contents (HOME)
33895
Notes
(1) The order form on page D43 needs to be filled out and faxed to Schneider Electric.
>> Motor mechanisms cannot be fitted to complete manually operated devices on page D29.
Please fill out order form on page D43.
Power distribution
E59549
E59578
Connection accessories
Type Reference Price $
exc. GST
E59559
33640 Rear connections Rear connections Top (set of 3) Order Form (1)
(Order form) Bottom (set of 3) Order Form (1)
Bare-cable connectors 3P (3 parts) 33640 262.00
+ 1 connector shield for
4 cables (240mm2)
E59560
Electrical auxiliaries
Type Reference Price $
exc. GST
E47820
Indication contacts
OF, SD, SDE 6A – 240V 29450 101.80
Up to 3 OF, 1 SD and 1 SDE can be connected (the SDE contact is standard for electrically
operated devices).
E59574 E59574
Installation accessories
E59576 E59576
33718
E59588 E59588
Notes
(1) The order form on page D43 needs to be filled out and faxed to Schneider Electric.
(2) MX – Shunt release
(3) MN – Under voltage release
UA automatic controller
Notes
(1) Excluding ACP and UA automation (without logic).
(2) Include ACP and UA units to automate SCO units. Please contact Technical Support on
0800 652 999.
>> Compact NS630b to 1600 transfer switches also available on request.
>> Masterpact transfer switches up to 6300A also available, on request.
>> Units include: – circuit breakers, motor operators, mech/elect interlocks.
– auxiliary change over contacts.
>> Control voltage of UA controllers, motor mechanisms and IVE must be the same.
>> The SCOs are fully assembled and tested.
>> Call Technical Support on 0800 652 999.
E59269B
Vertical-connection adaptors
33975
D
Circuit breaker
NS1600b / 2500A
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Voltage
release
pp
336..
Communication
module
(order form)
D33
Contents (HOME)
Circuit breakers
Type Reference Price $
Icu = 85kA to 220/415V 3P exc. GST
Compact NS type N
NS1600b Order Form (2)
NS2000 Order Form (2)
NS2500 Order Form (2)
NS1600 – NS3200 Amps
NS3200 Order Form (2)
Dimensions
Product H W D1 D2
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
H
NS1600b/3200H 330 420 168.5 222.5
NS1600b/3200N 330 420 168.5 222.5
D1
D2 W
Notes
(1) Add to price of Micrologic 5.0. Earth fault and earth leakage protection are not options on the
Micrologic 5.0 control unit, but are provided by a different control unit.
(2) Complete order form on page D43.
(3) Function of auxiliaries
OF: Open/closed changeover contact indicates the position of the circuit breaker contacts.
SD: Trip indication: indicates that the breaker has tripped (overload, short circuit, earth fault,
earth leakage, shunt trip, undervoltage or push to trip button).
SDE: Fault indication: indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to an electrical fault.
Auxiliaries and voltage releases may be field fitted.
Voltage releases have a continuous rating.
Accessory
Reference Price $
exc. GST
Main switch interconnection kit (including bolts) for 400 and 630A CNS63CK 164.20
Compact NS/NSX circuit breakers and interpact INS load break switches
Notes
>> 800A single sided versions also available.
>> Busbars extend 115mm at top of chassis for NSX630.
>> All chassis are 446mm wide.
>> Type tests include:
>> Withstand capacity:
>> 40kA/1 sec cert. no. 64167
>> 50kA/0.1 sec cert. no. 64297
>> Busbars extend 130mm at top of chassis for NS800.
3 pole and 4 pole, front connected – with visible break (consult us)
Interpact load Poles H W D1 D2
31336 break switches (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
INS40/63/80 3P/4P 85 90 47 79
INS100/125/160 3P/4P 100 135 47 79
Dimensions INS250 3P/4P 136 140 96 131
INS320/400/500/630 3P/4P 205 185 120 160
INS630b/1600 3P 300 340 141 198
INS630b/1600 4P 300 410 141 198
H
INS2000/2500 3P 440 348 228 320
INS2000/2500 4P 440 464 228 320
D1
W D2
Note
(1) Withstand current 50 kA rms/0.5 sec.
Accessories
Interpact INS
Load break switches accessories
Section D:
Power distribution
Accessories
Description To fit Reference Price $
exc. GST
Auxiliaries
Aux switch 1 OF or CAM (early make or break) INS40 to INS2500 29450 101.80
Connection accessories
Snap-in connectors (S 95°) INS100 to INS160 set of 3 28947 42.60
Crimp lugs (for 95mm2 cable) INS100 to INS160 set of 3 28951 50.00
OF auxiliary
One-piece spreader INS250 3/4P LV431061 280.50
D
Terminal extensions
Type Reference Price $
exc. GST
INS250 3 x spreaders 45mm LV431563 60.50
INS400/630 3 x spreaders 52.5mm LV432490 178.60
INS400/630 3 x spreaders 70mm LV432492 296.50
Spreaders
Terminal shields
Load break switch Reference Price $
exc. GST
Terminal shield Short 3P/4P – 1 piece INS250 LV429516 48.80
Short (for rear INS320 to INS630 LV432592 90.00
connections)
Terminal shield Long 3P/4P – 1 piece INS40 to INS80 28957 92.30
Long (for front INS100 to INS160 28958 109.80
connections)
INS250 LV429518 54.90
INS320 to INS630 LV432594 98.90
Long for 52.5mm spreaders INS320 to INS630 LV432596 104.00
3P/4P – 1 piece
Phase barriers 3P/4P – 6 pieces INS100 to INS160 28959 42.60
INS250 29329 72.20
INS320 to INS630 LV432570 72.70
3P/4P – 2 pieces INS630b to INS1600 31315 167.20
Accessories
INS, INV and IN
Interpact
Section D: Load break switches accessories
Power distribution
Rotary handle
Load break switch Reference Price $
exc. GST
Extended front Standard black handle INS40 to INS160 LV428941 119.20
rotary handle INS250 LV431050 107.80
INS320 to INS630 31052 179.60
INS630b to INS2500 31288 133.60
Extended side mounted Standard black handle INS40 to INS160 28943 67.10
rotary handle for INS250 31057 * 156.40
LV431050 door mounting (IP55)
Spare handle INS40 to INS160 28962 49.40
INS250 31082 107.20
INS320 to INS630 31084 113.00
Direct lateral control support INS250 31054 92.10
* Note Ref. 31054 MUST be used in conjunction with extended side mounted rotary handle Ref. 31057.
Locking
Load break switch Reference Price $
exc. GST
Key locking of handle Ronis (1 lock, 1 key) * INS250 to IN2500 41940 172.40
LV429358 Ronis (2 locks, 1 key) * INS250 to INS1600 41950 326.50
Locking device for INS250 31087 116.60
Ronis locks INS320 to INS630 31088 116.60
INS630b to INS1600 31291 114.40
* Note Locking device (Ref. 31087 or 31088) also required with locks.
31073 Mechanical interlock INS40 to INS160 28953 369.50
INS250 31073 449.50
INS320 to INS630 31074 449.50
Common load bars 3P downstream coupling INS250 LV429358 541.00
(for transfer switch) 3P downstream coupling INS320 to INS630 LV432619 967.00
www.schneider-electric.com/micrologic-e
D39
Monitoring
Monitoring
Contents (HOME)
and
and protecting
protecting
Monitoring and protecting
your
your lowvoltage
low voltagenetwork network
your low voltage network
Section D:
Power distribution
Masterpact can be integrated in a general supervision system
to optimise your electrical installation.
Masterpact
Masterpactcan
canbe
beintegrated
integratedininaageneral
generalsupervision
supervisionsystem
system
to
tooptimise
optimiseyour
yourelectrical
electricalinstallation.
installation.
Intuitive use
Intuitive
Intuitive use
Micrologic control units are equipped with a digital LCD display used in conjunction with simple
navigationuse
buttons. Users can directly access parameters and settings. Navigation between screens is
Micrologic
intuitive control
Micrologic and the units
control unitsare
immediateareequipped
display with
withagreatly
of values
equipped adigital LCD
LCDdisplay
simplifies
digital used
settings.
display Textinis
used inconjunction
displayed with
in the
conjunction desired
with
language.
simple navigation buttons. Users can directly access parameters and settings. Navigation
simple navigation buttons. Users can directly access parameters and settings. Navigation
between
betweenscreens
screensisisintuitive
intuitiveand
andthe
theimmediate
immediatedisplay
displayofofvalues
valuesgreatly
greatlysimplifies
simplifiessettings.
settings.
Text is displayed in the desired language.
Text is displayed in the desired language.
V
V
D40
Contents (HOME)
External sensors
Type Price $
exc. GST
External sensor (CT) for neutral + earth-fault protection TCE P.O.A
Rectangular sensor for earth-leakage protection 280 x 115mm P.O.A
External sensor for source ground return protection + MDGF module TCW P.O.A
Dimensions
Product H W D
(mm) (mm) (mm)
NT Fixed 301 274 211
NT Drawout 322 288 280
Notes
(1) Basic circuit breaker price includes: >> safety shutters (drawout only);
>> stored energy operating mechanism; >> front or rear connections (vertical or horizontal);
>> four change over auxiliary indication >> one fault trip indication contact (SDE);
contacts (OF); >> arc-chute cover for drawout devices;
>> terminal blocks for the electrical auxiliaries; >> automatic blocking in “connected”, “disconnected”
>> “disconnected” position padlock system and “test” positions with pushbutton release;
(drawout only); >> C2 tropicalisation for all climates.
(2) Micrologic control unit price includes 0.4 to 1 x Ir long time rating plug.
(3) 4 pole versions available.
(4) Add price of external sensor (for 3 pole circuit breakers).
(5) 50°C for rear vertical connection.
(6) Recommend including "comms module' with Micrologic E trips.
Dimensions
Product H W D
(mm) (mm) (mm)
NW Fixed 352 422 297
NW Drawout 439 441 395
Notes
(1) Basic circuit breaker price includes: >> safety shutters (drawout only);
>> stored energy operating mechanism; >> front or rear connections (vertical or horizontal);
>> four change over auxiliary indication >> one fault trip indication contact (SDE);
contacts (OF); >> arc-chute cover for drawout devices;
>> terminal blocks for the electrical auxiliaries; >> automatic blocking in “connected”, disconnected”
>> “disconnected” position padlock system and “test” positions with pushbutton release;
(drawout only); >> C2 tropicalisation for all climates.
(2) Micrologic control unit price includes 0.4 to 1x Ir long time rating plug.
(3) 4 pole versions available.
(4) Add price of external sensor (for 3 pole circuit breakers).
(5) 50°C for rear vertical connection.
(6) 150kA version available.
(7) Recommended including "comms module" with Micrologic E trips.
To indicate your choices, tick the applicable square boxes Automatic-control option
and enter the appropriate information in the rectangles. Power supply 380/415V – 50/60Hz & 440V – 60Hz:
(One sheet per device. Make copies if necessary) ACP + BA controller
Device identification: ACP + UA controller
Q 1 – NORMAL SOURCE Q 2 – REPLACEMENT SOURCE ACP + UA150 controller
Circuit breaker or switch-disconnector Indication contacts
Compact type NS630b to NS1600 SD trip indication (maximum 1) 6A-240VAC Low level
Rating A SDE fault-trip indication (maximum 1)
Circuit breaker N, H, L (SDE integrated in electrically operated devices)
Switch-disconnector NA 6A-240VAC Low level
Number of poles 3 or 4 OF ON/OFF indication (maximum 3)
Device Fixed Withdr. chassis 6A-240VAC qty Low level qty
Carriage switches (possible combinations: 3 CE, 2 CD, 1 CT)
D
Withdr. without chassis (moving part only)
Chassis alone without connections CE – “connected” position 6A 240VAC qty Low level qty
Micrologic control unit Circuit breaker or switch-disconnector CD – “disconnected” position 6A 240VAC qty Low level qty
Basic protection CT – “test” position 6A 240VAC qty Low level qty
2.0 5.0
A – ammeter Auxiliary terminals for chassis alone Jumpers (set of 10)
2.0 5.0 6.0 7.0
E – energy 3-wire terminal (30 parts) 6-wire terminal (10 parts)
2.0 5.0 6.0
AD – external power-supply module Remote operation
V
TCE – external sensor (CT) for neutral protection Electrical operation Standard Communicating
Rectangular sensor 280 x 115mm Power supply AC DC V
TCW – external sensor for SGR protection Voltage releases MX AC DC V
LR – long-time rating plug Standard 0.4 to 1 lr MN AC DC V
Low setting 0.4 to 0.8 lr MN delay unit Adjustable Non-adjustable
High setting 0.8 to 1 lr Rotary handles for fixed and withdrawable device
LT OFF Direct Black Red on yellow front
Communication CNOMO conversion access
COM module JBus/ Manual operation Extended Black Red on yellow front
Modbus Electrical operation Telescopic handle for withdrawable device
Digipact Manual operation Indication auxiliary 6A-240VAC 2 early-make switches
Electrical operation 2 early-break switches
Modbus Eco COM module (for switchboard display units) Locking
Connections Toggle (1 to 3 padlocks) Removable system Fixed system
Horizontal rear connections Top Bottom Rotary handle OFF position ON and OFF positions
Vertical rear connections Top Bottom using a keylock Ronis 1351B.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
Front connections Top Bottom Keylock kit (without keylock)
4 x 240v bare cable connectors + shields NS – FC fixed For electrically VBP – ON/OFF push button locking
Long connection shields NS – FC fixed operated devices OFF position locking:
Vertical-connection adaptors NS – FC fixed, withdr. VCPO – by padlocks
VSPO – by keylocks
Cable-lug adaptors NS – FC fixed, withdr.
Keylock kit (w/o keylock) Profalux Ronis
Arc chute screen NS – FC fixed
1 keylock Profalux Ronis
Interphase barriers NS – FC fixed, withdr.
2 identical keylocks, Profalux Ronis
Spreaders NS – FC fixed, withdr. 1 key
VO – safety shutters on chassis NS – FC fixed Chassis locking in “disconnected” position:
Rating Earth leakage VSPD – by keylocks Keylock kit (w/o keylock) Profalux Ronis
N – 36kA (NS100-250) / 50kA (NS400-630) ME – fixed (100-160) Kirk Castell
SX – 50kA (100-250) MH – Adjustable (100-250)
H – 70kA MB – Adjustable (400-630) 1 keylock Profalux Ronis
L – 150kA 2 identical keylocks, Profalux Ronis
Interlocking using connecting rods between 1 key
two NS630b to NS1600 devices 2 keylocks, different Profalux Ronis
keys
Manually operated devices installed side by side:
Optional connected/disconnected/test
For two fixed NS devices with extended rotary handles position locking
Electrically operated devices installed one above the other: VPEC – door interlock On right-hand side of chassis
Select a complete set including two adaptation fixtures and the connecting rods On left-hand side of chassis
Complete set for: 2 fixed NS devices
VPOC – racking interlock
2 withdrawable NS devices
VDC – mismatch protection
Interlocking using cables between two NS630b to NS1600 devices
Accessories
Electrically operated devices installed one above the other or side by side:
CDM – mechanical operation counter
Select a complete set including two adaptation fixtures and the cables
CDP – escutcheon
Complete set for: 2 fixed NS devices
CP – transparent cover for escutcheon
2 withdrawable NS devices
OP – blanking plate for escutcheon
1 fixed NS device + 1 withdrawable NS device
Electrical interlocking between two NS630b to NS1600 devices Mounting brackets for fixed NS for mounting on horizontal plane
Test kits Mini test kit Portable test kit
1 IVE unit 48/415V– 50/60Hz and 440V – 60Hz
1 wiring kit for connection between 2 fixed/withdrawable devices to
the IVE unit
D43
Contents (HOME)
To indicate your choices, tick the applicable square boxes Indication contacts
and enter the appropriate information in the rectangles. NS630b/3200
Circuit breaker or switch-disconnector SD trip indication (maximum 1) (only for manually operated devices)
Compact type NS630b to NS1600 6A-240VAC qty Low level qty
NS1600b to NS3200 SDE fault-trip indication (maximum 1)
(SDE integrated in electrically operated devices)
Rating A
6A-240VAC qty Low level qty
Circuit breaker N, H, L, LB
OF ON/OFF indication contents (maximum 3)
Switch-disconnector NA
6A-240VAC qty Low level qty
Number of poles 3 or 4
NS630b/1600
Device NS630b/3200 Fixed (possible combinations: 3 CE, 2 CD, 1 CT)
Carriage switches
NS630b/1600 Withdr. with chassis CE – “connected” position 6A 240VAC qty Low level qty
Withdr. without chassis CD – “disconnected” position 6A 240VAC qty Low level qty
(moving part only)
CT – “test” position 6A 240VAC qty Low level qty
Chassis alone without connections
Micrologic control unit Programmable contacts (630b – 1600)
Basic protection 2.0 5.0 M6C kit for manually Compact
A – ammeter 2.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 Auxiliary terminals for chassis alone Jumpers (set of 10)
3-wire terminal (30 parts) 6-wire terminal (10 parts)
E – energy 2.0 5.0 6.0
Remote operation
P – power 5.0 6.0 7.0
AD – external power-supply module V Electrical operation Standard Communicating
(NS630b/1600) Power supply AC DC V
ENVT – External Neutral Voltage Temp. (3P + N and Micrologic P)
TCE – external sensor (CT) for neutral protection Voltage releases MX AC DC V
MN AC DC V
Rectangular sensor NS630b/1600 280 x 115mm
for earth-leakage protection NS1600b/3200 470 x 160mm MN delay unit Adjustable Non-adjustable
Rotary handles for NS630b/1600 fixed and withdrawable device
TCW – external sensor for SGR protection
LR – long-time rating plug Direct Black Red on yellow front
Standard 0.4 to 1 lr
CNOMO conversion access
Low setting 0.4 to 0.8 lr
High setting 0.8 to 1 lr Extended Black Red on yellow front
Telescopic handle for withdrawable device
LT OFF
Communication Indication auxiliary 6A-240VAC 2 early-make switches
Chassis 2 early-break switches
COM module Modbus Device
Locking
Eco COM module Modbus Device Chassis
Toggle (1 to 3 padlocks) Removable system Fixed system
Front Display Module (FDM121) Mounting accessories
Rotary handle OFF position ON and OFF positions
Breaker ULP cord L= 0.35 m using a keylock
L= 1.3 m Ronis 1351B.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
(NS630b/1600)
L= 3 m Keylock kit (without keylock)
For electrically VBP – ON/OFF push button locking
NS630b/1600 connection
operated devices (by transparent cover + padlocks)
Horizontal rear connections Top Bottom (NS630b/1600) OFF position locking:
Vertical rear connections Top Bottom VCPO – by padlocks
Front connections Top Bottom VSPO – by keylocks:
4 x 240° bare cable connectors + shields NS – FC fixed Keylock kit (w/o keylock) Profalux Ronis
Long connection shields NS – FC fixed 1 keylock Profalux Ronis
Vertical-connection adaptors NS – FC fixed, withdr. 2 identical keylocks, Profalux Ronis
1 key
Cable-lug adaptors NS – FC fixed, withdr. Chassis locking in “disconnected” position:
Arc chute screen NS – FC fixed VSPD – by keylocks Keylock kit (w/o keylock) Profalux Ronis
Interphase barriers NS – FC fixed, withdr. Kirk Castell
Spreaders NS – FC fixed, withdr.
1 keylock Profalux Ronis
NS1600b/3200 connection 2 identical keylocks, Profalux Ronis
Front connections NS – FC fixed 1 key
Vertical-connection adaptor optional for NS1600b/2500 2 keylocks, Profalux Ronis
(standard for NS3200) different keys
Micrologic control unit functions: Optional connected/disconnected/test
2.0: basic protection (long time + inst.) position locking
5.0: selective protection (long time + short time + inst.) VPEC – door interlock On right-hand side of chassis
6.0: selective + earth-fault protection (long time + short time + inst. + On left-hand side of chassis
earth-fault) VPOC – racking interlock
7.0: selective + earth-leakage protection (long time + short time + inst. VDC – mismatch protection
+ earth leakage)
Accessories
Quotation request Date: VO – safety shutters on chassis NS – withdrawable as standard
CDM – mechanical operation counter
Order Purchase O/N:
CDP – escutcheon
Customer Name: CP – transparent cover for escutcheon
OP – blanking plate for escutcheon
Contact:
Mounting brackets for fixed NS for mounting on horizontal plane
Signature: Test kits Mini test kit Portable test kit
D44
Contents (HOME)
To indicate your choices, tick the applicable square boxes Indication contacts
and enter the appropriate information in the rectangles. OF – ON/OFF indication contacts
Circuit breaker or switch-disconnector Standard 4 OF 6A-240VAC (10A-240VAC and low level for NW)
Masterpact type NT NW Alternate 1 OF low level for NT Max. 4 qty
Rating A Additional 1 block of 4 OF for NW Max. 2 qty
Sensor rating A EF – combined “connected/closed” contacts
Circuit breaker N1, H1, H2, H3, L1 1 EF 6A-240VAC for NW Max. 8 qty
Special circuit breaker H2 anticorrosion, H10 (NW) 1 EF low level for NW Max. 8 qty
Special circuit breaker NW25 H1T, NW32, H1T, SDE – “fault-trip” indication contact
NT16 H2T
Standard 1 SDE 6A-240VAC
Switch-disconnector NA, HA, HF, ES, HA10 (NW)
Additional 1 SDE 6A-240VAC 1 SDE low level
Number of poles 3 or 4
Programmable contacts 2 M2C contacts 6 M6C contacts
D
Brand Schneider Electric SD
Carriage switches Low level 6A-240VAC
Option: neutral on right side (NW)
CE – “connected” position Max. 3 for NW/NT qty
Type of equipment Fixed
CD – “disconnected” positionMax. 3 for NW – 2 for NT qty
Drawout with chassis
CT – “test” position Max. 3 for NW – 1 for NT qty
Drawout without chassis
(moving part only) AC – NW actuator for 6 CE – 3 CD – 0 CT additional
carriage switches qty
Chassis alone
Remote operation
Earthing switch kit for chassis
Remote ON/OF MCH – gear motor V
Micrologic control unit
XF – closing voltage release V
A – ammeter 2.0 5.0 6.0 7.0
MX – opening voltage release V
E – energy 2.0 5.0 6.0 PF – “ready to close” contact Low level
P – power meter 5.0 6.0 7.0 6A-240VAC
H – harmonic meter 5.0 6.0 7.0 BPFE – electrical closing push button
LR – long-time rating plug Standard 0.4 to 1 lr Res – electrical reset option V
Low setting 0.4 to 0.8 lr RAR – automatic reset option
High setting 0.8 to 1 lr Remote tripping MN – undervoltage release V
LR OFF R – delay unit (non-adjustable)
AD – external power-supply module V Rr – adjustable delay unit
BAT – battery module 2nd MX – shunt release V
TCE – external sensor (CT) for neutral and residual Locking
earth-fault protection
VBP – ON/OFF push button locking (by transparent cover + padlocks)
TCE – external sensor (CT) for over-sized neutral
(3P – Micrologic P/H) and residual earth-fault protection OFF position locking:
TCW – external sensor for SGR protection VCPO – by padlocks
Rectangular sensor NT (280 x 115mm) VSPO – by keylocks Keylock kit (w/o keylock) Profalux Ronis
for earth-leakage protection NW (470 x 160mm) 1 keylock Profalux Ronis
PTE – external voltage connector 2 identical keylocks, 1 key Profalux Ronis
Communication 2 keylocks, Profalux Ronis
different keys (NW)
COM module ModBus Device Chassis
Chassis locking in “disconnected” position:
Eco COM ModBus Device Chassis*
module VSPD – by keylocks Keylock kit (w/o keylock) Profalux Ronis
*for drawout devices, please order 1 Modbus chassis Kirk Castell
COM module 1 keylock Profalux Ronis
Connection 2 identical keylocks, 1 key Profalux Ronis
Horizontal Top Bottom 2 keylocks, different keys Profalux Ronis
Vertical Top Bottom Optional connected/disconnected/
Front Top Bottom test position lock
Vertical-connection adaptors NT – FC fixed, draw VPEC – door interlock On right-hand side of chassis
Cable-lug adaptors NT – FC fixed, draw On left-hand side of chassis
Arc chute screen NT – FC fixed VPOC – racking interlock
Interphase barriers NT, NW fixed, drawout IPA – cable-type door interlock
Spreaders NT fixed, drawout VDC – mismatch protection
Disconnectable front connection adaptor NW fixed VIVC – shutter position indication and locking for NW
Lugs for 240v or 300v cables NT fixed, drawout IBPO – racking interlock between crank and OFF push button for NW
Micrologic control unit functions: DAE – automatic spring discharge before breaker removal for NW
2.0: basic protection (long time + inst.)
5.0: selective protection (long time + short time + inst.) Accessories
6.0: selective + earth-fault protection (long time + short time + inst. + earth-fault) VO – safety shutters on chassis for NT and NW X
7.0: selective + earth-leakage protection (long time + short time + inst. + earth-leakage)
CDM – mechanical operation counter NT, NW
CB – auxiliary terminal shield for chassis NT, NW
CC – arc chute cover for fixed NT
CDP – escutcheon NT, NW
CP – transparent cover for escutcheon NT, NW
OP – blanking plate for escutcheon NT, NW
Brackets for mounting NW fixed On backplates
Test kits Mini test kit Portable test kit
D45
Contents (HOME)
To indicate your choices, tick the applicable square boxes Remote operation
and enter the appropriate information in the rectangles. Remote ON/OF MCH – gear motor V
(One sheet per device. Make copies if necessary) XF – closing voltage release V
Device identification: MX – opening voltage release V
Q 1 – NORMAL SOURCE Q 2 – REPLACEMENT SOURCE PF – “ready to close” contact Low level
Circuit breaker or switch-disconnector 6A-240VAC
Masterpact type NT NW BPFE – electrical closing push button
Rating A Res – electrical reset option V
Sensor rating A RAR – automatic reset option
Circuit breaker N1, H1, H2, H3, L1 Remote tripping MN – undervoltage release V
Switch-disconnector NA, HA, HF R – delay unit (non-adjustable)
Number of poles 3 or 4 Rr – adjustable delay unit
Option: neutral on right side Not currently available 2nd MX – shunt release V
Device Fixed Locking
Withdr. chassis VBP – ON/OFF push button locking (by transparent cover + padlocks)
Withdr. without chassis OFF position locking:
(moving part only) VCPO – by padlocks
Chassis alone without connections
VSPO – by keylocks Keylock kit (w/o keylock) Profalux Ronis
Micrologic control unit
1 keylock Profalux Ronis
A – ammeter 2.0 5.0 6.0 7.0
2 identical keylocks, 1 key Profalux Ronis
E – energy 2.0 5.0 6.0 2 keylocks, Profalux Ronis
P – power meter 5.0 6.0 7.0 different keys (NW)
H – harmonic meter 5.0 6.0 7.0 Chassis locking in “disconnected” position:
AD – external power-supply module V VSPD – by keylocks Keylock kit (w/o keylock) Profalux Ronis
TCE – external sensor (CT) for neutral protection 1 keylock Profalux Ronis
Rectangular sensor NT (280 x 115mm) 2 identical keylocks, 1 key Profalux Ronis
for earth-leakage protection NW (470 x 160mm) 2 keylocks, different keys Profalux Ronis
LR – long-time rating plug Standard 0.4 to 1 lr Optional connected/disconnected/
Low setting 0.4 to 0.8 lr test position lock
VPEC – door interlock On right-hand side of chassis
High setting 0.8 to 1 lr
On left-hand side of chassis
LT OFF
PTE – external voltage connector (required for reverse supply) VPOC – racking interlock
BAT – battery module IPA – cable-type door interlock
IBPO – racking interlock between crank and OFF push button for NW
Communication
Eco COM module Modbus DAE – automatic spring discharge before breaker removal for NW
(for XF or MX communicating release) VDC – mismatch protection
Connection Accessories
Horizontal Top Bottom CDM – mechanical operation counter NT, NW
Vertical Top Bottom CB – auxiliary terminal shield for chassis NT, NW
Front Top Bottom CDP – escutcheon NT, NW
Vertical-connection adaptors NT – FC fixed, draw CP – transparent cover for escutcheon NT, NW
Cable-lug adaptors NT – FC fixed, draw OP – blanking plate for escutcheon NT, NW
Arc chute screen NT – FC fixed Interlocking using connecting rods (NT/NW devices one above the other)
Interphase barriers NT, NW fixed, draw. Select a complete set including two adaptation fixtures and the connecting rods
Spreaders NT, NW fixed, draw. Complete set for: 2 drawout NT devices 2 fixed NT devices
Disconnectable front connection adaptor NW fixed 2 drawout NW devices 2 fixed NW devices
VO – safety shutters on chassis NT, NW 1 fixed NT device + 1 fixed NW device
VIVC – shutter position NW 1 drawout NT device + 1 drawout NW device
indication and locking Interlocking using cables
Indication contacts (NT/NW devices one above the other or side by side)
OF ON/OFF indication contacts Select two adaptation fixtures (one for each device) and a set of two cables
Standard 4 OF 6A-240VAC (10A-240VAC and low-level for NW) Adaptation fixture for: 1 fixed NT device qty
Additional 1 block of 4 OF for NW Max. 2 qty (NT/NW fixed and 1 drawout NT device qty
may be mixed)
EF – combined “connected/closed” contacts 1 fixed NW device qty
1 EF 6A-240VAC for NW Max. 8 qty 1 drawout NW device qty
1 EF low level for NW Max. 8 qty 1 set of 2 cables (for two devices) qty
SDE – “fault-trip” indication contact Electrical interlocking 2 appareils NT/NW
Standard 1 SDE 6A-240VAC 1 IVE unit 48/415V – 50/60Hz and 440V – 60Hz
Additional 1 SDE 6A-240VAC 1 SDE low level 1 wiring kit for connection between 2 fixed/withdrawable devices
Programmable to the IVE unit
contacts 2 M2C contacts 6 M6C contacts Automatic-control option
Carriage switches 6A-240VAC Low level Power supply 380/415V – 50/60Hz ACP + BA controller
CE – “connected” position Max. 3 for NW qty and 440V – 60Hz: ACP + UA controller
CD – “disconnected” position Max. 3 for NW qty ACP + UA150 controller
CT – “test” position Max. 3 for NW qty
AC – actuator for additional carriage switches qty
D46
Contents (HOME)
Front control
Description Switch/Type of fuse-link Reference Price $
LV480530
Front control
Description Switch/Type of fuse-link Reference Price $
exc. GST
Basic device for INFD160/DIN (000/00) 3P LV480416 648.00
front control
Rotary handle Direct rotary handle LV480530 43.50
for basic Black extended rotary handle 49619 42.20
LV480530 front-control device
Red/yellow extended rotary handle 49616 39.95
Rotary handle Black extended rotary handle 49619 42.20
for basic Red/yellow extended rotary handle 49616 39.95
lateral-control device
49619
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
49626 Shaft 430mm shaft 49626 34.10
Connection Short Terminal shield INFD100 – INFD160 (1 part) LV480444 20.70
Long Terminal shield INFD100 – INFD160 (1 part) LV480445 22.00
Front control
Description Switch/Type of fuse-link Reference Price $
exc. GST
Basic device for INFD250/DIN (0/1) 3P LV480503 857.00
front control INFD400/DIN (0/1/2) 3P LV480506 1,502.00
INFD630/DIN (3) 3P LV480509 1,940.00
LV480503 INFD800/DIN (3) 3P LV480512 2,339.00
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
49620 (For IND400)
Rotary handles Black direct and extended rotary handle 49620 85.40
for basic (for INDFD630/800)
front-control device
Shaft 430mm shaft for INFD250 49626 34.10
49627 Shaft 465mm shaft for INFD400 to INFD800 49627 51.60
Connection Terminal shields for 00A (1 part) LV480555 34.30
Auxiliary contacts 1 NC contact 49610 38.40
1 NO contact 46909 77.00
100A
NH000
e
er
LindngL / gG OVE
EMA
K EUR
000
100A
V
H000 DE
e
er 500VNH
LindngL / gG OVE
EMA
K EUR
000
100A
H000
V
120kA nsfest
DE
49800
Accessories (ISFT160)
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
49862
Connection (accessories for 1.5 to 50mm² bare cable connectors)
Comb busbar to supply 3 devices 49862 113.00
Incoming connector (25 to 95mm²) for comb busbars set of 3 49865 146.00
Insulated comb cover for unused teeth 49864 16.50
Connection (terminal shields are mandatory for lugs)
49865 49864 Long terminal shields set of 1 49869 9.80
Short terminal shields set of 1 49880 9.80
49880
Electrical auxiliaries
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Auxiliary changeover contact NO+NC (ISFT100) 49885 19.60
49885
Notes
(1) Fuse size for ISFT100 = 000
(2) Fuse size for ISFT160 = 000 or 00
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
49872 Terminal shields For ISFT250 set of 1 49872 34.20
For ISFT400 set of 1 49875 45.00
For ISFT630 set of 1 49876 43.70
Electrical auxiliaries
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Auxiliary changeover contact NO+NC 49885 19.60
49885
Note
(1) Fuse sizes ISFT250 = 1
ISFT400 = 2
ISFT630 = 3
LV480852
D
ISFL250 to ISFL630 3 pole fixed, front-connected
fuse-switch disconnectors
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Basic device for mounting on busbars (2)
Direct connection to 185mm busbars ISFL250 LV480863 725.00
ISFL400 LV480864 801.00
ISFL630 LV480865 893.00
LV480863
Notes
(1) Fuse size ISFL160 = 000 or 00
(2) Fuse sizes ISFL250 = 1
ISFL400 = 2
ISFL630 = 3
Section D:
Power distribution
Dimensions
2/3P 4P
DB112061
DB112062
DB112063
DB112064
A4
A3
A A2
A1
X X X
A A2
A3
A4
C1 B B
C2 B1 B2
C3
Z Y Y
DB111411
DB112066
DB112067
F2 F2 F2
F1 F1 F3
E4
X X X
E2
E1 E3
2 Ø6 Y ØT(1) Y 4 Ø6 Y 4 Ø6
(1)
Type A A1 A2 A3
F1 A4 A5 A6 A7 F1 A8 A9 B B1 B2 F3 C1 C2 C3 E1
DB112068
DB111412
DB112069
DB112070
2 Ø6 Y Y 4 Ø6 Y 4 Ø6
G4
DB112071
DB112072
G5
G3 X
G2
G1
D52
254
E47973A
E47972B Contents(1)
(HOME) 163,5
254
163,5 327 508 Dimensions, volumes
200
X Compact NS630b to 1600 X
327 (fixed version) 100
Section D: 508 200
Power distribution X X
100
E47973A
E47972B
(1)
Z Y
E47973A
Manual control(1) 254
E47972B
E47973A
E47972B
254
Y
E47973A
327
E47972B
(1)
(1)
107,5
Z 163,5
F 508 200 99,5 (3P)
X X 99,5
169,5 (4P)
205 254
254327 100
163,5
163,5 508 200
FX X
327 100
327 508 200
X 508 200 105X (3P)
105
E47914A
X 175X (4P)
107,5
Z 100
100 99,5 (3P)
169,5 (4P)
Y
(3P) 105
99,5
105 94
188
D
E47914A
205 175 (4P)
F Z 99,5 (3P)
Y 188 Y
107,5 99,5
169,5 (4P)
205 94
E47913A E47913A
Z F Y Y
107,5 Z 99,5 (3P) Y 99,5 123
107,5 99,5
169,5 (3P)
(4P)
105 (3P) 99,5
105 105
E47914A
175
113 Rear connection X 188 X
E47913A
92,5 234
105 (3P) 94 123 210
X 105
Y X
E47914A
105
175 (3P)
113 (4P) 117 105 105
E47914A
175 (4P)
188 123
188
92,5
E47913A
117 94
X
234 Y 94 210 123 123
113 Y X 105
92,5
Z
E47913A
F 117
E47913A
123
123
107,5 X
234
105 X 35
123210
113
Z F 105
92,5 140,5
107,5 Z 117 3570 123
F 234 210
X 234 35 X 210
X 70
113 107,5
146,5
113 140,5 X
92,5 140,5 70
92,5 205 117
146,5
146,5 Z 14F 117 123
123
107,5 35
205205 1414
70
140,5
Z F
107,5
Z
146,5 F 35
107,5 35
205 14 70
140,5 70
140,5
146,5
146,5
205 14
105 (3P)
Electrical control 205 14
E47897A
175 (4P)
105 (3P)94 105
188
E47897A
Y (4P)
175 105
188
188 94
E47896A
105 (3P) 94 Y 94
E47897A
105 123
175 (3P) Y Y
E47897A
(4P) 105
175 (4P) 105 105
188
E47896A
188
E47896A
94
E47896A
123
210 234 200 123
X 123
105 X F : Datum
210 234 200 105
210
ZXX
234
117 200
100
X
210
210 107,5 X
234
234
200
200 35 X
123 X
X X F : Datum
169,5 117 10070100 Note
123 123
100
117 100 117
99,5 (3P) 123 Dimensions for front
175,5 Z 117
169,5 (4P) 99,5 123 and rear connection on
107,5 F 35 F : Datum F : Datum
electrically operated F : Datum
F : Datum
169,5 70
devices are identical
175,5 Z 99,5 (3P)
99,5
Z
107,5
107,5
107,5
ZZ F 169,535(4P)
35
to those for manually
operated devices.
107,5
169,5
169,5 70 35 35
175,5 99,5 (3P) 70
169,5
169,5
175,5 F
99,5 (3P)
169,5 (4P) 99,5
99,5 70 70
F 169,5 (4P)
175,5
175,5 99,599,5
(3P) (3P)
FF 169,5 (4P) (4P) 99,5 99,5
169,5
D53
Contents (HOME)
Dimensions, volumes
Y Compact NS1600b to 3200
99,5 (fixed version)
Section D:
Power distribution
Dimensions
105
(A)
(A) 145 mini
145 mini
88 (B)
(B)
Y
Y
E59440A
E59439
(C)
E59440A
E59439
94 (C)
165
165
105
105
123
105 330
330 150 210
210
X
X X
X
150
75
75
210
X
123
20
20 162
162
40
40 169
169
131
131 338
338
160,5 180 (3P)
180 (3P)
180
35 160,5 295 (4P)
(3P) 295
195 (3P) (4P) 180
166,5
166,5 195 195
310 (4P)
310 (4P) 195
70 242
242
210 (3P)
210 (3P) 210
F
F 325 (4P)
325 (4P) 210
390
390 Z
Z
Mounting on rails
Y
E59456A
Y
E59456A
4 Ø12
4 Ø12
105 X
X 150
150
88 75
75
94
Y
123
195 (3P)
195 (3P) 195
105
310 (4P)
310 (4P) 195
X
Note
123symmetry planes for a 3 pole device
X and Y are the
F : Datum
35
70
99,5
F :: Datum
F Datum
D54
Contents (HOME)
Front handle
Lateral handle
Type H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 K K1 L L1 L2 L3 P P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7
INS40/63/80 22.5 45 40.5 81 42.5 85 73.5 147 1 18 45 73 90 109 21.3 43 47 62.5 79 5 40 66.1
INS100/125/160 22.5 45 – – 50 100 110 220 7.5 30 67.5 119 135 154 1805 45 47 62.5 79 5 42.5 69.3
Type H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 K K1 L L1 P P1 P2 P3 P4
INS250 40 80 68 136 148 296 166 332 115 17.5 35 70 140 21.5 86 96 131 138
INS320/INS630 61.5 123 102.5 205 215 430 – – 177 22.5 45 92.5 185 26 120 160.4 162 –
D55
Contents (HOME)
Index
Power management systems
Earth leakage relays
Section E: Reactive energy management and harmonic mitigation
Power management systems
relays
Varset floor standing automatic power factor correction units Page E25
Varset wall mounted automatic power factor correction units Page E26
E1
Contents (HOME)
to successful
>> Power quality meters
Management
>> Power quality and
reliability systems
3. Automate
>> BMS
>> Lighting control
systems
>> Industrial automation
systems
>> Home control systems
E2
Contents (HOME)
Measurement
Hour counters, ammeters and voltmeters
Selector switches
Section E: Panel meters
Power management systems
Hour counter
Model Voltage Frequency Width in mod. Reference Price $
of 9mm exc. GST
CH 240V 50/60Hz 4 15440 123.20
15440
Voltmeters VLT
Model Rating Scale Frequency Accuracy Width in mod. Reference Price $
class of 9mm exc. GST
Analogue
Digital
500V
600V
0...500V
0...600V
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
1.5
1.5
8
4
16061
15201
198.80
396.50
E
16061 15201
Ammeters AMP
Model Rating Scale Frequency Accuracy Width in mod. Reference Price $
class of 9mm exc. GST
Analogue 30A 0...30A 50/60Hz 1.5 8 16029 227.00
5A *none 50/60Hz 1.5 8 16030 227.00
Digital 0...10A 50/60Hz 1.5 4 15202 379.00
16029 15202 *0...5000A 50/60Hz 1.5 4 15209 379.00
* connection to CT required and scales required. AMP ammeter consumption = 1.1VA
Scales for 50A 0...50A – – 16032 9.54
analogue meter 100A 0...100A – – 16034 9.54
150A 0...150A – – 16035 9.54
200A 0...200A – – 16036 9.54
300A 0...300A – – 16038 9.54
400A 0...400A – – 16039 9.54
500A 0...500A – – 16040 9.54
600A 0...600A – – 16041 9.54
METSEDM6200
Measurement
Current transformers
Section E:
Power management systems
Energy monitoring
Kilowatt hour meters – single and three phase
Section E:
Power management systems
A9MEM2010
iEM2100 Watt hour meters – single phase digital (direct connect up to 63A)
Model Description Reference Price $
exc. GST E
iEM2110 kWh meter with pulse output A9MEM2110 270.50
iEM2150 kWh meter with RS485 Modbus A9MEM2150 398.50
A9MEM2150
Energy monitoring
Kilowatt hour meters – three phase
Section E:
Power management systems
Dimensions
iEM31xx and iEM32xx
iEM3300
S0+S0-
ON 93.8
200 /kWh 3.7
45
1.77
103.2
OK ESC
Reset 4.06
Config
63.8
126 69.3
2.51
2.73
Section E:
Power management systems
PM800 power meters and option modules (Class 0.5s and 0.2s)
Model Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
PM810 Power meter, basic with integrated display PM810MG 1,838.00
PM820 Power meter with integrated display, THD, 80kB memory PM820MG 2,962.00
PM850MG PM850 Power meter with integrated display, THD, 800kB PM850MG 4,566.00
memory and waveform capture
PM870 Power meter with integrated display, THD, 800kB PM870MG 5,745.00
memory, advanced waveform capture and disturbance
(sag & swell) monitoring
Option modules 2 relay outputs, 2 digital inputs PM8M22 362.50
2 relay outputs, 6 digital inputs PM8M26 469.95
2 relay outputs, 2 digital inputs, PM8M2222 702.00
2 analogue outputs, 2 analogue inputs
PM810 datalogging module 80kB with non-volatile PM810LOG 793.00
battery backed clock
Ethernet Ethernet module. 10/100BaseT, web browser PM8ECC 886.00
Email on alarm, RS485 serial port
Note
PM870 is Class 0.2s.
Each PM8 meter has built-in 1 digital input, 1 digital output and built-in Modbus RS485 coms.
Max 2 option modules per meter.
PM8 base meter only (no display), remote display + adaptor + lead – can be purchased separately.
Section E:
Power management systems
Section E:
Power management systems
Symmetrical Components
Flicker
EN50160 Compliance Monitoring
19 Inch Rack IEC61000-4-30 Class A
GPS Synchronisation
IRIG-B Port
ION8800 LCD Display
Compact Draw-Out Configuration
T ansducer Version
Tr V
Real Time Metering
Four Quadrant Energy Readings
Revenue Class 0.2%, Accuracy
Time Of Use/Interval Metering
Switchboard Case Harmonics, Individual, Total
T
Sag/Swell Monitoring
T ansient Detection
Tr
ION8600 Waveform Capture
Data Logging/Recording
Memory Capacity: 5 or 10 MegaBytes
Date/Time Stamping
Alarms, Set-Points and Control
Maths, Logic, Other Equations
Socket Style I/O Capabilities
Analog Inputs/Outputs
Status Inputs
Pulse/KYZ Outputs
T ansformer Line/Loss Compensation
Tr
ION8600 Multiple Communication Ports
Ethernet, Serial, Modem, Optical
Multiple Protocols
Modbus, DNP3, MV-90 V
Modbus Master
Web Access Direct From Meter
Email Alert Capabilities
DIN Size Alarm Call-outs
192mm x 192mm Outage Dial-Outs/Notification
DC Power Supply Options
Interface with Third Party Devices (WA
W GES)
ION7650
LCD Display
Real Time Metering
T ansducer Version
Tr V
Four Quadrant Energy Readings
Revenue Class 0.5%, Accuracy
DIN Size Harmonics, Individual, Total
T
96mm x 96mm Sag/Swell Monitoring
Waveform Capture
Data Logging/Recording
ION7300 Date/Time Stamping
Alarms, Set-Points and Control
Maths, Logic, Other Equations
I/O Capabilities
Ethernet, Serial, Modem, Optic
Modbus, DNP3, MV-90 V
Modbus Master
Web Access Direct From Meter
Email Alert Capabilities
Alarm Call-Outs
DC Power Supply Options
Interface with Third Party Devices (WA
W GES)
LED Display
DIN Size Real Time Metering
96mm x 96mm T ansducer Version
Tr V
Four Quadrant Energy Readings
Revenue Class 0.5%, Accuracy
Harmonics, THD
ION6200 RS485, Modbus Protocol
DC Power Supply Options
E10
Contents (HOME)
Data collector
Collects and stores energy data from up to 64 field devices, connected to either:
>> Ethernet TCP/IP field network.
>> Modbus Serial line network (up to 32 devices).
>> Embedded digital and analogue inputs.
Architecture
Ethernet or Wi-Fi LAN
Web browser Modbus Serial Line
Analogue / digital IOs
3. Save
Power
PowerView Ethernet or Monitoring
Remote Internet Wi-Fi LAN Expert
GPRS
Com’X 510
2. Connect
EBXA-ANT-5M Ethernet |
Modbus TCP
Temperature
sensors
1. Measure
Modbus multi-meters
Circuit-breakers
Analogue Pulse energy meters
sensors
with 4-20 mA
or 0-10 V
adaptor Gas
meter
Water meters
Section E:
Power management systems
Panel
Installation Inside panel Wall-mount DIN rail DIN rail
mount
Current ■■ Phases ■■ ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ Neutral ■■ ■■ – – – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
Voltage ■■ ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
Frequency ■■ ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
Total power ■■ Active ■■ ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ Reactive – ■■ – ■■ iEM3x55 ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ Apparent – ■■ – – – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ Reactive ■■ ■■ – – – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ Apparent ■■ ■■ – – – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ Per phase ■■ ■■ – – – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
Energy values
Active energy ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
Reactive energy – ■■ – ■■ iEM3x55 ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
Apparent energy – ■■ – – – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
User-set accumulation mode – – – – – – – – –
Demand values
Present and
Current ■■ – – – – ■■ (1) ■■ (present) ■■ ■■
maximum values
Present and
Total active power ■■ – – – – ■■ (1) ■■ (present) ■■ ■■
maximum values
Present and
Total reactive power – – – – – – ■■ (present) ■■ ■■
maximum values
Present and
Total apparent power – – – – – ■■ (1) ■■ (present) ■■ ■■
maximum values
Total predicted demand kW, kVAR, kVA – – – – – – – – –
Synchronisation of
– – – – – – – – –
calculation window
Notes
(1) Selection of one parameter only - A, kW or kVA
(2) with PM810LOG
(3) Configurable
E12
Contents (HOME)
Section E:
Power management systems
Panel
E
Panel mount Panel mount Integrated into the circuit breaker
mount
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – – – – – –
I = 0.15% I = 0.5% I = 1%
0.3% 0.5% 1.5%
V = 0.1% V = 0.2% V = 0.5%
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – – ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
– – – – – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – – ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
– – – – – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – – – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ – – – – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – – ■■ ■■
Notes continued
(4) Except for interharmonics, signalling voltage, flicker and transients
(5) 120 days in 15 minute intervals
E13
Contents (HOME)
Section E:
Power management systems
Other measurements
Hour counter – – – – ■■ (iEM3x55) ■■ – – ■■
Data recording
Min/max of instantaneous values – – – – – – ■■ ■■ ■■
Data logging – ■■ – – – – – – ■■
Event logging – – – – – – – ■■ ■■
Trend curves – – – – – – – – –
Alarms ■■ – – – – – – ■■ ■■
Date and time stamping – – – – – – – ■■ ■■
Storage capacity – ■■ (5) – – – – – – 64kB
Power supply
AC/DC version AC 90 to 277V 230/240V 230V 230V 100 to 277V 44 to 277V 20 to 277V
DC – – – – – 44 to 277V 100 to 300V
Communication
RS485 port – – – – PM1200 – ■■ (PM3250) ■■
RS232 port – – – – – – – – –
Notes
Please see references on page E12 and E13.
E14
Contents (HOME)
Section E:
Power management systems
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – – – –
E
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – – – ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – – – ■■
– – – – – – – ■■ ■■ (3) – – – – – ■■
– – – – – – – – ■■ – – – – – –
– – – – – – – ■■ (4) – – – – – –
32 64 128 128 39 39 24 39 64
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
– – ■■ ■■ ■■ 2 (2) 2 4 – ■■ – – – –
– – ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■ – ■■ – ■■ ■■ ■■
– – – – – – – ■■ ■■ – – – – – –
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – – ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – – ■■ ■■
– – 256kB 1.1MB 80kB (2) 80kB 800kB – – – – – –
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
– – – – – – – – – ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
4 – 2 4 13DI / 4AI – – – – – –
– 1 – – – 1 – – – – – –
■■ ■■ (PM5110) ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ – – Optional
Optional - requires remote
– – – – – – – – – – –
display module PM8RDA
■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
– – ■■ (PM5320) ■■ (PM5340) ■■ – – – – – –
– – – – ■■ Optional - requires Ethernet – – – – – –
module PM8ECC
– – – – – – – – – – –
Notes
Please see references on page E12 and E13.
E15
Contents (HOME)
Name IFE Module Link150 Com’X 510 Power Monitoring Expert PowerSCADA Expert
Function Switchboard server Ethernet gateway Energy server Power management Network protection
and control
Features
Historical data
Automatic notification
Waveform display
Characteristics
Miscellaneous Monitoring and control for Serial line to Ethernet Entry-level Energy
LV circuit breakers connectivity Management in a box
Application
Cost allocation ■
Procurement optimisation ■
Power availability and reliability Electrical distribution (ED) asses optimisation ■■■ ■
Redundancy ■■■■
Section E:
Power management systems
Dimensions
Product H W D
(mm) (mm) (mm)
DIN rail mount 81 54 74
H
Front panel mount 72 72 78
W D
In electrical networks, reactive energy results in increased line currents for a given
active energy transmitted to loads.
The main consequences are:
>> Need for oversizing of transmission and distribution networks by utilities,
>> Increased voltage drops and sags along the distribution lines,
>> Additional power losses.
This results in increased electricity bills for industrial customers because of:
>> Penalties applied by most utilities on reactive energy,
>> Increased overall kVA demand,
>> Increased energy consumption within the installations.
The objective of Reactive Energy Management is the improvement of power factor.
It aims to optimize your electrical installation by reducing energy consumption (typically
5% to 10%), and to improve power availability.
VarplusCan capacitors
VarplusCan Heavy Duty
Section E:
Power management systems
VarplusCan capacitors are specially designed and engineered to deliver a long working life with low
losses for heavy-duty conditions.
Constructed internally with three single-phase capacitor elements. Each capacitor element is
manufactured with metallized polypropylene film as the dielectric, having features such as heavy edge,
slope metallization and wave-cut profile to ensure increased current handling capacity and reduced
temperature rise.
The unique finger-proof CLAMPTITE termination is fully integrated with discharge resistors, allowing
suitable access for tightening and ensuring cable termination without any loose connections.
5.0 HC BLRCH080A096B52
exc. GST
203.00
E
6.6 MC BLRCH106A127B52 207.00
10.7 RC BLRCH172A206B52 234.00
12.5 TC BLRCH200A240B52 242.50
15.6 TC BLRCH250A300B52 255.00
25.0 XC BLRCH400A480B52 373.00
Termination cable
0.5 + a
HC 63 195 245
MC 75 203 233
19
2+t
2
RC 90 212 242 d 1
h
h
TC 116 212 242
XC 116 278 321
TH
TS
Toothed washer
Hex nut
VarplusCan HC
VarplusCan DC, EC, FC, HC & LC
d 1+5
d 1+5 d 1+5
M10 STUD type
terminal Finger proof
F Finger proof
(t)
CLAMPTITE
C terminal
In-built resistor type In-built resistor type
t
3 + a (expansion)
3 + a (expansion)
3 + a (expansion)
3+t
3
h
h
3+t
3+t
d 1
3
d 1
3
h
h
h
h
d 1
h
h
h
M12
M
M12
M12
M
16 + 1
16 + 1
Toothed washer
Toothed washer Hex nut Hex nut
Hex nut
Tightening
15
Tightening
15
Tightening
Torque = 2.5 Nm
Torque = 2.5 Nm Torque = 2.5 Nm
15
5
15
47 1
VarplusCan XC
VarplusCan XC& YC VarplusCan TC VarplusCan MC NC,
VarplusCan MC, andRC
RC& SC
VarPlusCan Capacitors
Detuned reactors
Combination guide
Section E:
Power management systems
Detuned reactors
PE90154
The detuned reactors are designed to protect the capacitors by preventing amplification of the
harmonics present on the network.
Combination guide
VarplusCan + Detuned Reactor + Contactor
Protection options
NSX circuit breakers
PE90154
Detuned type
Power rating at 415V 50/60Hz and Ø i 40°C
Section E:
Power management systems
Varlogic NR range
Type Number of step Supply voltage (V) Reference Price $
output contacts exc. GST
Varlogic NR6 6 110/230/400 52448 1,388.00
Varlogic NR12 12 110/2 20/240-380/415 52449 1,610.00
Varlogic RT range
Type Number of step Supply voltage (V) Reference Price $
output contacts exc. GST
RT6 6 230/400 51207 879.95
RT8 8 230/400 51209 948.00
138 D2
W D1
H
138
D2
D1
E
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Fishplates (set of 3) FISHPLATES_VARP 157.40
Mounting plate* MPLTVARSET_NDR 77.70
* Requires 2 units per Varpact module.
Dimensions
259
425
98
452
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Fishplates (set of 3) FISHPLATES_VARP 157.40
Mounting plate* MPLTVARSET 71.50
* Requires 2 units per Varpact module.
Dimensions
259
425
208
562
VARSET capacitor banks are engineered to provide the features and capabilities you
need. Choose from a full range of capacitor banks that combine high-performance with
easy ordering and reliable delivery. Each Varset solution is built by utilising the available
options to fulfil your requirement.
>> suitable for large commercial buildings, industrial sites and utilities with diverse power
factor correction needs
>> customisable with a wide range of optional capabilities and features tailored to your
specific requirements
>> suitable heavy duty capacitors for any harmonic level and type of loads
>> automatic compensation for variable and unstable loads up to 250kVAr
(up to 500kVAr for a 2-tier solution)
Notes
Maximum effective power per Prisma cubicle is 250 kVar (500 kVar for 2-cubicle solutions).
Maximum of 5 physical steps per cubicle (10 for 2-cubicle solutions).
Prisma Plus
Harmonic mitigation
Section E:
Power management systems
Harmonic currents increase the rms current in electrical systems and deteriorate the
supply voltage quality. They stress the electrical network and potentially damage
equipment. They may disrupt normal operation of devices and increase operating
costs. Symptoms of problematic harmonic levels include overheating of transformers,
motors and cables, thermal tripping of protective devices, and logic faults of digital
devices. In addition, the life span of many devices are reduced by elevated operating
temperatures.
+ =
2 2 2
1,5 1,5 1,5
1 1 1 2
0,5 0,5 0,5 1,5
0 0 0 1
0,5
-0,5 -0,5 -0,5 0
-1 -1 -1 -0,5
-1,5 -1,5 -1,5 -1
-1,5
-2 -2 -2 -2
Harmonics
2
1,5
1
0,5
0
-0,5
-1
-1,5
-2
Harmonic Active
2
1,5
1
= =
0,5
0
generators Filter
-0,5
-1
-1,5
-2
Harmonic mitigation
AccuSine SWP
Section E:
Power management systems
Schneider Electric is specialised in Electric Power Quality solutions. A broad range of products is
available for every need. We propose solutions that maximise the savings when balanced with the cost
of the solution to obtain a reasonable Return On Investment (ROI).
H C2
1&2
tion
m min.r ventila
300 m ance
fo
clear
min. m
50 mance
clear
min. m
50 mance
clear
tion
ventila
ctor
defle min. m
50 m
m 50 mance
min. ance clear
clear
m r
50 m ce fo
min. ance aran n
clear m cleventilatio
300 m g and
wirin
Harmonic mitigation
AccuSine PCS+
Section E:
Power management systems
Index
Enclosures and switchboard systems
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Fixing lugs
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
To fit enclosures >=116 x116mm NSYAEFTB 15.15
Vertical or horizontal. Kit comprises of 4x lugs + screws
F
Hinges
Description To suit cover Reference Price $
height (mm) exc. GST
To fit enclosures >=138 x 93mm. 20 NSYAEDH20TB 20.20
Permissible load 10kg/m2. 40 NSYAEDH40TB 24.55
Kit comprises of 2 x hinges + screws.
Made of polycarbonate.
NSYAEDHpppp
IP65
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Enclosure
H W D Lid (1) Reference Price $
(mm) (mm) (mm) exc. GST
180 270 180 T S PC NSYPLS1827 138.80
O S PE NSYPLSP1827 145.60
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Enclosure
H W D Lid (1) Reference Price $
(mm) (mm) (mm) exc. GST
360 360 180 T S PC NSYPLS3636 262.00
O S PE NSYPLSP3636 349.95
360 540 180 T S PC NSYPLS3654 353.00
360 540 230 T D PC NSYPLS3654A 416.50
O D PC NSYPLSC3654A 451.50
360 540 180 O S PE NSYPLSP3654 383.00
540 540 180 T S PC NSYPLS5454 524.00
540 540 230 T D PC NSYPLS5454A 613.00
360 720 230 T D PC NSYPLS3672A 561.00
O D PC NSYPLSC3672A 611.00
540 720 230 T D PC NSYPLS5472A 847.00
Notes
O D PC NSYPLSC5472A 913.00
F
(1) Lids T = transparent
O = opaque
S = shallow
D = deep
PC = polycarbonate
PE = polyester
Spare lids available on request.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Hinges
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
External hinges opening 180 degrees NSYBE27 38.65
NSYBE27
NSYUM27ppp
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Locks
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Cabinet door catch NSYCL27M 24.25
Cabinet door lock NSYCL27L405 45.30
NSYCL27M Slotted screw (set of 4) NSYTCD274 13.05
Thumb screw (set of 4) NSYTCM274 8.40
NSYCL27L405
NSYTCD274 NSYTCM274
F
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Air vent, 19mm, external, IP45 (Pack of 2) (1) NSYCAG19LP 6.78
NSYCAG19LP Air vent, 33mm, external, IP44 (Pack of 2) (1) NSYCAG33LP 9.32
NSYCAG33LP Wall fixing lug (zinc) (set of 4) NSYPF27N 16.90
Wall fixing lug (stainless steel) (set of 4) NSYPF27X 39.95
NSYPFppp
NSYPFpp NSYATM27
Note
(1) Priced each and sold in Pack quantity only.
8
29
50
EN
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Dimensions
Reference NSYPLMpp
32 43 54 64 75 86 108
F 270 380 480 580 680 780 980
G 170 260 360 360 460 560 760
H 225 325 425 525 625 725 925
I 125 225 325 325 425 525 725
J 275 375 475 575 675 775 975
K 75 150 250 250 350 450 650
L 8 13 13 13 15 15 15
M 144 181 181 228 278 278 327
N 2,3 2,7 2,9 2,9 3 3 4
P 132 179 279 279 379 479 684
Q 129 168 168 212 261 261 304
R 186 247 347 388 487 587 776
S 121 150 150 192 241 241 291
Note
(1) Model PLM32 is made of polycarbonate.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Internal doors
(A) (B) (C) (D) To fit enclosure Reference Price $
exc. GST F
315 205 152 26 NSYPLM43 NSYPAP43 129.40
415 305 152 26 NSYPLM54 NSYPAP54 138.80
515 305 194 32 NSYPLM64 NSYPAP64 146.60
615 405 244 32 NSYPLM75 NSYPAP75 193.60
NSYPAPpp 715 505 244 32 NSYPLM86 NSYPAP86 268.50
NSYDPLMppp
NSYTCSPLM
Note
(1) 5.0mm thickness.
Refer to page F16 for steel mounting plate options (NSYMMpp).
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Dimensions
Note
E+N bars not supplied.
(1) Also suitable for use with Metal Enclosures: NSYCRN43/54/75/86 and Stainless Steel Enclosures:
NSYS3X43/54/64/75/86.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Locks
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Standard double bar lock and polymide key (1) NSYCDBPLM 19.80
Key lock and Ronis 405 key (PLM32-86) NSYTL405PLM 40.20
Key lock and Ronis 405 key (PLM108) NSYTEL405PL 193.60
8mm triangle lock insert and key NSYTT8CRN 36.75
Spare 8mm triangle key NSYLT8 16.05
Stainless steel padlockable fitting NSYKPLM 49.10
NSYKPLM
Spare double bar standard key (metal) NSYLDB5 14.20
Spare double bar standard key (polymide) (1) NSYDBP 9.48
NSYCDBPLM F
Accessories
Description To fit Reference Price $
enclosure exc. GST
Plastic air vent 35mm, internal, IP44 rear of NSYPLM43-86 NSYCAG35LP 13.80
the enclosures (Pack of 2) (2)
Mounting brackets (polymide) (pack of 4) (2) NSYPLM32 NSYPFPLM32 64.50
NSYCAG35LP
Mounting brackets (polymide) (pack of 4) (2) NSYPLM43-108 NSYPFPLM 64.50
Mounting brackets (s/steel) (pack of 4) (2) NSYPLM43-108 NSYPFXPLM 86.20
Coupling frame (lateral) NSYPLM75+86 NSYBUPLM 97.70
Coupling frame (lateral) NSYPLM108 NSYBU108PLM 120.60
Expansion nuts M5 (Pack of 20) (2) NSYPLM43-54 NSYTEX5 2.28
NSYPFPLM NSYPFXPLM Expansion nuts M6 (Pack of 20) (2) NSYPLM64-108 NSYTEX6 2.60
Expansion nuts M8 (Pack of 8) (2) NSY Enclosure body NSYTEX8 3.06
Spare parts
Description To fit enclosure Reference Price $
exc. GST
Replacement door without locking NSYPLM32 NSYDPLM32 155.40
NSYPLM43 NSYDPLM43 198.80
NSYPLM54 NSYDPLM54 261.00
NSYPLM64 NSYDPLM64 304.50
NSYPLM75 NSYDPLM75 431.00
NSYPLM86 NSYDPLM86 532.00
NSYPLM108 NSYDPLM108 934.00
Locking and rods NSYPLM108 NSYVPLM108 655.00
NSYDPLM43-86 Rod guides (pack of 4) NSYPLM108 NSYAEDPLM108 280.50
Hinge pins (pack of 2) (2) NSYPLM32 NSYAEDHPLM32 20.70
Hinge pins (pack of 2) (2) NSYPLM43-86 NSYAEDHPLM 20.70
Hinge pins (pack of 3) (2) NSYPLM108 NSYAEDHPLM108 31.05
NSYAEDHPLM
Notes
(1) Key can be made captive.
(2) Priced as Pack quantity.
8
29
50
EN
PLA cabinets
H W D No. of Reference Price $
(mm) (mm) (mm) Doors (1) exc. GST
500 500 320 1 NSYPLA553 1,118.00
750 500 320 1 NSYPLA753 1,336.00
1000 500 320 1 NSYPLA1053 1,750.00
1000 750 320 1 NSYPLA1073 1,994.00
1000 1000 320 2 NSYPLA10103 2,380.00
1250 750 320 1 NSYPLA1273 2,184.00
1250 1000 320 2 NSYPLA12103 3,178.00
1250 1250 320 2 NSYPLA12123 3,272.00
1500 750 320 1 NSYPLA1573 2,516.00
1500 1000 320 2 NSYPLA15103 3,272.00
1500 1250 320 2 NSYPLA15123 3,634.00
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Bases
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
To fit NSYPLA enclosures 320mm
NSYPLA553, 753, 1053, 1253, 1553 NSYZNPLA53 309.50
NSYPLA773, 1073, 1273, 1573 NSYZNPLA73 330.50
NSYPLA10103, 12103, 15103 NSYZNPLA103 343.00 F
NSYPLA15123 NSYZNPLA123 357.50
NSYZNPLApp
Canopies (1)
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
To fit NSYPLA enclosures 320mm
NSYPLA553, 753, 1053, 1253, 1553 NSYTJPLA53 119.20
NSYPLA773, 1073, 1273, 1573 NSYTJPLA73 170.80
NSYPLA10103, 12103, 15103 NSYTJPLA103 205.00
NSYPLA15123 NSYTJPLA123 223.00
Note
(1) Essential for outdoor use.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
NSYEBMPLA
Note
(1) To obtain the complete lock, inserts must be ordered separately as well as EBMPLA.
IP66
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Steel enclosures
Metal enclosures made from a continuous length of sheet steel double folded at the front, with back
welded to the frame. Both externally and internally protected with polyester epoxy resin grey paint to
RAL7035 texturised.
>> Concealed and easily removable hinges allowing over 120° door opening.
>> Three welded earth studs.
>> Embedded cable gland plate.
>> Suitable for indoor use or where moisture content is less than 80%.
F
300 250 150 1 NSYCRN325150P 133.60
300 250 200 1 NSYCRN325200P 153.20
300 300 200 1 NSYCRN33200P 160.60
400 300 150 1 NSYCRN43150P 163.20
400 300 200 1 NSYCRN43200P 191.60
500 400 150 1 NSYCRN54150P 39.75
500 400 200 1 NSYCRN54200P 46.60
500 400 250 1 NSYCRN54250P 244.50
600 500 200 1 NSYCRN65200P 262.00
600 500 250 1 NSYCRN65250P 286.00
700 500 250 1 NSYCRN75250P 336.50
800 600 250 1 NSYCRN86250P 405.00
800 600 300 1 NSYCRN86300P 433.00
800 600 400 1 (1) NSYCRNG86400 541.00
800 1000 300 2 (1) (2) NSYCRNG810300D 793.00
1000 600 250 1 NSYCRN106250P 619.95
1000 800 250 1 NSYCRN108250P 621.00
1000 800 300 1 NSYCRN108300P 682.00
1000 800 400 1 (1) NSYCRNG108400 653.00
1000 1000 300 2 (1) (2) NSYCRNG1010300D 878.00
1000 1200 300 2 (1) (2) NSYCRNG1012300D 944.00
1200 800 400 1 (1) NSYCRNG128400 806.00
1200 1000 400 2 (1) (2) NSYCRNG1210400D 1,192.00
Note
(1) CRNG enclosures supplied without mounting plate.
(2) IP55 for double door enclosures.
Replacement doors on request.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Steel mounting plates (2.0mm thickness up to CRN75, 3.0mm CRN86 and above)
H W To fit enclosure Reference Price $
(mm) (mm) exc. GST
215 150 NSYCRN2520 NSYMM2520 18.45
265 200 NSY325150, 200 NSYMM3025 19.60
265 250 NSYCRN33200 NSYMM33 31.30
365 250 NSYCRN43150, 200 NSYMM43 35.40
465 350 NSYCRN54150, 200, 250 NSYMM54 64.40
565 450 NSYCRN65200, 250 NSYMM65 118.00
NSYMM54 665 450 NSYCRN75250 NSYMM75 123.80
765 550 NSYCRN(G)86250, 300, 400 NSYMM86 197.20
750 965 NSYCRNG108250, 300, 400 NSYMM108 291.00
965 550 NSYCRN106250 NSYMM106 202.00
950 950 NSYCRNG1010300 NSYMM1010 362.50
950 1150 NSYCRNG1012300 NSYMM1210 391.50
1150 750 NSYCRNG128400 NSYMM128 325.00
1150 950 NSYCRNG1210400 NSYMM1210 391.50
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Metal Louvre, IP20, 144x62mm NSYCAG110X46M 15.45
Metal Louvre, IP20, 208x90mm NSYCAG180X62M 17.60
Metal Louvre, IP20, 244x90mm NSYCAG216X62M 23.50
NSYCAG Metal Louvre, IP20, 345x118mm NSYCAG317X91M 30.35
Diagram pocket NSYDPA44 32.20
Diagram pocket NSYDPA5 25.40
Set of 4 wall fixing lugs – CRN NSYPFCR 24.95
Set of 4 wall fixing lugs – CRNG NSYAEFPFSC 29.95
Touch up paint, Aerosol 150g RAL7035 NSYBPA7035 32.50
NSYPFCR
Note
(1) 6.0mm thickness.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Spare parts
Description To fit enclosure Reference Price $
F
exc. GST
Plain door H250xW200 CRN NSYCRN252150 NSYDCRN2520 136.80
Plain door H300xW250 CRN NSYCRN325150/200 NSYDCRN3025 143.00
Plain door H300xW300 CRN NSYCRN33200 NSYDCRN33 149.20
Plain door H400xW300 CRN NSYCRN43150/200 NSYDCRN43 151.20
Plain door H500xW400 CRN NSYCRN54150/200/250 NSYDCRN54 227.00
Plain door H600xW500 CRN NSYCRN65200/250 NSYDCRN65 243.50
Plain door H700xW500 CRN NSYCRN75250 NSYDCRN75 312.00
Plain door H800xW600 CRN NSYCRN86250/300 NSYDCRN86 376.00
Plain door H800xL600 CRNG NSYCRNG86400 NSYDCRNG86 375.71
Plain door left H800xW500 CRN NSYCRNG810300D NSYDCRNG85L 341.55
Plain door right H800xW500 CRN NSYCRNG810300D NSYDCRNG85R 339.50
NSYDCRNpp Plain door H1000xW600 CRN NSYCRN106250 NSYDCRN106 576.00
Plain door H1000xW800 CRN NSYCRN108250/300 NSYDCRN108 578.00
Plain door H1000xW800 CRNG NSYCRNG108400 NSYDCRNG108 577.53
Plain door left H1000xW500 CRNG NSYCRNG1010300D NSYDCRNG105L 263.50
Plain door right H1000xW500 CRNG NSYCRNG1010300D NSYDCRNG105R 351.50
Plain door left H1000xW600 CRNG NSYCRNG1012300D NSYDCRNG106L 293.50
Plain door right H1000xW600 CRNG NSYCRNG1210400D NSYDCRNG106R 381.50
Plain door H1200xW800 CRNG NSYCRNG128400 NSYDCRNG128 703.80
1 Hinge for CRN NSYBICRN 31.05
NSYDCRNGppp
Note
(1) Standard double bar lock operated by
>> Wing shaped handle DBP (standard).
>> Key wing LDB 5 DIN 43668 (optional supply).
When DBP is affixed to lock, the double bar lock is transformed into normal wing lock.
IP66
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Cabinets
H W D Reference Price $
(A) (B) (C) (D) (F) (G) (M) (T) Weight exc. GST
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
300 200 150 150 257 157 134 – 3.9 NSYS3X3215 322.00
300 250 150 150 257 207 134 – 4.8 NSYS3X302515 343.00
300 300 150 150 257 257 134 165 5 NSYS3X3315 369.50
400 300 150 200 347 257 134 165 5.7 NSYS3X4315 403.00
400 300 200 200 347 257 184 165 6.7 NSYS3X4320 453.50
400 400 200 200 347 3 57 184 265 7 NSYS3X4420 469.95
500 400 200 125 457 357 184 265 9.2 NSYS3X5420 609.00
600 400 200 125 557 357 184 317 10.7 NSYS3X6420 648.00
600 600 250 125 557 557 234 517 14 NSYS3X6625 826.00
700 500 250 125 657 457 234 417 18.5 NSYS3X7525 994.00
800 600 250 125 757 557 234 517 23.5 NSYS3X8625 1,248.00
800 800 300 125 757 757 284 717 31 NSYS3X8830 1,388.00
1000 800 300 125 957 757 284 650 38.5 NSYS3X10830 1,822.00
1200 800 300 125 1157 757 284 650 44 NSYS3X12830 1,998.00
Dimensions
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
F
Steel mounting plates (2.0mm thickness up to NSYS3X75 3.0mm NSYS3X86 and above)
H W To fit enclosure Reference Price $
(mm) (mm) exc. GST
265 150 NSYS3X3215 NSYMM32 18.35
265 200 NSYS3X302515 NSYMM3025 19.60
265 250 NSYS3X3315 NSYMM33 31.30
365 250 NSYS3X4315/4320 NSYMM43 35.40
365 350 NSYS3X4420 NSYMM44 47.10
465 350 NSYS3X5420 NSYMM54 64.40
56 350 NSYS3X6420 NSYMM64 84.80
NSYMM54
565 550 NSYS3X6625 NSYMM66 123.80
665 450 NSYS3X7525 NSYMM75 123.80
765 550 NSYS3X8625 NSYMM86 197.20
765 750 NSYS3X8830 NSYMM88 197.20
965 750 NSYS3X10830 NSYMM108 291.00
1165 750 NSYS3X12830 NSYMM128 325.00
NSYSDCRppp
Rear of enclosure with stainless steel Earthing studs welded to the door
mounting plate fixing studs. Wall for use when electrical devices are
mounting holes with blanking plugs. mounted on the door.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Diagram pocket NSYDPA44 32.20
Diagram pocket NSYDPA5 25.40
Set of 4 wall fixing lugs (stainless steel 304) NSYPFCX 30.35
NSYPFCX
Spare parts
Description To fit enclosure Reference Price $
exc. GST
Plain door for S3X 304L 300x250mm NSYS3X302515 NSYDS3X325 223.00
Plain door for S3X 304L 300x200mm NSYS3X3215 NSYDS3X32 209.50
Plain door for S3X 304L 300x300mm NSYS3X3315 NSYDS3X33 240.50
Plain door for S3X 304L 400x300mm NSYS3X4315/4320 NSYDS3X43 262.00
Plain door for S3X 304L 400x400mm NSYS3X4420 NSYDS3X44 305.50
Plain door for S3X 304L 500x400mm NSYS3X5420 NSYDS3X54 395.50
Plain door for S3X 304L 600x400mm NSYS3X6420 NSYDS3X64 420.50
Plain door for S3X 304L 600x600mm NSYS3X6625 NSYDS3X66 539.00
NSYS3Xpppp Plain door for S3X 304L 700x500mm NSYS3X7525 NSYDS3X75 646.00
Plain door for S3X 304L 800x600mm NSYS3X8625 NSYDS3X86 812.00
Plain door for S3X 304L 800x800mm NSYS3X8830 NSYDS3X88 901.00
Plain door for S3X 304L 1000x800mm NSYS3X10830 NSYDS3X108 1,186.00
Plain door S3X 304L 1200x800mm NSYS3X12830 NSYDS3X128 1,299.90
Set of 2 hinges for S3X NSYHS3X 51.80
NSYHS3X
Note
(1) Standard double bar lock with latch and fixing screw operated by means
of LDB5 key supplies as standard.
Filter
Use with Reference Price $
exc. GST
NSYCVF38, NSYCAG92LPF NSYCAF92 7.56
NSYCVF85, NSYCAG125LPF NSYCAF125 10.10
NSYCVF165, 300, NSYCAG223LPF NSYCAF223 12.65
NSYCVF560, 850, 850/400, NSYCAG291LPF NSYCAF291 15.15
Control devices
Thermostat range Control Reference Price $
exc. GST
0-60°C Heat 1 NC 10A 250V AC1 NSYCCOTHC 81.80
Fan 1 NO 10A 250V AC1 NSYCCOTHO 81.80
Heat/Fan 1 NO + 1NC 10A 250V AC1 NSYCCOTHD 133.60
NSYCCOTHD
Resistance heaters
External dimensions (mm) Power Voltage Reference Price $
H W D (W) (V) exc. GST
70 50 140 55 250 NSYCR55WU2 93.20
70 50 140 90 250 NSYCR100WU2 124.20
NSYCR55WU2
Note
(1) Air flow with 1 outlet grill.
Pragma
Surface mount enclosure, doors and accessories
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Doors
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
18 way per row:
Plain, 3 row, H = 600mm PRA16318 50.40
Plain, 4 row, H = 750mm PRA16418 59.70
Glass, 3 row, H = 600mm PRA15318 60.90
Glass, 4 row, H = 750mm PRA15418 74.50
24 way per row:
PRA16318 PRA15318 Plain, 3 row, H = 600mm PRA16324 156.80
Plain, 4 row, H = 750mm PRA16424 172.40
Plain, 5 row, H = 900mm PRA16524 197.60
Plain, 6 row, H = 1050mm PRA16624 216.50
Glass, 3 row, H = 600mm PRA15324 304.50
Glass, 4 row, H = 750mm PRA15424 345.00
Glass, 5 row, H = 900mm PRA15524 389.50
Glass, 6 row, H = 1050mm PRA15624 429.00
Interface (18 and 24 way):
Plain 1 row, H = 300mm PRA07118 27.10
Plain 2 row, H = 450mm PRA07218 29.15
PRA16524 PRA15524 Plain 3 row, H = 600mm PRA07318 38.75
Doors are reversable (opening to the left or right).
Interfaces
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
18 module:
1 row, 7 way, H = 300mm PRA06118 64.10
2 row, 14 way, H = 450mm PRA06218 77.95
3 row, 21 way, H = 600mm PRA06318 89.80
24 module:
1 row, 7 way, H = 300mm PRA06124 147.20
2 row, 14 way, H = 450mm PRA06224 165.40
3 row, 21 way, H = 600mm PRA06324 194.80
Interface modules come without terminal blocks.
Combination Interfaces
Enclosure Interface
18 module, 3 row PRA06318
18 module, 4 row PRA06118 + PRA06218
24 module, 3 row PRA06324
24 module, 4 row PRA06124 + PRA06224
24 module, 5 row PRA06224 + PRA06224
24 module, 6 row PRA06224 + PRA06324
Pragma
Surface mount enclosure, doors and accessories
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Enclosure Accessories
White blanking plate Batch consisting of 6 strips: 2 x PRA91020 15.65
PRA90051,PRA90045/46/47, 13 modules + 2 x 18 modules + 2
PRA90049/50 x 24 modules
Door Hinge pack of 2 PRA90043 19.05
Locking Accessories
Keylock 405 (supplied with 2 keys) pack of 1 PRA90039 16.75
Keylock 455/1242E/2433A (supplied with 2 pack of 1 PRA90055 46.20
keys of each type)
Male 7 mm triangle/square and 3 mm pack of 1 PRA90056 35.80
double bar lock
Kit for sealing the front face of the pack of 1 PRA90083 7.70
enclosures
Terminal Blocks
F
Terminal block support kit W = 34 blocks pack of 1 PRA90051 14.60
max.
PRA90053 50 mm² terminal block kit W = 2 blocks pack of 2 PRA90045 18.30
25 mm² terminal block kit W = 1 block pack of 5 PRA90046 27.75
4 x 6 mm² terminal block kit W = 1 block pack of 10 PRA90047 47.70
Incoming splitter block kit:For converting pack of 4 PRA90048 21.75
terminal block kits above into an
incoming splitter block up to 125 A and 50
mm².
Terminal block junction
8-block junction kit W = 8 blocks pack of 1 PRA90050 9.02
2-block junction kit W = 2 blocks pack of 10 PRA90049 24.40
Neutral Terminal Block Accessories
Split neutral terminal block support
PRA90052
Allows installation of a neutral terminal pack of 1 PRA90053 5.76
block between 2 rows near an RCD
Earth and neutral connector
Allows reliable connection between the pack of 1 PRA90052 13.95
earth and the neutral terminal block
Earth Terminals
26 points for 18 module board PRA90088 38.55
30 points for 18 module board PRA90089 43.10
27 points for 24 module board PRA90090 50.60
32 points for 24 module board PRA90091 59.95
Interface Accessories
Kit for mounting modular switchgear up to 7 modules PRA90065 143.00
PRA90048 Plain plate allowing mounting of buttons, indicator lights and in particular PRA90066 18.50
emergency stop
Kit for mounting industrial power outlets PRA90067 14.85
Internal association kit PRA90001 19.90
Note
(1) Only available from a Schneider Electric Panel Builder Partner or affiliated panel builder. For contact
details go to www.schneider-electric.com/nz or contact your local Schneider Electric representative.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Basic enclosures
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
2 row, 48 way, H = 480mm 08002 385.50
3 row, 72 way, H = 630mm 08003 445.50
4 row, 96 way, H = 780mm 08004 509.95
5 row, 120 way, H = 930mm 08005 572.00
6 row, 144 way, H = 1080mm 08006 632.00
Supplied pre assembled with front plates, DIN rails, 1 x 40 way earth bar and blanking plates.
Door not included, available as an optional extra, refer below for options.
Doors
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Metal, 2 row, H = 480mm 08082 129.95
Metal, 3 row, H = 630mm 08083 143.40
Metal, 4 row, H = 780mm 08084 156.40
Metal, 5 row, H = 930mm 08085 170.40
Metal, 6 row, H = 1080mm 08086 183.80
Glass, 2 row, H = 480mm 08092 266.00
Glass, 3 row, H = 630mm 08093 279.50
Glass, 4 row, H = 780mm 08094 294.00
Glass, 5 row, H = 930mm 08095 306.50
Glass, 6 row, H = 1080mm 08096 319.95
Replacement door handle c/w lock and 1 Ronis 405 key 01220 68.20
Reversible doors (opening to left or right), equipped with a lockable handle.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Enclosure accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Enclosure extension, H = 480mm (empty) (1) 08012 342.00
Enclosure extension, H = 630mm (empty) (1) 08013 409.95
2 combination uprights 08817 204.50
Top or bottom plate (additional) with plastic gland plate 08878 83.80
08012/08013 08878
Plain metal gland plate 08879 40.60
Flush-mount kit (minimum depth 120mm) 08822 211.50
08962 4 external wall-mount brackets 08803 10.30
Horizontal partition 04333 79.70
Earthing wire 6mm2 (2) 08911 11.95
Touch-up spray paint, RAL 9001 08962 32.20
08961 08963 Touch-up paintbrush, RAL 9001 08961 17.40
08879 Adhesive drawing holder (A4) 08963 10.30
Earth bar
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Earth bar with 40 clamps + one 35mm² terminal (L = 450mm) 04200 46.60
04200
2 earth bars with 20 clamps + one 35mm² terminal (L = 200mm) 04202 46.60
Fixing accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Earth bar mounted on rear of modular rail
04205 Two supports for earth bar on modular rail 04205 18.65
Earth bar used:
>> 450mm earth bar with clamps
>> 200mm earth bar with clamps
Earth bar mounted on 45° supports
Two 45° supports for modular rail 03005 21.25
Earth bar used:
03005 >> 450mm earth bar with clamps
Earth bar mounted on fixing brackets
Two fixing brackets for the earth bar on the functional uprights
H = 15mm 04206 21.55
H = 45mm 04207 25.95
H = 80mm 04208 31.70
Earth bar used:
04206/04207/04208 >> 450mm earth bar with clamps
Notes
(1) Vertical association with enclosure only.
(2) The wire is used to earth a door with electrical devices fitted.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Busbar connections F
Functional unit Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
NG125 and INS40/125 4 125A connections, L = 230mm 04145 63.30
(equipped with tunnel terminals) A 35mm² ferrule for connection to
tunnel terminals is crimped to one end.
A 45° ring lug is crimped to the other end.
95mm² tunnel terminals for INS:
04147
Reference 28947 (set of 3)
Reference 28948 (set of 4)
NG160 incoming device One-piece connection, 160A, L = 150mm 04147 146.60
(located on left-hand side), Supply to Powerclip busbars from
NG125, INS160, C120 a switchboard incomer. Supply to a row
incomer from Powerclip busbars.
NG160 incoming device One-piece connection, 160A, L = 440mm 04148 180.20
(located in the middle),
04148
NG125, INS160, C120
12 Powerclip tap-off with 6mm² and 10mm² terminals 04151 115.00
12 Powerclip tap-off with 16mm² terminals 04152 130.60
20 screws CHC M6 x 12 for Powerclip busbar 04158 14.40
8 IPxxB covers for Powerclip busbars 04150 39.75
04151
04152
Note
(1) Not compatible with 80Amp Multiclip (04000) due to height.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
04040
Cable running
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Cable straps
12 horizontal cable straps 04239 21.35
4 covers for horizontal cable straps, L = 430mm 04243 24.05
Trunking
4 horizontal sections, 60 x 30mm, L = 450mm + supports 04257 49.40
12 horizontal trunking supports 04255 17.40
2 fixing brackets, height = 15mm (for vertical trunking) 04206 21.55
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Blanking plates
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Blanking strip, height = 46mm, L = 1m 03220 12.45
4 divisible blanking plates, height = 46mm, L = 90mm 03221 9.68
Modular rails
Description Depth behind Useful length Reference Price $
front plate (mm) (mm) exc. GST
Pack modular device rail 50 432 01260 20.30
Adjustable modular device rail 18-84 432 03002 50.90
Recessed modular device rail 112 432 03003 39.65
F
03004 Rear modular device rail 80 432 03004 19.15
Mounting plates
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Recessed slotted mounting plate height = 300mm 03172 81.60
1Ph insulated meter panel, height = 250mm SNZ03157MP 69.40
3Ph insulated meter panel, height = 400mm SNZ03152MP 95.95
03172
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Door
No. of Height
rows (mm)
2 480
Without door
3 630
4 780
5 930
6 1080
With door
Sides
TYPES333
TYPE S333 TYPEES333
TYPE ES333
38
38
38
38
THESE
THESE
HOLES
HOLES ONLY
ONLY
EXIST
EXIST ON
ON
S333
S333
F
STANDARD
STANDARD
OR
ORDEEP
DEEP
CABINET BODY
CABINET BODY
38
38
38
38
2S 44 2S 44 2S
2S 44 2S 44 2S STANDARD OR DEEP
STANDARD OR DEEP
95 165 CABINET BODY
95 165 CABINET BODY
USED AS EXTENSION
USED AS EXTENSION
PIECE
PIECE
Ends Sides
Sides
DOOR & SURROUND
57
6565
DOOR
OR & SURROUND
FIXED COVER
57
OR FIXED
MAY COVER
BE USED
MAY BE USED
2525
19
19
TYPE ET263
1010
2020
TYPE ET263
22SR
127
22SR
125
127
125
Ends
SIDE ELEVATION
Ends A = 38mm
B = 95/165mm
Notes
Only GAEL component parts may be ordered from Schneider Electric.
Where a fully assembled distribution board is required please contact one of Schneider Electric's Panel
Builder Partners.
For a detailed listing please go to:
www.schneider-electric.com/nz or contact your local Schneider Electric representative.
Back plates
Description W x H Reference Price $
(mm) (inches) exc. GST
229mm (9") wide 229 x 229mm (9 x 9") BP09/09 13.95
229 x 305mm (9 x 12") BP09/12 17.50
229 x 457mm (9 x 18") BP09/18 25.05
229 x 610mm (9 x 24") BP09/24 32.20
229 x 838mm (9 x 33") BP09/33 39.75
305mm (12") wide 305 x 229mm (12 x 9") BP12/09 17.50
305 x 305mm (12 x 12") BP12/12 22.70
305 x 457mm (12 x 18") BP12/18 30.85
BP12/12
305 x 610mm (12 x 24") BP12/24 39.75
305 x 838mm (12 x 33") BP12/33 54.80
381mm (15") wide 381 x 229mm (15 x 9") BP15/09 19.15
381 x 305mm (15 x 12") BP15/12 26.60
381 x 457mm (15 x 18") BP15/18 38.20
381 x 610mm (15 x 24") BP15/24 48.20
381 x 838mm (15 x 33") BP15/33 65.50
457mm (18") wide 457 x 229mm (18 x 9") BP18/09 24.35
457 x 305mm (18 x 12") BP18/12 30.45
457 x 457mm (18 x 18") BP18/18 45.40
457 x 610mm (18 x 24") BP18/24 57.10
457 x 838mm (18 x 33") BP18/33 78.10
610mm (24") wide 610 x 229mm (24 x 9") BP24/09 31.90
610 x 305mm (24 x 12") BP24/12 38.95
610 x 457mm (24 x 18") BP24/18 56.80
610 x 610mm (24 x 24") BP24/24 72.20
610 x 838mm (24 x 33") BP24/33 97.80
838mm (33") wide 838 x 838mm (33 x 33 ) BP33/33 168.20
Sides
Description Length Reference Price $
exc. GST
Plain sides 95mm (3¾”) deep 229mm (9”) long S090 13.90
305mm (12”) long S120 16.90
457mm (18”) long S180 22.95
610mm (24”) long S240 28.20
838mm (33”) long S330 39.75
Slotted sides 95mm (3¾”) deep 229mm (9”) long S093 16.25
305mm (12”) long S123 19.40
457mm (18”) long S183 25.40
610mm (24”) long S243 30.45
838mm (33”) long S333 41.10
Plain sides 165mm (6½”) deep 229mm (9”) long ES090 20.40
305mm (12”) long ES120 24.05
457mm (18”) long ES180 33.55
610mm (24”) long ES240 39.85
838mm (33”) long ES330 51.30
S180, S183
Slotted sides 165mm (6½”) deep 229mm (9”) long ES093 22.80
305mm (12”) long ES123 26.30
457mm (18”) long ES183 35.85
610mm (24”) long ES243 42.30
838mm (33”) long ES333 53.40
Fixed cover
Description W x H Reference Price $
(mm) (inches) exc. GST
229mm (9") wide 229 x 229mm (9 x 9") FCK09/09 46.10
229 x 305mm (9 x 12”) FCK09/12 50.95
229 x 610mm (9 x 24") FCK09/24 70.30
229 x 838mm (9 x 33") FCK09/33 89.50
305mm (12") wide 305 x 229mm (12 x 9") FCK12/09 50.95
305 x 305mm (12 x 12") FCK12/12 58.20
305 x 610mm (12 x 24") FCK12/24 81.95
FCK12/12 305 x 838mm (12 x 33") FCK12/33 104.60
381mm (15") wide 381 x 229mm (15 x 9") FCK15/09 54.80
381 x 305mm (15 x 12") FCK15/12 63.70
381 x 457mm (15 x 18") FCK15/18 77.70
381 x 610mm (15 x 24") FCK15/24 94.80
381 x 838mm (15 x 33") FCK15/33 129.00
457mm (18") wide 457 x 229mm (18 x 9") FCK18/09 60.30
457 x 305mm (18 x 12") FCK18/12 68.40
457 x 457mm (18 x 18") FCK18/18 87.10
457 x 610mm (18 x 24") FCK18/24 114.00
457 x 838mm (18 x 33") FCK18/33 148.20
610mm (24") wide 610 x 229mm (24 x 9") FCK24/09 71.60
610 x 305mm (24 x 12") FCK24/12 82.50
610 x 457mm (24 x 18") FCK24/18 114.00
610 x 610mm (24 x 24") FCK24/24 143.40
610 x 838mm (24 x 33") FCK24/33 187.40
838mm (33") wide 838 x 838mm (33 x 33") FCK33/33 297.50
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Miscellaneous
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Hardware pack
Cabinet hardware pack (required for every cabinet) CAB_HWP 9.28
Door Catch and Lock
Door catch kit SNZDSKHWP 36.35
Cam lock c/w 2 x 144 keys DK1 43.95
Cabinet rails (allows mounting of two doors/covers on one cabinet)
Cabinet rails to fit 305mm (12") cabinet CR12 20.20
381mm (15") cabinet CR15 20.50
457mm (18") cabinet CR18 21.85
610mm (24") cabinet CR24 23.20
838mm (33") cabinet CR33 25.40
Mounting components
Mounting rails to fit 457mm (18") long cabinet MR18/C32H 25.40
610mm (24") long cabinet MR24/C32H 28.40
838mm (33") long cabinet MR33/C32H 34.40
Assembly components
Components required to assemble a standard depth MCBPAN Assy. cabinet
>> 1 x back plate (BP18/pp) request rivnut fitting for MR rails – standard depth cabinet only
>> 2 x ends (T18p)
>> 2 x sides (S)
>> 1 x door and surround (DSK18/..)
>> 1 x pan assembly – PAN63A/ppTPINS
>> 1 x earth and neutral bar GE63pp
>> 1 x earth and neutral link EL2
>> 2 x mounting rails MRpp/C32H
>> 1 x masking panel MPpp/pp
>> 1 x circuit chart holder DS_ACH20
>> 1 x cabinet hardware pack CAB_HWP
Add the following if fitting a DIN mount isolator (remember to make the cabinet 1 size longer)
>> 1 x pre-cut DIN rail MC15A or (MC18A if additional components to go alongside switch – F
e.g. time clock, etc.)
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
NSYTRV352
Screw terminal blocks – protective earth
Description Rating (A) Pack Reference Price $
(CSA mm2) qty exc. GST
2.5 – 50 NSYTRV22PE 8.80
4 – 50 NSYTRV42PE 8.80
6 – 50 NSYTRV62PE 8.80
NSYTRV952BB 10 76 50 NSYTRV102PE 10.25
16 101 50 NSYTRV162PE 12.85
35 125 50 NSYTRV352PE 20.60
50 150 50 NSYTRV502PE 62.10
Note
(1) Other colours available, add suffix to grey reference, AR for Orange, RD for Red, WH for White.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
F
Spring terminal blocks – protective earth
Description Connection Pack Grey reference Price $
(CSA mm2) points qty exc. GST
2.5 1x1 50 NSYTRR22PE 6.22
NSYTRR24 1x2 50 NSYTRR23PE 7.98
2x2 50 NSYTRR24PE 8.80
4 1x1 50 NSYTRR42PE 6.22
1x2 50 NSYTRR43PE 7.98
2x2 50 NSYTRR44PE 9.74
6 1x1 50 NSYTRR62PE 7.78
10 1x1 50 NSYTRR102PE 9.32
16 1x1 50 NSYTRR162PE 13.50
NSYTRR162BL
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
NSYTRP43BL
(CSA mm2)
2.5
(A) points
1x1
qty
50 NSYTRP22PE
exc. GST
6.22 F
1x2 50 NSYTRP23PE 7.98
2x2 50 NSYTRP24PE 9.84
2.5 double decker 1x1 50 NSYTRP24DPE 11.40
4 1x1 50 NSYTRP42PE 7.26
1x2 50 NSYTRP43PE 8.80
2x2 50 NSYTRP44PE 11.40
NSYTRP24PE
Note
(1) For 16mm terminal blocks or bigger, the strip must be broken and used individually.
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Common accessories
Description Connection To fit terminal Pack Reference Price $
points qty exc. GST
Plug-in bridge Red 2 2.5 50 NSYTRAL22 0.52
4 50 NSYTRAL42 0.52
6 10 NSYTRAL62 1.26
10 10 NSYTRAL102 2.70
16 10 NSYTRAL162 2.70
35 10 NSYTRAL352 5.40
NSYTRAL210 50 (1) 10 NSYTRAL502 11.40
70 (1) 10 NSYTRAL702 18.65
3 2.5 50 NSYTRAL23 1.04
4 50 NSYTRAL43 1.56
6 10 NSYTRAL63 2.90
4
50
2.5
10
50
NSYTRAL503
NSYTRAL24
18.65
1.66
F
4 50 NSYTRAL44 2.60
5 2.5 50 NSYTRAL25 2.08
4 50 NSYTRAL45 2.60
10 2.5 10 NSYTRAL210 4.66
4 10 NSYTRAL410 7.66
6 10 NSYTRAL610 10.35
20 2.5 10 NSYTRAL220 9.32
4 10 NSYTRAL420 9.32
NSYTRAABV35
NSYSDR200BD
NSYDPR200D
Note
(1) Screw bridge.
Cable ends
Cable ends and marking accessories
Section F:
Enclosures and
switchboard systems
Cable ends with insulation sleeves and cable marking facility (1)
Wire size Pack Colour Reference Price $
qty exc. GST
Short type 0.50 sq mm 100 White DZ5CA005 0.48
0.75 sq mm 100 Blue DZ5CA007 0.58
1.00 sq mm 100 Red DZ5CA010 0.58
1.50 sq mm 100 Black DZ5CA015 0.58
2.50 sq mm 100 Grey DZ5CA025 0.58
Short type 4.00 sq mm 100 Orange DZ5CA042 0.52
6.00 sq mm 100 Green DZ5CA062 0.94
DZ5CAppp 10.00 sq mm 100 Brown DZ5CA102 1.09
16.00 sq mm 100 White DZ5CA162 1.30
Long type 4.00 sq mm 100 Orange DZ5CA043 0.88
6.00 sq mm 100 Green DZ5CA063 0.94
10.00 sq mm 100 Brown DZ5CA103 1.55
16.00 sq mm 100 White DZ5CA163 1.81
25.00 sq mm 100 Black DZ5CA253 1.86
Notes
(1) Priced each and sold in Pack quantity only.
(2) Priced as Pack quantity.
(3) Replaces the p in the reference by the number or uppercase letter required e.g. ARMA011 for the
number 1 or AR1MB01A for letter A.
Clip-in markers
Description Pack qty Reference Price $
exc. GST
AB1Rp, AB1Gp Number marker strip Blank 25 (2) AB1BV5 2.24
Number marker strip (0........9) 25 (1) (2) AB1Rp 1.92
Number marker strip No. “0-9” 25 (2) AB1R11 1.92
Label strip “+” 25 (2) AB1R12 1.92
Label strip “-” 25 (2) AB1R13 1.92
Letter marker strip (Capital A.........Z) 25 (1) (2) AB1Gp 1.92
Cable-duct (L = 2000mm)
Width (mm) Height (mm) Colour Pack qty Reference Price $
F
exc. GST
AK2GDpppp 25 50 Grey 8 AK2GD2550 38.65
37.5 75 Grey 8 AK2GD3775 56.17
50 75 Grey 8 AK2GD5075 58.90
100 75 Grey 8 AK2GD10075 79.85
125 75 Grey 8 AK2GD12575 92.00
30 35 Blue 8 AK2GA33 38.65
AK2GApp
30 55 Blue 8 AK2GA35 51.40
30 90 Blue 8 AK2GA39 59.80
60 55 Blue 8 AK2GA65 67.50
60 90 Blue 8 AK2GA69 96.80
Notes
(1) Replace the p in the reference by the number of upper case letter required e.g. AB1R1 for number 1
or AB1GA for letter A.
(2) AB1Rp = 1 strip of 10 markers, available in packs of 25 strips.
Index
Medium voltage distribution
Section G:
Medium voltage
panorama
G1
Contents (HOME)
Medium
Medium Voltage
Voltage Panorama
Panorama
Medium
Medium Voltage
Voltage Panorama
Panorama
Medium
Complete
Complete
Complete
Complete
offer
offer voltage
ranging
ranging
offer ranging
offer
from
from
from
3kV
3kV topanorama
to 52kV
3kV to 52kV
52kV
Complete offer ranging
ranging from
from 3kV
3kV to
to 52kV
52kV
Complete offer ranging from 3kV to 40kV
Section G:
Medium voltage
1
11
1
Prefabricated
Prefabricated MV/LV
MV/LV Pole-mounted
Pole-mounted Pole-mounted
Pole-mounted Overhead
Overhead network
network
Prefabricated
substation MV/LV Pole-mounted Pole-mounted Overhead network
substation (rectangular)
Prefabricated MV/LV
(rectangular) transformers
Pole-mounted
transformers switchgear
Pole-mounted
switchgear control
control and
Overhead monitoring
andnetwork
monitoring
Prefabricated
substation MV/LV
(rectangular) Pole-mounted
transformers Pole-mounted
switchgear Overhead
control andnetwork
monitoring
substation (rectangular) transformers switchgear control and monitoring
substation (rectangular) transformers switchgear control and monitoring
KPX
KPX MINERA
MINERA N
N Series
Series AVDC
AVDC
KPX
Up
Up to
to 33kV
33kV MINERA
Immersed
Immersed transformer
transformer N
UpSeries
Up to
to 38kV/800A
38kV/800A AVDC
Monitoring,
Monitoring, control
control
KPX
Up MINERA N Series AVDC
KPXto
and
and
Up
33kV
2.5MVA
2.5MVA
to 33kV
Immersed
Up to
MINERA
Up 33kVtransformer
to 33kV
Immersed
and
and 500kVA
500kVA
transformer
Up to 38kV/800A
Recloser
N Series
Recloser
Up to 38kV/800A
Monitoring,
and
AVDC
and control
protection
protection
Monitoring, control
and
Up 2.5MVA
to 33kV Up to 33kV
Immersed and 500kVA
transformer Recloser
Up to 38kV/800A and protection
Monitoring, control
and 2.5MVA
Internal
Internal arc
arc classification:
classification: Up to 33kV and 500kVA Recloser
RL
RL Series
Series and protection
and 2.5MVA
Internal arc classification: Up to 33kV and 500kVA Recloser
RL Series and protection
IAC-AB
IAC-AB according
according to
to Up
Up to
to 38kV/630A
38kV/630A
Internal
IAC-AB arc classification:
according to RL
Up Series
to break
38kV/630A
AS62271.202
Internal arc classification: Load
RL switch
AS62271.202
IAC-AB according to
AS62271.202 Up Series
Load
to break
Load
switch
38kV/630A
break switch
IAC-AB according
AS62271.202 to Up to
Load 38kV/630A
break switch
U
U and W
andbreakSeries
W Series
AS62271.202 Load
U switch
Upand
Up
U
to
and
W Series
to 27kV/630A
27kV/630A
W Series
Up
U to
and 27kV/630A
Recloser
W Series
Recloser
Up to 27kV/630A
Recloser
Up to 27kV/630A
Recloser
Recloser
Easergy
Easergy Flite,
Flite, G200
G200
Easergy Flite, G200
Communicating
Communicating fault
fault passage
passage
Easergy Flite,
Communicating G200
fault passage
indicator
Easergy
indicator for overhead
overhead
Flite,
for G200 MV lines
MV lines
Communicating
indicator fault
for overhead passage
MV lines
Communicating fault passage
indicator for overhead MV lines
indicator for overhead MV lines
1
1 Customer
Customer Service
Service Tel:
Tel: 0800
0800 652
652 999
999
1 Customer Service Tel: 0800 652 999
1 Customer Service Tel: 0800 652 999
1 Customer Service Tel: 0800 652 999
G2
Contents (HOME)
Section G:
Medium voltage
1
11
1
Power
Power Primary
Primary substation
substation switchgear
switchgear Digital
Digital protection
protection relays
relays Automatic
Automatic
Power
transformer Primary substation switchgear Digital
and protection
power relays
metering Automatic
capacitor
Power
transformer
Power
Primary substation switchgear Digital protection
and power relays
metering capacitor bank
Automatic bank
transformer Primary substation switchgear Digital
and protection
power relays
metering Automaticbank
capacitor
transformer and power metering capacitor bank
transformer and power metering capacitor bank
MINERA
MINERA Air
Air Insulated
Insulated Switchgear
Switchgear (AIS)
(AIS) Sepam
Sepam Series
Series 10,
10, 20,
20, CP
CP range
range up
up to
to 36kV
36kV
MINERA
Power
Power transformer
transformer Air Insulated
MCset
MCset up
up to Switchgear (AIS)
to 24kV/2500A
24kV/2500A Sepam
40,
40, 60 Series
60 and
and 80 10, 20,
80 protection,
protection, CP rangeenclosure
compact
compact up to 36kV
enclosure
MINERA
Power transformer Air Insulated
MCset Switchgear (AIS) Sepam Series 10, 20, CP range up to 36kV
up
up to
to 170kV
MINERA
Power 170kV
transformer
PIX
PIX
MCsetup up
up to
up
to 24kV/2500A
to 24kV/2500A
Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS)
24kV/2500A
to 24kV/2500A
40, 60 and
metering
Sepam
metering
40,
80control
and
Series
and
60 and
protection,
10, 20,relays
80control relays
protection,
compact
CP rangeenclosure
including
including
compact
switching
up to 36kV
switching
enclosure
up
andto
Power 170kV
80MVA
transformer PIX up
GenieEvo
MCset to 24kV/2500A
up to 13.8kV/2500A metering and control relays including
and switching
earthing devices
and 80MVA
up to80MVA
and 170kV PIX up up
GenieEvo
GenieEvo
to 24kV/2500A
up to 13.8kV/2500A
to 24kV/2500A
up to 13.8kV/2500A
40, 60 and
metering 80control
and protection,
relays compact
and
including
and
enclosure
earthing devices
switching
earthing devices
up F400 uptoto
to24kV/2500A
36kV/2500A
andto80MVA
170kV PIX
F400 upup
GenieEvo
F400 up to
36kV/2500A
up to 13.8kV/2500A
36kV/2500A
metering and control relays including switching
and earthing devices
and 80MVA DNF7-2
GenieEvo
DNF7-2 up to
toto36kV/3150A
up 13.8kV/2500A and earthing devices
F400
DNF7-2 up up
up to
36kV/3150A
to 36kV/2500A
36kV/3150A
F400 up up
DNF7-2 to 36kV/2500A
to 36kV/3150A
DNF7-2 up to 36kV/3150A
MiCOM
MiCOM Series
Series Px10,
Px10, Px20,
Px20,
MiCOM
Px30
Px30 & Series
& Px40
Px40 Px10, Px20,
protection
protection and
and
MiCOM
Px30 Series
& relays.
Px40 Px10, Px20,
protection and
control
MiCOM
control Series
relays. Px10, Px20,
Px30 &
control Px40
relays.protection and
Px30 &
control Px40 protection
relays.Digital and
PowerLogic
PowerLogic Digital Meters
Meters
control relays.Digital Meters
PowerLogic
Waveform capture
Waveform capture and
and
PowerLogic
Waveform Digital
capture Meters
and
accurate
PowerLogic
accurate metering
Digital Meters
Waveformmetering
accurate capture
metering and
Gas
Gas Insulated
Insulated Switchgear
Switchgear (GIS)
(GIS) Waveform capture and
accurate metering
Gas
GMA
GMA Insulated
up
up to Switchgear
to 24kV/2500A
24kV/2500A (GIS) accurate metering
Gas Insulated
GMAInsulated
up Switchgear (GIS)
CBGS
Gas
CBGS uptoto
up to24kV/2500A
36kV/2000A
Switchgear
36kV/2000A (GIS)
GMA
CBGS upuptoto24kV/2500A
36kV/2000A
GHA
GMA up
up to
to 36kV/2500A
24kV/2500A
GHA upuptoto36kV/2500A
CBGS
GHA 36kV/2000A
WI upup
up
CBGS
WI
GHA upto
to
to to36kV/2500A
52kV/2500A
36kV/2000A
52kV/2500A
WI
GHAupup
to to
up
36kV/2500A
52kV/2500A
to 36kV/2500A VAMP
VAMP series
series
WI up to 52kV/2500A VAMP
WI up to 52kV/2500A arc
arc
VAMPfaultseries
fault detection
detection relays
relays
arc
VAMPfaultseries
detection
series relays
arc fault detection relays
arc fault detection relays
Customer
Customer Service
Service Tel:
Tel: 0800
0800 652
652 999
999 2
2
Customer Service Tel: 0800 652 999 2
Customer Service Tel: 0800 652 999 2
Customer Service Tel: 0800 652 999 2
G3
Contents (HOME)
Medium Voltage
Medium Panorama
voltage panorama
Complete offer ranging from 3kV to 52kV
Complete offer ranging from 3kV to 40kV
Section G:
Medium voltage
Section G:
Medium voltage
1
Building a smarter
grid with reliable,
efficient energy
How Schneider Electric
smart grid-ready products
and solutions help balance
your grid equation.
More and more people are learning to
depend on energy as being integral to their
daily lives.
Meanwhile, the electricity market is
changing. Every day, end users’ expectations
increase in terms of reliability and quality,
and they gain greater awareness of energy’s
environmental impact.
G
It’s an evolution. But as our reliance on
electricity grows globally, the ways in which
we produce, distribute, and use energy must
also evolve. The solution will not only involve
smarter demand, but also smarter supply -
and as such, a smarter grid is at the heart of
the issue.
Automation
and control
Automation & Control
The essential guide
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
Index
Power, control and protection products
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
H1
Contents (HOME)
Index
Power, control and protection products
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
Motor circuit
breakers TeSys motor circuit breakers
H2
Contents (HOME)
Index
Power, control and protection products
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
starters Power bases and reversing blocks (to 32A) Page H49-51
H3
Contents (HOME)
TeSys contactors
Model K contactors
2 and 3 pole mini contactors
Section H: Selection guide
Power, control
and protection
Number of poles 3 3 or 4 3 3
Associated
Class 10A 0.11...16A
manual-auto
thermal
overload relays
Class 20A –
Contactor c
type references LC1K06 LC1K09 LC1K12 LC1K16
Reversing c
contactor – LC2K09 – –
with mechanical
interlock type a
references – LP2K09 – –
TeSys contactors
Model K contactors
Mini contactors
Section H: Control circuit: AC or DC
Power, control
and protection
4 pole contactors
Coil Amps Main Reference Price $
Voltage (kW) (HP) AC3 Poles exc. GST
240VAC 4 5.5 9 4 N/O LC1K09004U7 133.60
24VAC 4 5.5 9 4 N/O LC1K09004B7 133.60
24VDC 4 5.5 9 4 N/O LP1K09004BD 144.00
4 pole contactors
Coil kW HP Amps Main Poles Reference Price $
Voltage AC3 exc. GST
415VAC 4 5.5 9 2 N/O 2 N/C LC1K09008N7 138.20
240VAC 4 5.5 9 2 N/O 2 N/C LC1K09008U7 138.20
110VAC 4 5.5 9 2 N/O 2 N/C LC1K09008F7 138.20
24VAC 4 5.5 9 2 N/O 2 N/C LC1K09008B7 138.20
24VDC 4 5.5 9 2 N/O 2 N/C LP1K09008BD 148.20
Note
(1) “pp” Complete reference with coil voltage code, e.g. LC1K0610B7 for 24V 50/60Hz.
TeSys contactors
Model K
3 pole contactors
Section H: Control circuit: AC or DC
Power, control Thermal overload relays
and protection Adjustable from 0.11 to 16A
45
LA7K0064 Fitted
Note
(1) Three phase differential protection.
TeSys contactors
Model D contactors
Selection guide
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
SAFETY RATED
All Model D Contactors conform to the following
standards as required for safety rated contactors
Number of poles 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3
Auxiliary contacts 1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks
common to the whole range comprising up to 4 N/C or N/O instantaneous, up to 1
N/O + 1 N/C time delay and up to 2 N/O or 2 N/C protected contacts and 2 screen
continuity terminals.
Thermal overload relays Class 10 A 0.10…10 A 0.10…13 A 0.10…18 A 0.10…32 A 0.10…38 A 0.10…38 A
manual-auto compatible Class 20 2.5…10 A 2.5…13 A 2.5…18 A 2.5…32 A
Contactor a or c 3 pole LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32 LC1 D38
type references a or c 4 pole LC1 DT20/ LC1 DT25/ LC1 DT32/ LC1 DT40/ – –
LC1 D098 LC1 D128 LC1 D188 LC1 D258 – –
H8
Contents (HOME)
TeSys contactors
Model D contactors
Selection guide
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
40 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 95 A 115 A 150 A
60 A 80 A 125 A 200 A
3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3
H
11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 25 kW 30 kW 40 kW
18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW 75 kW
22 kW 25/30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 45 kW 59 kW 80 kW
1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks common to the whole range comprising up to 4 N/C or N/O
instantaneous, up to 1 N/O + 1 N/C time delay and up to 2 N/O or 2 N/C protected contacts and 2 screen continuity terminals.
p p p p p p p p p p –
p p p p p p p p – – –
p p p p p p p p p p p
p p p p p p p p – – –
p p p p p p p p p p p
p p p p p p p p p p p
p p p p p p p p p p –
LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150
LC1 DT60A – LC1 DT80A LC1 D80 – LC1 D115 –
LC1 DT60A – LC1 DT80A LC1 D80 – LC1 D115 –
H9
Contents (HOME)
TeSys contactors
Model D low consumption contactors
Selection guide
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
SAFETY RATED
All Model D Contactors conform to the following
standards as required for safety rated contactors
le AC-1 ( y 60 °C) 25 A 25 A 32 A
Number of poles 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4
415/440 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW
Auxiliary contact block modules 1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous contacts incorporated in the contactors, with add-on
blocks common to the whole range, comprising up to 2 N/C or 2 N/O instantaneous
standard contacts
H10
Contents (HOME)
TeSys contactors
Model D low consumption contactors
Selection guide
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
25 A 32 A 38 A
40 A 50 A 50 A
690 V
3 or 4 3 3
5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW
11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW H
11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW
2.4 W (100 mA - 24 V)
0.7…1.25 Uc
70 ms
25 ms
1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous contacts incorporated in the contactors, with add-on
blocks common to the whole range, comprising up to 2 N/C or 2 N/O instantaneous
standard contacts
LC1 DT40/D258
H11
Contents (HOME)
TeSys contactors
Model D – For motor control up to 80kW
Control circuit: AC, DC or LC (low consumption)
Section H: 1 N/O and 1 N/C auxiliary contacts fitted as standard
Power, control NOTE “pp” Complete ref, with control voltage letter and no.
and protection e.g. LC1-D09 U7 for 240V 50/60Hz
AC control
AC-3 AC-4 AC3 AC1 Reference Price $
400V 415V 400V exc. GST
(kW) (kW) (kW) (A) (A) (2)
4 4 2.2 9 25 LC1D09pp 142.40
5.5 5.5 3.7 12 25 LC1D12pp 151.20
7.5 9 4 18 32 LC1D18pp 209.50
LC1D09pp 11 11 5.5 25 40 LC1D25pp 279.50
15 15 7.5 32 50 LC1D32pp 341.00
18.5 18.5 7.5 38 50 LC1D38pp 403.00
18.5 22 9 40 60 LC1D40App (4) 407.00
22 25 11 50 80 LC1D50App (4) 671.00
30 37 11 65 80 LC1D65App (4) 702.00
37 45 15 80 125 LC1D80pp 963.00
45 45 15 95 125 LC1D95pp 1,062.00
55 59 18.5 115 200 LC1D1156pp (3) 1,202.00
LC1D1156pp/1506pp 75 80 22 150 200 LC1D1506pp (3) 1,766.00
TeSys contactors
Model D
4 pole contactors and capacitor switching
Section H: AC1, 20 to 200A
Power, control Control circuit: AC, DC or LC (low consumption)
and protection NOTE “pp” Complete ref, with control voltage letter and no.
e.g. LC1-D09 U7 for 240V 50/60Hz
Star-Delta kit
Use LAD9R3 + LADS2 - Contact Tech support if assembly assistance is required
Notes
(1) Everlink.
(2) For use with Everlink 40-65A Contactors.
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
Note
Not all combinations are possible. Picture references are indicative only.
Please check with reference chart on H16 to ensure compatibility with selected contactor.
(1) Cannot add to low consumption contactors (BL)
(2) Will only suit LC1D80 and above.
Note
(1) Except LADN02.
TeSys contactors
Model D contactors and reversing contactors
Suppressor modules
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
RC circuits (Resistor-Capacitor)
Effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to “high frequency” interference. For use only in cases
where the voltage is virtually sinusoidal. i.e. less than 5% total harmonic distortion. Voltage limited to 3
Uc max. and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times
the normal time).
Mounting For use with contactor (1) Reference Price $
Rating Type exc. GST
LAD 4pp Vc Va
Clip-on side D09…D38 (3P) 24…48 – LAD 4RCE 49.60
mounting (2) DT20…DT40 50…127 – LAD 4RCG 43.95
110…250 – LAD 4RCU 43.95
Clip-on front D40A…D65A (3P) 24…48 – LAD 4RC3E 61.70
mounting (2) DT60A…DT80A (4P) 50…127 – LAD 4RC3G 61.70
110…240 – LAD 4RC3U 61.70
380…415 – LAD 4RC3N 61.70
Screw fixing (3) D80…D150 (3P) 24…48 – LA4 DA2E 84.20
D40…D115 (4P) 50…127 – LA4 DA2G 84.20
110…240 – LA4 DA2U 84.20
380…415 – LA4 DA2N 84.20
Notes
(1) For satisfactory protection, a suppressor module must be fitted across the coil of each contactor.
(2) Clipping-on makes the electrical connection. The overall size of the contactor remains unchanged.
(3) Mounting at the top of the contactor on coil terminals A1 and A2.
(4) Mount on top of contactor on terminals A1 and A2.
TeSys contactors
Model D contactors and reversing contactors
Suppressor modules
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
Flywheel diodes
No overvoltage or oscillating frequency. Increase in drop-out time (6 to 10 times the normal time).
Polarised component.
Mounting For use with contactor (1) Reference Price $
Rating Type exc. GST
Vc Va
Clip-on side D09…D38 (3P), – 24…250 LAD 4DDL 48.60
mounting (5) DT20…DT40
Clip-on front D40A…D65A (3P), – 24…250 LAD 4D3U 48.60
LA4 Dppp mounting (5) DT60A…DT80A (4P)
Screw fixing (4) D80 and D95 (3P), – 24…250 LA4 DC3U 48.60
D40…D80 (4P)
Notes
(1) For satisfactory protection, a suppressor module must be fitted across the coil of each contactor.
(2) From D09 to D65A and from LC1 DT20 to DT80A, DC and low consumption 3-pole contactors are
fitted with a built-in bidirectional peak limiting diode suppressor as standard. This bidirectional peak
limiting diode is removable and can therefore be replaced by the user. (See reference above). If a
DC or low consumption contactor is used without suppression, the standard suppressor should
be replaced with a blanking plug (reference LAD 9DL for LC1 D09 to D38 and LC1 DT20 to DT40;
reference LAD 9DL3 for LC1 D40A to D65A and LC1 DT60A to DT80A).
(3) Clipping-on makes the electrical connection. The overall size of the contactor remains unchanged.
(4) Mounting at the top of the contactor on coil terminals A1 and A2.
(5) In order to install these accessories, the existing suppression device must first be removed.
Interface modules
Operational voltage Supply Reference Price $
LA4DFB AC voltage exc. GST
Relay interface
24…250V E1-E2 (DC)
LC1D09…D150 (3P) – 24V LA4DFB (2) 158.40
and DT20...DT40 (4P)
Relay interface with manual override switch (output forced “ON”)
24…250V 100…250V E1-E2 (DC)
LA4DWB LC1-D09…D150 (3P) – 24V LA4DLB (2) 240.50
Solid State and DT20...DT40 (4P)
Solid state interface
LC1D09…D38 (3P) 24V LA4DWB (2) 313.00
LC1D40…D115 (3P)
Notes
(1) For 24VAC operation, the contactor must be fitted with a 21V coil (LXD1Z7).
(2) Requires LAD4BB for connection to TeSys contactors D09 to D38, 3+4 pole contactors.
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
Notes
(1) To allow adjustment of the tripping sensitivity,
(2) If a pre-wiring kit is used, it is no longer possible to electrically wire signalling of tripped status.
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
H23
Contents (HOME)
LAD 7B106
Notes
(1) These pre-wiring kits cannot be used with reversing contactors.
(2) Terminal blocks are supplied with terminals protected against direct finger contact and screws in the
open, “ready-to-tighten” position.
(3) To order a terminal block for connection by lugs, the reference becomes LA7 D30646.
(4) The time for which the coil of remote tripping or electrical resetting device LA7 D03 or LAD 703 can
remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse duration with 9 s rest time; 5 s pulse duration
with 30 s rest time; 10 s pulse duration with 90 s rest time; maximum pulse duration 20 s with a rest
time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time: 200 ms.
(5) Reference to be completed by adding the code indicating the control circuit voltage.
Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
Volts 12 24 110 220/230 380/400 415/440
50/60 Hz – B F M Q N
Consumption, inrush and sealed: <100 W
(6) Not compatible with 3-pole relays fitted with spring terminals.
TeSys contactors
Model F
Selection guide
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
Applications Control of all types of motor for standard or severe duty applications.
Control of resistive, inductive and capacitive circuits: heating, lighting, power factor correction,
transformers, normal standby.
Rated operational voltage 1000V 1000V 1000V 1000V 1000V 1000V 1000V 1000V 1000V 1000V
H
Number of poles 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 2, 3 or 4 2, 3 or 4 2, 3 or 4 3
Rated 380/400V 55kW 75kW 90kW 110kW 132kW 160kW 200kW 250kW 335kW 450kW
operational
power in
category AC3 415V 59kW 80kW 100kW 110kW 140kW 180kW 220kW 280kW 375kW 450kW
Associated
thermal Manual-
LR9F
overload automatic
relays
Contactor type references LC1F115 LC1F150 LC1F185 LC1F225 LC1F265 LC1F330 LC1F400 LC1F500 LC1F630 LC1F800
Note
For applications >800Amps please consult your local sales office for custom built solutions.
H25
Contents (HOME)
Rectifiers
V Coil Rectifier Price $
reference reference exc. GST
LC1F800 110-127 LX4F8FW DR5TE4U 519.95
220-240 LX4F8MW DR5TE4U 519.95
380-440 LX4F8QW DR5TE4S 519.95
Rectifier mount LA9D09981 21.75
Notes
(1) Must add rectifier ref DR5TE4p.
(2) Max ambient temperature 55 Deg.
(3) These are standard DC coils.
H
LC1F630 or F800 (1) LA9FL4L 698.00
LA9FF4F
Note
(1) All power connections are to be made by the customer.
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
LAD N
LAD N, LAD C
LAD T, LAD S
LAD R
LA1 D , D , D
1 1 1 – LADN10 45.30
LADN, LADC
– 1 LADN01 45.30
2 2 1 1 LADN11 43.95
2 – LADN20 43.95
– 2 LADN02 52.40
4 2 2 2 LADN22 72.95
1 3 LADN13 72.95
4 – LADN40 72.95
– 4 LADN04 72.95
3 1 LADN31 72.95
2 2 (1) LADC22 72.95
Notes
(1) Including 1 N/O + 1 N/C make before break.
(2) With extended scale from 0.1 to 0.6 s.
(3) With switching time for 40 ms ± 15 ms between opening of the N/C contact and closing of the
N/O contact.
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
Arc chambers
For contactor Type Replacement Reference Price $
for exc. GST
3 pole LC1 F115 3 poles LA5F11550 339.50
LC1 F150 3 poles LA5F15050 339.50
LC1 F185 3 poles LA5F18550 367.50
LC1 F225 3 poles LA5F22550 410.00
LC1 F265 3 poles LA5F26550 440.25
LC1 F330 3 poles LA5F33050 754.55
LC1 F400 3 poles LA5F40050 992.00
LC1 F500 3 poles LA5F50050 1,087.15
LC1 F630 3 poles LA5F63050 2,442.50
LC1 F800 3 poles LA5F80050 2,747.90
LA5F40050
Reset accessories
Description Reference (2) Price $
exc. GST
Electrical reset/trip LA7D03p 165.60
Standard coil voltages
Volts AC 50/60Hz 24 110 220/230 415/440
Volts DC 24 110 220/230
Code B F M N
Mounting accessories
To fit overload Reference Price $
exc. GST
LR9-Range LR9F5, 6 + 71 LA7F901 229.00
Mounting plate LR9F7 + F81 LA7F902 343.00
LA7F90p
Notes
(1) When mounting overload relays up to size LR9-F5371 directly beneath the contactor they may
be additionally supported by a mounting plate. Above this size it is always necessary to use the
mounting plate. Power terminals can be protected against direct finger contact by the addition of
shrouds and/or insulated terminal blocks, to be ordered separately (see page H29).
(2) “p” Complete reference with coil voltage code. e.g. LA7D03M for 220/230V 50/60Hz.
H
Everlink Coils AC
To fit contactor 24V 110V 240V 415V Price $
exc. GST
LC1D40A, D50A and D65A LXD LXD LXD LXD 221.50
3B7 3F7 3U7 3N7
Coils DC
To fit contactor 12V 24V 110V 220V 440V Price $
exc. GST
LC1D09-D38 no spare coils necessary
LC1D40, D50 and D65 LX4 LX4 LX4 LX4 LX4 206.00
D6JW D6BD D6FW D6MW D6RD
LC1D80/D95 LX4 LX4 LX4 LX4 LX4 249.50
D7JW D7BD D7FW D7MW D7RD
LX4Dppp LC1D115/D150 LX4 LX4 LX4 LX4 476.50
D8BD D8FD D8MD D8RD
LC1F115/150 LX4 LX4 LX4 LX4 476.50
LCIF1154/1504 FF024 FF110 FF220 FF440
LC1F185/225 LX4 LX4 LX4 LX4 499.00
LC1F1854/2254 FG024 FG110 FG220 FG440
LC1F265/330 LX4 LX4 LX4 LX4 665.00
LC1F2654/3304 FH024 FH110 FH220 FH440
LC1F400 LX4 LX4 LX4 LX4 837.00
LC1F4004 FJ024 FJ110 FJ220 FJ440
LX4FFppp LC1F500 LX4 LX4 LX4 LX4 952.00
LC1F5004 FK024 FK110 FK220 FK440
LC1F630 LX4 LX4 LX4 LX4 1,082.00
LC1F6304 FL024 FL110 FL220 FL440
LC1F800 LX4 LX4 LX4 1,802.00
F8FW F8MW F8QW
Notes
(1) Coils are dual frequency.
(2) Add rectifier unit DR5TE4U.
Notes
(1) “pp” Complete reference with control voltage code. e.g. LE1D12U7 for 240V 50/60Hz.
(2) LE1M/LE1D starters come complete with a green start button “I” and red stop/reset button “O”.
(3) Overload not included in price of LE1D... add overload to complete selection (see page H21).
TeSys SoLink
Integration system for motor starters
up to 30kW/400V in automation environments
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
Motor Starters
Direct Reversing
Up to From 18.5 to Up to From 18.5 to
15kW/400V 30kW/400V 15kW/400V 30kW/400V
7 6 1 Motor Circuit Breaker GV2ME** or GV3P** GV2ME** OR GV3P**
GV2P** GV2P**
2 Contactor 24V DC LC1D09BL to LC1D40ABD to LC1D09BL to LC1D40ABD to
4 LC1D32BL LC1D65ABD LC1D32BL LC1D65ABD
LC1D09BD to LC1D40ABD to LC1D09BD to LC1D40ABD to
1 LC1D32BD LC1D65ABD LC1D32BD LC1D65ABD
5
3 3 Combination Block GV2AF3 - GV2AF3 -
4 Auxiliary contact GVAE20 GVAE20 GVAE20 GVAE20
2
5 Connection Modules Price $
ex. GST
Direct
Up to 15kW/400V LAD5C11 175.00
From 18.5 to 30kW/400V LAD5C31 175.00
Reversing
Up to 15kW/400V LAD5C12 209.50
From 18.5 to 30kW/400V LAD5C32 209.50
6 Connection Cables
Length of 0.3m LU9R03 18.45
Length of 1m LU9R10 31.60 H
Length of 3m LU9R30 44.80
7 IO Module (Refer to Section M, page M39) TM3XTYS4 169.00
Direct
Motor Circuit Contactor 24V DC Connection
Breaker Modules
Up to 15kW/400V
+ + =
or LAD5C11 or
+ + =
LAD5C12
Reversing
Up to 15kW/400V
+ + =
or x2 LAD5C31 or
From 18.5 to 30kW/400V
+ + =
x2 LAD5C32
Note
(1) Don’t forget to add overload price, page H21.
For standard control voltages, refer page H12.
Tripping threshold on
13 In on average
short circuit
H
Operational current at 415V 0.1...32A 9...65A 1...80A
GV2ME (1)
415V ICU Current setting Associated Contactor Reference Price $
(kW) (kA) range – (A) Type 1 Type 2 exc. GST
– 0.1-0.16 LC1K06 LC1D09 GV2ME01 241.50
0.06 100 0.16-0.25 LC1K06 LC1D09 GV2ME02 241.50
0.09 100 0.25-0.4 LC1K06 LC1D09 GV2ME03 241.50
0.12 100 0.4-0.63 LC1K06 LC1D09 GV2ME04 250.50
0.25 100 0.63-1.0 LC1K06 LC1D09 GV2ME05 250.50
0.55 100 1.0-1.6 LC1K06 LC1D09 GV2ME06 250.50
0.75 100 1.6-2.5 LC1K06 LC1D09 GV2ME07 250.50
1.1 100 2.5-4.0 LC1K06 LC1D09 GV2ME08 250.50
GV2ME 1.5 100 2.5-4.0 LC1K06 LC1D09 GV2ME08 250.50
2.2 100 4.0-6.3 LC1K06 LC1D09 GV2ME10 250.50
4 100 6-10 LC1K09 LC1D09 GV2ME14 301.50
5.5 15 9-14 LC1D12 LC1D25 GV2ME16 307.50
7.5 15 13-18 LC1D18 LC1D25 GV2ME20 321.00
9 15 17-23 LC1D25 LC1D25 GV2ME21 386.50
11 15 20-25 LC1D25 LC1D25 GV2ME22 404.00
15 10 24-32 LC1D32 LC1D32 GV2ME32 528.00
>> Local control with stop start pushbuttons > Short circuit and thermal overload protection
GV2P (1)
415V ICU Current setting Associated contactor Reference Price $
(kW) (kA) range – (A) Type 2 exc. GST
– 100 0.1-0.16 LC1D09 GV2P01 266.00
– 100 0.16-0.25 LC1D09 GV2P02 266.00
– 100 0.25-0.4 LC1D09 GV2P03 266.00
– 100 0.4-0.63 LC1D09 GV2P04 278.50
– 100 0.63-1.0 LC1D09 GV2P05 278.50
0.55 100 1.0-1.6 LC1D09 GV2P06 278.50
0.75 100 1.6-2.5 LC1D09 GV2P07 278.50
GV2P 1.1 100 2.5-4.0 LC1D09 GV2P08 278.50
1.5 100 2.5-4.0 LC1D09 GV2P08 278.50
2.2 100 4.0-6.3 LC1D09 GV2P10 278.50
4 100 6-10 LC1D12 GV2P14 323.00
5.5 50 9-14 LC1D25 GV2P16 333.50
7.5 50 13-18 LC1D25 GV2P20 341.00
9 50 17-23 LC1D25 GV2P21 424.50
11 50 20-25 LC1D25 GV2P22 441.00
15 50 24.32 LC1D32 GV2P32 441.00
>> Local control with rotary switch > Short circuit and overload protection
>> Visual indication of short circuit trip > Differentiation between short circuit and overload.
GV2L (1)
415V ICU Associated contactor Associated overload Reference Price $
(kW) (kA) Type 2 relay exc. GST
– 100 LC1D09 LRD03 GV2L03 273.50
– 100 LC1D09 LRD04 GV2L04 273.50
– 100 LC1D09 LRD05 GV2L05 273.50
0.55 100 LC1D09 LRD06 GV2L06 273.50
0.75 100 LC1D09 LRD07 GV2L07 273.50
1.1 100 LC1D09 LRD08 GV2L08 273.50
1.5 100 LC1D09 LRD08 GV2L08 273.50
2.2 100 LC1D09 LRD10 GV2L10 273.50
GV2L 4 100 LC1D09 LRD14 GV2L14 353.00
5.5 50 LC1D25 LRD16 GV2L16 353.00
7.5 50 LC1D25 LRD21 GV2L20 353.00
11 50 LC1D25 LRD22 GV2L22 353.00
15 50 LC1D50 LRD3355 GV2L32 439.00
>> Local control with rotary switch > Short circuit protection
Note
(1) Enclosures for GV2ME and GV2P/L on page H41.
Accessories
Description Application Reference Price $
exc. GST
Adaptor plate For mounting a GV2ME or LAD31 13.05
GV2P and contactor LC1D09 to
D38 with front faces aligned
Height compensation plate 7.5mm GV1F03 6.28
Combination block Between GV2 and contactor GV2AF01 14.40
LC1K or LP1K
Between GV2 and DC contactor GV2AF3 15.05
Between GV2 mounted GV2AF4 15.05
Using GV2AF3 with a DC contactor on LAD31 and contactor LC1D09...D38
Sets of 3 pole 2 tap-offs 45mm pitch GV2G245 50.95
63A busbars 2 tap-offs 54mm pitch GV2G254 54.60
4 tap-offs 45mm pitch GV2G445 82.30
4 tap-offs 54mm pitch GV2G454 70.80
Clip-in marker holders For GV2P, GV2L LA9D92 1.82
(supplied with each (8 x 22mm)
circuit breaker)
Cover for terminal block For mounting in modular panels LA9E07 10.50
Flexible 3 pole connection Centre distance between GV1G02 26.10
for connecting a GV2 to an mounting rails: 100...120mm
LC1D09...D25 contactor
Protective end cover For unused busbar outlets GV1G10 22.05
Terminal blocks for Connection from the top GV1G09 55.70
Using GV2AF4 and LAD31 supply to one or more Can be fitted with current limited GV2G05 71.30
GV2G busbar sets GV1L3 (GV2ME and GV2P)
Padlockable external handle Padlocking in “Off” position, GV2APN02 169.40
for GV2-P and GV2-L red handle, yellow legend plate, IP54
(150 to 290mm)
GV1 L3
GV2 AK00
GV AX
GV2 ME
GV AD
H
GV AM11
GV AU
GV2 P
GV AM11
GV AS
GV2 L
GV AE11, GV AE20
GV AN
GV AN
GV AE1
GV AE1
Contact Blocks
Description Mounting Maximum Type of contacts Reference Price $
number exc. GST
Instantaneous Front (1) 1 N/O or N/C (2) GVAE1 23.10
auxiliary N/O + N/C GVAE11 29.50
contacts
N/O + N/O GVAE20 29.50
Side 2 N/O + N/C GVAN11 29.50
(LH) N/O + N/O GVAN20 29.50
Fault signalling Side (3) 1 N/O (fault) + N/O GVAD1010 59.90
contact + (LH) N/C (fault) + N/O GVAD0110 59.90
instantaneous
auxiliary contact
Short circuit Side 1 C/O GVAM11 59.90
signalling contact (LH) common point
GVAD1010
Electric Trips
Mounting Voltage Reference Price $
exc. GST
Undervoltage or shunt trips (4)
Side 24V 50Hz GVAp025 114.40
(1 block on RH side 110…115V 50Hz GVAp115 114.40
of circuit breaker)
220V…240V 50Hz GVAp225 114.40
415V…440V 50Hz GVAp415 114.40
Undervoltage trip INRS (6)
Side 110…115V 50Hz GVAX115 159.95
(1 block on RH side 220V…240 50Hz GVAX225 159.95
of GV2MEpp)
415V…440V 50Hz GVAX415 159.95
GV2AK00
Notes
(1) Mounting of a GVAE contact block or a GV2AK00 visible isolation block on GV2P and GV2L.
(2) Choice of N/C or N/O contact operation, depending on which way round the reversible block
is mounted.
(3) The GVAD is always mounted next to the circuit breaker.
(4) To order an undervoltage trip: replace the dot (p) in the reference with a U, e.g. GVAU025.
To order a shunt trip: replace the dot (p) in the reference with an S, e.g. GVAS025.
(5) Visible isolation of the 3 poles upstream of circuit breaker GV2P and GV2L.
(6) Safety device for dangerous machines, conform to INRS and VDE0113. For GV2ME only.
Surface GV2
mounting IP 55Enclosures and accessories
1 1 GV2-MC02 40.80
Section H: Double,
insulated with
Power, control protective
and protection sealab le
cover.
Enclosures
Accessories common to all for thermal magnetic motor circuit breakers (3)
enclosures
Description Description Degree of Possible attachments
Reference Reference Price $
protection on side of GV2ME exc. GST
Padlocking device (1) 1 to 3 padlocks Left
GV2-V01 Right 31.00
Surface mounting
for GV2-ME operator (padlocking is only Ø 4 to 8 IP55
mm 1 1 GV2MC03 64.90
possible in “O” position)Double insulated with
protective sealable cover
Mushroom Surface mounting IP65 (1)
Spring return GV2-K011 GV2PC02
29.70 117.60
head enclosure for 0.55 to 5.5kW
“Stop” GV2L/P. Comes with red
pushbutton rotary padlockable handle
GV2MC03 Ø 40 mm, mounted on the cover
red Turn to
release GV2-K04 (2) 72.60
Sealing kit
Accessories
For enclosures
Description
and front plate IP 55 Application Reference Price $
GV2-E01 13.00 exc. GST
(1) Supplied with IP 55Padlocking
sealing kit. For use (1)
device with GV2-M•01. 1 to 3 padlocks GV2V01 56.90
(2) Padlockable in “Off”for
position
GV2ME using Ø 4 to (padlocking
operator 8 mm shank is
padlocks.
only Ø 4 to 8mm
possible in “O” position)
Mushroom head Spring return (1) GV2K011 45.70
“Stop” pushbutton Turn to release GV2K031 75.90
Ø 40mm, red
Turn to release GV2K04 (2) 120.60
Sealing kit For enclosures IP55 GV2E02 22.05
and front plate
H
GV2-V01
GV2-MC03
GV2-K04
GV2-K011
GV2-E02
Notes
(1) Supplied with IP55 sealing kit. For use with GV2Mp01.
(2) Padlockable in “Off” position using Ø 4 to 8mm shank padlocks.
(3) Circuit breakers to be ordered separately.
GV3 G264
GV3 G364
GV AM11
GV3 P
GV AM11
GV3 L
GV AE11, GV AE20,
GV AED 101, GV AED 011
GV AE1
GV AE1
GV3 APN02
GV2 V03
Notes
(1) BTR screw of 4mm.
(2) Requires use of an insulated Allen key.
Contact blocks
Description Mounting Maximum Type of contacts Reference Price $
number exc. GST
Instantaneous Front 1 N/O or N/C (1) GVAE1 23.10
auxiliary contacts N/O + N/C GVAE11 29.50
N/O + N/O GVAE20 29.50
Side 2 N/O + N/C GVAN11 29.50
(LH) N/O + N/O GVAN20 29.50
Fault signalling Side (2) 1 N/O (fault) + N/O GVAD1010 59.90
contact + (LH) + N/C GVAD1001 59.90
instantaneous
N/C (fault) + N/O GVAD0110 59.90
auxiliary contact
+ N/C GVAD0101 59.90
GVAD1010
Short circuit Side 1 C/O common point GVAM11 59.90
signalling contact (LH)
Electric trips
Mounting Voltage Reference Price $
exc. GST
Undervoltage or shunt trips (3)
Side 24V 50Hz GVAp025 114.40
(1 block on RH side 110…115V 50Hz GVAp115 114.40
of circuit breaker)
60Hz GVAp116 114.40
220…240V 50Hz GVAp225 114.40
60Hz GVAp226 114.40
415…440V 50Hz GVAp415 114.40
415V 60Hz GVAp416 114.40
Accessories
Description For circuit breakers Reference Price $
exc. GST
Set of 3 pole GV3Ppp and GVLpp GV3G364 57.95
115A busbars
3 tap-offs. Pitch: 64mm
Padlocking device GV3Ppp and GV3Lpp GV2V03 133.60
for use with up t o 4
padlocks (not supplied)
Ø 6mm shank max.
Notes
(1) Choice of N/C or N/O contact operation, depending on which way round the reversible block is
mounted.
(2) The GVAD is always mounted next to the circuit breaker.
(3) To order an undervoltage trip: replace the dot (p) in the reference with a U, example: GVAU025.
To order a shunt trip: replace the dot (p) in the reference with an S, example: GVAS025.
(4) Assembling possibility: 1 GV3 P or GV3 L alone circuit breaker + 1 LC1DppApp contactor
+ GV3 S S-shape busbar.
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
LUCL
1 For use with a
variable speed
controller or a
soft start-soft
stop unit
1
2
3
Power base
LUB or LU2B
Motor load indication module Auxiliary contact modules Parallel wiring module
LUF V2 LUF Npp LUF C00
Note
The colour indicates possible combinations with the selected control unit.
Example: function module LUF DH11 can only be used with an advanced control unit.
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
LUCB
Class 10 - 3-phase
1 LUCC
Class 10 - single-phase
LUCD LUCM
Class 20 - 3-phase Classes 5 to 30 - single-phase and 3-phase
>> Same functions as the standard control unit >> Same functions as the standard control unit
>> In addition, in conjunction with a function module: >> In addition, reset parameters can be set to manual or automatic.
>> fault differentiation with manual reset, >> Protection function alarm.
>> fault differentiation with remote or automatic reset, >> Indication on front panel or on remote terminal via Modbus
>> thermal overload alarm, RS 485 port.
>> indication of motor load. >> “Log” function.
>> “Monitoring” function, indication of main motor parameters on
front panel of the control unit, or via a remote terminal
>> Differentiation of thermal overload and magnetic fault.
>> Overload, no-load running.
Modbus
communication modules (1)
LUL C031 and LUL C033
Note
(1) Communication modules can only be combined with a c 24 V control unit (LUCp pp BL).
H47
Contents (HOME)
Operating characteristics
Control units Standard Advanced Multifunction
LUCA LUCB LUCC LUCD LUCM
Thermal overload protection
Overcurrent protection 14.2 x the setting current 3 to 17 x the setting current
Short circuit protection 14.2 x the max. current
Protection against phase loss
Protection against phase imbalance
Earth fault detection
(equipment protection only)
Tripping class 10 10 20 5…30
Motor type 3 phase Single-phase 3 phase Single-phase and 3-phase
Thermal overload test function
Overtorque
No-load running
Long starting time
Reset method Manual Parameters can be set
Alarm Thermal overload alarm only with Possible for each type of fault. Indication on front
function module or communication panel of the control unit, via remote terminal, via
module, see below. PC.
With communication modules to make use of
these alarms via a bus,
see below.
“Log” function Log of the last 5 trips. Number of starts, number
of trips, number of operating hours.
“Monitoring” function isplay of main motor parameters on front panel
D
of the control unit, via remote terminal, via PC
With communication module or via Modbus port on control unit LUCM (1)
Starter status (ready, running, fault) With any communication module
Reset mode Parameters can be set via the bus
Alarm With modules LUL C031, LUL C033, With module LUL C031, LUL C033, LUL C15,
Remote reset via the bus LUL C15, LUL C07, LUL C08 and LUL C07, LUL C08 and LUL C09
LUL C09 (thermal overload alarm only). and Modbus port on the control unit (alarm
Indication of motor load possible for all types of fault).
Fault signalling and differentiation
Remote programming and monitoring of all functions With modules LUL C031, LUL C033, LUL C15,
“Log” function LUL C07, LUL C08 and LUL C09
and Modbus port on the control unit.
Built-in
“Monitoring” function
function Function provided with accessory
Note
(1) Mounting possibilities: 1 function module or 1 communication module.
H48
Contents (HOME)
LUB120
LUB320
1
2
H
4
3
Note
(1) These terminals have no auxilliaries and will need to be purchased separately.
LU2Bp2pp
Notes
(1) The various sub-assemblies are supplied assembled but they are easy to separate,
as shown in the illustration.
Accessories
Description Item Application Reference Price $
exc. GST
Control block 4 Non-reversing power base LU9M1 20.95
without connections LU2B A0pp or B0pp
Reverser block LU2M B0pp for direct LU9M1 20.95
mounting beneath power base
Reverser block LU6M B0pp for mounting LU9M1 20.95
separately from power base
7 Reverser block LU6M B0pp for mounting LU9MR1 18.95
separately from power base
Reverser Block (separate)
4
H
LU6M + LU9M1 + LU9MR1
Ready to operate 0
Running 1
References
Add on contact blocks
Signalling and composition Connection Item Reference Price $
exc. GST
3 1 N/C fault signalling Screw terminals 1+2 LUA1C11 42.90
contact (95-96) + N/O (17-18)
1 N/O fault signalling Screw terminals 1+2 LUA1C20 42.90
4 contact (97-98) + N/O (17-18)
Accessories
Description For use on Item Reference Price $
exc. GST
Blanking covers ocation for auxiliary contact,
L 4 LU9C1 3.78
communication or function module
Location for add on contact blocks 5 LU9C2 1.86
Description
1. Extraction and locking handle
2. Sealing of locking handle
3. Dial for magnetic adjustment of motor current (In)
4. Locking of settings by sealing the transparent cover
Splitter box
Connectors Starter-controller side Item Reference Price $
PLC side exc. GST
(16I/12O)
1 2 x HE 10 8 x RJ45 4 LU9G02 (1) 256.00
20-way
8
Connection cables to the splitter box
Connectors Item Length Reference Price $
(m) exc. GST
2 x RJ45 connectors 3 0.3 LU9R03 18.45
1 LU9R10 31.60
3 LU9R30 44.80
LU2B + LUFC00 + LU9BM Connection cables from splitter box to PLC
Type of connection Gauge C.s.a. Length Reference Price $
PLC side Splitter box exc. GST
side AWG (mm²) (m)
HE 10 HE 10 22 0.324 0.5 TSXCDP053 121.80
20-way 20-way 1 TSXCDP103 128.40
2 TSXCDP203 152.80
3 TSXCDP303 154.40
5 TSXCDP503 240.50
28 0.080 1 ABFH20H100 26.44
2 ABFH20H200 37.54
3 ABFH20H300 48.74
Bare wires HE 10 22 0.324 3 TSXCDP301 111.80
20-way 5 TSXCDP501 234.00
LU9G02
Note
(1) Allows “run” and “fault” status of each starter-controller to be fed back to the PLC and
transmits commands.
ASILUFC5
Connection to the ASi-bus (1)
By pre-wired connector or wire link.
b Pre-wired connector: pre-wired coil connection
The use of a power base without pre-wired control circuit connections is recommended.
Description For use with Item Reference Price $
power base exc. GST
Pre-wired coil connection LUB pp 3 LU9BN11C 54.50
LU2B pp 5 LU9MRC 72.10
1
Connection of the communication module on the serial bus
3 Achieved by using a tap-off for connection to 2 ribbon cables:
b For AS-i (yellow).
b For separate a 24V supply (black).
H
LUB + ASILUFC5 + LU9B Description Length Reference Price $
(m) exc. GST
Tap-off 2 XZCG0142 65.44
Software set-up
LU2B + ASILUF C5 + LU9M AS-i configuration is carried out using PL7 Micro/Junior/Pro software. From the module
declaration screen, it is possible to configure all the slave devices corresponding to all the
AS-i I/O. Configuration is carried out by following the instructions on the screen.
XZMC11 ASITERV2
Notes
(1) Degree of protection IP54. Connection by 4 x 0.34mm2 wires.
Black wire: +24V.
White wire: 0V
Blue wire: AS-Interface (–)
Brown wire: AS-Interface (+)
(2) The CD-ROM contains user’s manuals for the AS-Interface and Modbus communication modules,
multifunction control units and gateway modules, as well as the gateway programming software.
(3) English, French, German, Italian, Spanish.
LUL C033
LULC033 1 Modbus communication module
Communication module LULC033 enables the model U starter-controller to be connected to the
Modbus network.
510624
It must have a a 24V supply and must be used in conjunction with a a 24V control unit, LUCp ppBL.
It incorporates a 0.5A, a 24V digital output and 2 digital inputs for local command requirements.
Description Item Reference Price $
exc. GST
Communication module 7 LULC033 420.50
8
Connection to the Modbus network
LUB + LULC031 + LU9B Achieved either by means of a Modbus hub or using T-junctions.
Description Length Reference Price $
(m) exc. GST
Modbus hub 8 slaves – LU9GC3 508.00
Cables fitted with two RJ45 0.3 VW3A8306R03 24.15
connectors 1 VW3A8306R10 23.95
3 VW3A8306R30 34.20
T-junctions (1) 0.3 VW3A8306TF03 79.60
1 VW3A8306TF10 87.70
RS 485 line terminator – VW3A8306RC 11.30
Note
(1) Fitted with 2 RJ45 female connectors (bus side) and a 0.3m or 1m length cable supplied with an
RJ45 male connector (station side).
LULC08 1 2 3
CANopen communication module
Communication module LULC08 allows direct connection of model U starter-controllers and controllers
on a CANopen bus.
The a 24V power supply for modules LULC08 is distributed via the bus (up to 25 LULC08 modules).
A a 24V supply must be connected to module LULC08 for outputs OA1, OA3 and LO1.
10
Connection to the CANopen Network
Description Length Reference Price $
(m) exc. GST
Standard
11 Cables equipped 0.3 TSXCANCADD03 85.10
with SUB-D connectors 1.0 TSXCANCADD1 90.40
LUB
LUB ++LUL
LULC08 + LU9BN11L
C08 + LU9B N11L 3 TSXCANCADD3 102.00
5 TSXCANCADD5 114.00
Reel of cable 50 TSXCANCA50 406.00
100 TSXCANCA100 779.00
UL approved
Cables equipped 0.3 TSXCANCBDD03 85.10
with SUB-D connectors 1.0 TSXCANCBDD1 90.70
3 TSXCANCBDD3 102.00
5 TSXCANCBDD5 114.00
Reel of cable 50 TSXCANCB50 357.50
100 TSXCANCB100 673.00
10
Separate components
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Elbowed connector TSXCANKCDF90T 99.20
12
Straight connector TSXCANKCDF180T 99.20
Junction box TSXCANTDM4 171.40
LU2B
LU2B ++LUL
LULC08 + LU9MRL
C08 + LU9M RL
8 7 6 5
LULC15 1 2 3
Advantys STB communication module
Communication module LULC15 allows direct connection of TeSys U starter-controllers 10
and controllers on an Advantys STB island, between two segments or at the end of a
segment. in the latter case, the segment must be equipped with an EOS (End of segment)
module STBXBE1100. 14
For local control requirements, the module is equipped with a configurable, a 24V, 0.5A 13
discrete output and two configurable discrete inputs with an LUC pppBL or LUC pT1BL
9 control unit.
4
A a 24V supply must be connected to module LULC15, for outputs OA1, OA3 and LO1.
Description Item Reference Price $
exc. GST
Advantys STB Communication module 10 LULC15 731.00
8 7 6 5
Line end adapter 13 LU9RFL15 17.85
1 Two-colour LED indicating
module status 10
2 Fault signalling LED Information carried by the bus
3 LED indicating a 24V supply ON
4 Bus connectors 14 Depends on the type of control unit used.
5 a 24V supply connection 13 Control unit Standard Advanced Multifunction
6 Discrete input Starter status (ready, running, fault)
7 Discrete input Start and stop commands
8 Discrete output Thermal overload alarm
9 Outputs for starter commands Remote reset via the bus
Indication of motor load
510627
separate mounting. When reverser block LU6M and the power base are mounted side-by-side, a pre-
wired coil connection LU9MRL ay be used.
Cables
Description Length Item Reference Price $
(m) exc. GST
Cables fitted with 0.3 12 LU9RCD03 55.80
connectors, 1 12 LU9RCD10 69.95
one straight and
3 12 LU9RCD30 93.23
one elbowed
5 12 LU9RCD50 133.60
10 Cable fitted with 0.3 17 LU9RDD03 55.80
two straight connectors 1 17 LU9RDD10 65.33
3 17 LU9RDD30 93.80
12
LU2B
LU2B ++LUL
LULC15 + LU9MRL
C15 + LU9M RL
LULC09 1 2 3
DeviceNet communication module
When used in conjunction with the power base and control unit, communication module LULC09 allows
10 TeSys U starter-controllers and controllers to be controlled via DeviceNet.
Communication module LULC09 is of the slave type and uses the TeSys U system's internal registers
which can be accessed via DeviceNet.
Module LULC09 has a configurable 24V (0.5A) discrete output and two configurable discrete inputs.
9 4 Description Item Reference Price $
exc. GST
DeviceNet Communication module 11 LULC09 779.00
Supply
The 24V supply to DeviceNet LULC09 modules is provided via the (V+, V-) terminals.
3
11 The 24V supply for the inputs/outputs must be provided separately from the supply to
the LULC09 modules.
The 24V Aux terminal is for supply to the LUCM control unit or the LUTM controller.
4
12
LUB + LUC pppBL
+ LULC09 + LU9BN11L
LULC07 1 2 3
Profibus DP communication module
When used in conjunction with the power base and control unit, communication module LULC07 allows
10 TeSys U starter-controllers to be controlled via Profibus DP (Deported Periphery).
Communication module LULC07 is of the slave type and uses the TeSys U system’s internal registers
(which can be accessed via the Profibus DP bus) in cyclic or acyclic mode. This module has a 24V (0.5A)
discrete output and two configurable discrete inputs.
Description Item Reference Price $
9 4 exc. GST
Profibus DP Communication module 11 LULC07 779.00
8 7 6 5
Connection of the communication module output terminals
1 LED indicating module status
2 Fault signalling LED
to the coil terminals
3 LED indicating a 24V supply ON Description For use with Item Reference Price $
for outputs OA1, OA3 and LO1 exc. GST
4 SUB-D connector for bus link Pre-wired coil connection LUBpp 12 LU9BN11L 48.90
5 a 24V supply connection LU2Bpppp 13 LU9MRL 66.26
6 Discrete input
7 Discrete input
8 Discrete output Information carried by the bus
9 Outputs for starter commands
Depends on the type of control unit used with module LULC07.
(non-reversing and reversing)
10 Pin for connection to control unit Compatibility of DeviceNet LULC09 communication module with a 24V control units
(advanced or multifunction)
Information accessible LULC07 in conjunction with:
via Profibus DP LUCA ppBL LUCB/C/D ppBL LUCM ppBL
567122
The a 24V V-Aux supply to Profibus DP modules LULC07 must pass through power supply
module LU9GC7.
LULC07 modules must be connected to the LU9GC7 splitter box in order to be powered.
Description Length Reference Price $
(m) exc. GST
Profibus DP – LU9GC7 371.00
power supply module
Profibus DP connector – LU9AD7 124.20
Profibus DP cables 100 TSXPBSCA100 1,219.50
11 2-wire 400 TSXPBSCA400 4,633.00
Profibus DP cables 10 LU9RPB010 263.00
4-wire 100 LU9RPB100 865.00
400 LU9RPB400 3,441.00
5 6
Notes
(1) The rated peak current for the power sockets AK4 PCpp is 6kA. When used in association with
power bases LUBpp, the prospective short-curcuit current must not exceed 7kA.
(2) Supplied with limited cartridge.
(3) These devices make it possible to increase the breaking capacity of the power base.
(4) Sold in lots of 100.
(5) The limiter must be mounted on an LUB or LU2B power base. The limiter can therefore not be
common to several motor starters.
H
For integral 63 (2)
AC43 AC43 Current settings magnetic A Reference Price $
415V 1000V thermal (adjustable) exc. GST
(kW) (kW) (adjustable)
11 33 18-25 150-300 LB1LD03M22 723.00
15 40 23-32 190-380 LB1LD03M53 723.00
22 55 28-40 240-480 LB1LD03M55 723.00
25 70 35-50 300-600 LB1LD03M57 723.00
33 80 45-63 380-760 LB1LD03M61 723.00
Note:
Integral 18 and 32 are obsolete, please contact your Schneider Electric representative for the
replacement.
Notes
(1) “p” Complete reference with control voltage letter and number (see table).
Example LD1LD030U for 240V 50Hz.
DC coils are supplied with converters including coil suppression. (Price on application)
Integral + LA1LC020 +
LA1LC021 + LA1LC031
Notes
(1) Tripping and remote reset blocks can only be fitted with block LA1LC010 or LA1LC012.
“pp” Complete reference with control voltage letter and number (see table).
e.g. LA1LC070U for 240V 50Hz.
Standard voltages
Volts 50Hz 24 32/36 110 240 220 415
Code B CC F U M N
LA1LCp80pD on Integral +
(2) Complete reference with control voltage, e.g. LX1LC240 for 240V 50Hz.
protection module (3) Remote reset is only available for Integral 63.
It is not suitable for use with Integral 18.
Co-ordination
AS3947-4-1 Type 1 and Type 2 co-ordination
AS3947-6-2 Continuity of service (no welding)
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
H
Continuity ‡ light welding of the contactor (C) permissible
H67
Contents (HOME)
LTMEV40BD
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
Note
(1) PTC thermistor probes (positive temperature co-efficient).
LT3SM remote reset – max. cable length 5 metres.
Shielded cable is recommended for the thermistor probes.
Busbar system
The busbar system may be screw mounted on to any type of support. If it is intended to be used in
conjunction with component mounting plates incorporating a tap-off it is essential that the busbar
system be fixed, together with the mounting rail AM1DL201 (see below).
When mounting tap-offs take into account the rated operating current of the busbar system:–
AK5JB143 160A at 35°C.
Number Tap-off outlets Max. no. Length Reference Price $
of bars polarity and pitch (mm) exc. GST
4 2 pole 12 340 AK5JB143 224.00
18mm pitch 24 555 AK5JB145 248.50
54 1100 AK5JB1410 539.00
3 pole or 6 340 AK5JB143 224.00
4 pole‑ (1) 12 555 AK5JB145 248.50
36mm pitch
27 1100 AK5JB1410 539.00
Tap-offs
Polarity Pitch Rated Length of Reference Price $
(mm) thermal output exc. GST
current conductors
(A) (mm)
1-phase + 18 16 200 AK5PC12 25.50
H
neutral 32 1000 AK5PC32L 46.80
AK5PC12 AK5PC34 3 phase 36 32 250 AK5PC33 31.20
32 1000 AK5PC33L 42.95
3 phase neutral 32 250 AK5PC34 35.10
32 1000 AK5PC34L 60.80
Notes
(1) Tap-offs supplied as (N‑+‑L1), (N‑+‑L2) or (N‑+‑L3).
(2) Cut to length and drill fixing centres to suit.
60 mm
H72
Contents (HOME)
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
LA9ZX01573 LA9ZX01495
Other accessories
Reference Price $
exc. GST
Covers, length 1 m
For 12-30 x 5 mm2 busbars LA9ZX01244 57.70
For 12-30 x 10 mm2 busbars LA9ZX01245 63.40
General characteristics
Conformity with IEC 61439-2, UL508 H
Degree of protection IP20 with cover LA9ZX01244 or LA9ZX01245
Thermal resistance °C 120
LA9ZX01131 LA9ZX01485 Rated current frequency Hz 50/60
Rated Depending on mm 12x5 15x5 20x5 25x5 30x5 12x10 20x10 30x10
operating type of busbars A 200 250 320 400 450 360 520 630
current and at 35 °C
K-factor to °C 35 45 50 60 60 40 55 60
be applied K 1 0.75 0.65 0.35 0.35 0.9 0.55 0.35
depending
on ambient
temperature
Rated insulation voltage V 690 as per IEC 60947-1 and NF C 20-040
Rated operating voltage V 690
Peak With busbar LA9ZX01508 (UL) LA9ZX01495 and LA9ZX01485 (IEC)
permissible support
rated Bar dimensions mm 12x5 12x10 12x5 12x10 20x10 30x5 30x10
current Rated current kA 35 35 30 35 35 45 55
Maximum thermal stress A2s 1x108 4x108 1x108 11x108 11x 108 6.2x108 24.8x108
Support fastening by screws mm 4x6 4x5
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
LA9ZA32622 LA9ZA32623
TeSys U starter-controllers
Operating current Protection by Mounting Reference Price $
AC-3 440 V power base plate Ixh exc. GST
Mounting plate, 1-way
32 A LUB120, LUB320 45x200 LA9ZA32427 227.00
LA9ZA32427
LA9ZA32625
Notes
LA9ZA32626 The mounting plate rails can be shifted vertically in 1.25 mm increments.
(1) Contactor-circuit breaker combination without additional part.
(2) Use the LAD 9R3 kit for the execution of changeover contactors.
(3) Use the LAD 9R1 or LAD 9R1V kit for the execution of changeover contactors.
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
LV432624
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
Terminals
I max Reference Price $
exc. GST
One-pole for flat bars, 5 mm2 270 A Capacity 4-35 mm2 LA9ZX01285 8.28
LA9ZX01285 400 A Capacity 16-70 mm2 LA9ZX01287 8.54
3P cover, width 84 mm LA9ZX01413 55.90
Connection module
I max Reference Price $
exc. GST
3P, spring terminal connection + cover, 80 A Capacity 1.5-16 mm² LA9ZX01563 137.80
for busbars of 12 x 5 to 30 x 10
LA9ZX01243
Connection by connectors
LA9ZX01285 LA9ZX01287 LA9ZX01243 LA9ZX01563
270 A maxi 400 A maxi 440 A 4A 80 A
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Flexible wire with end- mm2 4 35 16 70 35 120 1.5 16
piece
Multi-strand wire mm2 4 35 16 70 35 120 1.5 16
Rigid wire mm2 4 35 – – – – 1.5 16
Tightening torque N.m ... x 5 ... x 10 ... x 5-10 ... x 5-10
Supplied Supplied
without cover without cover
LA9ZX01563
Section H:
Power, control
and protection
H77
Contents (HOME)
Notes
(1) Ith refers to the current a closed switch can sustain without its temperature rise exceeding the
limits given in AS39473
(2) AC23 refers to the switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads.
VZ15 VZ20
Maximum number of add on modules which can be fitted
on switch body
1 add on module on each side of the switch body.
VZ7 or VZ20 + V0p + VZ7 or VZ20 VZ7 + + VZ7
or or or V5 or
VZ11 or VZ12 + V0 + VZ11 or VZ12 VZ20 + + VZ20
or or or or or
VZ14 or VZ15 + to + VZ14 or VZ15 VZ13 + + VZ13
or or or V6 or
VZ0p/VZ0 to VZ4 + V4 + VZ0p/VZ0 to VZ4 VZ16 + + VZ16
Notes
(1) Protection shrouds are available on request.
(2) Late make N/O, early break N/C contacts.
H
coloured blank
90 x 90 KZ103 12.96
legend plate
Legend bearer Front plate 45 x 45 KZ14 11.20
KZ15 without 60 x 60 KZ16 11.50
legend plate
90 x 90 KZ101 12.96
Silver coloured KZ14 – KZ76 5.47
blank legend KZ16 – KZ77 5.47
plates for
KZ101 – KZ100 5.47
engraving by
customer
Index
Variable speed drives and soft starters
Section I:
Variable speed drives
and soft starters
Soft starters
Altistart 01 soft starters 0.37…15kW Page I7
I
Variable speed drives
Altivar 12 variable speed drives 0.18…2.2kW Page I13
Options Page I13
Index
Variable speed drives and soft starters
Section I:
Variable speed drives
and soft starters
Water solutions
Water solutions with variable speed drives and soft starters Page I42
Harmonic solutions
Harmonic solutions Page I36
I2
Contents (HOME)
I
Three phase input variable speed drives
PDL Reference Pump/Fan (VT) General (CT)
Xtravert (X702 to X716) Altivar 312 or Altivar 61 Altivar 312 or Altivar 71
Microdrive Elite (ME-2.5 to ME-46) Altivar 61 Altivar 71
Elite to Altivar 71 Ultradrive Elite
Migration Guide Microdrive V
I3
Contents (HOME)
Soft starters
Simple machines Standard machines Advanced machines
Suitable
May be suitable
Not Recommended
Note *Models for other international voltages and specialised applications are available. Please consult your local Schneider Electric representative.
I4
Contents (HOME)
Note *Models for other international voltages and specialised applications are available. Please consult your local Schneider Electric representative.
I5
Contents (HOME)
Suitable
May be suitable
Not Recommended
Option DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, EtherCAT, PROFINET,
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP V0 & V1, LonWorks, METASYS
Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, EtherCAT,
Modbus TCP, EtherCAT, PROFINET PROFINET, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP V0 & V1
N2, APOGEE FLN, BACnet
Option cards - I/O extension, IMC controller, Multi-pump solutions I/O extension, encoder interface, IMC controller
Note *Models for other international voltages and specialised applications up to 10MW are available. Please consult your local Schneider Electric representative.
I6
Contents (HOME)
International approvals
Soft starters
Altistart 01
Section I: Soft starter for simple machines, 1-phase and 3-phase motors up to 15kW. (1)
Reduced voltage starting, built-in bypass relay.
Variable speed drives
and soft starters
Notes
(1) May not be suitable for more demanding applications requiring extra protection features e.g. effluent pumps. Use an Altistart 22 for standard
duty or Altistart 48 for severe duty applications.
(2) MCB selected for the motor kW and 400V supply. A GV2MEpp may be used in place of the GV2Ppp
Soft starters
Altistart 22
Section I: Soft starters for 3-phase AC motors 7.5kW to 315kW
3-phase control, full protection features built-in
Variable speed drives
Built-in bypass contacts
and soft starters
L3
W1 V2 Inside delta (6-wire) connection: The Altistart 22 can be wired
L2 ATS22pppQ
V1
M 3~
U2 inside the motor’s delta wiring. This reduces the current through
L1
U1 W2
the starter by 1/e, allowing a smaller starter to be used. There are
certain conditions for inside delta connection – please consult the
product catalogue and/or your local Schneider Electric representative.
ATS22C59Q
Notes
(1) Motor kW ratings for a 400V supply, in accordance with standard IEC/EN 60947-4-2, class 10 motor protection (standard application).
(2) IcL refers to the maximum continuous current for the starter.
(3) Includes the steady state power dissipated by the starter during bypass, the control supply and the heat sink fan (if fitted).
(4) Dimensions do not include optional heat sink fan for ATS22D17Q…C17Q starters.
(5) Models for other international supply voltages are available. Please contact your Schneider Electric representative.
Soft starters
Altistart 22 – options
Section I: Soft starters for 3-phase motors 7.5kW to 315kW
3-phase control, full protection features built-in
Variable speed drives
Built-in bypass contacts
and soft starters
Fans
Starters ATS22D17Q…C17Q (17A to 170A) can achieve a higher number of starts/hr with additional fan.
The fan is foot-print mounted underneath the starter, adding 40mm to the overall depth. It is powered
from the starter and has a noise level of less than 60dBA.
Description For starter Number of starts/hr * Reference Price $
exc. GST
VW3G22400 Without fan With fan
Heat sink fan ATS22D17Q…D47Q 6 10 VW3G22400 143.40
ATS22D62Q…D88Q 6 10 VW3G22401 149.60
ATS22C11Q…C17Q 4 10 VW3G22402 161.00
* Based on 3.5 In (350% motor current) starting current for 20 sec, S4 motor duty. For
applications requiring soft start and soft stop, divide the possible number of starts per hour by 2.
Soft starters
Altistart 22 – options
Section I: Soft starters for 3-phase motors 7.5kW to 315kW
3-phase control, full protection features built-in
Variable speed drives
Built-in bypass contacts
and soft starters
Configuration tools
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
SoMove lite setup software –
Configure, setup and monitor the starter from a PC. Free to download
USB-Modbus RJ45 cable TCSMCNAM3M002P 178.60
SoMove setup software For connecting PC USB port to the starter. 2.5m cable length
Features:
UPUMP1 >> Full colour graphical touch screen, IP65 rated >> Full suite of protection features
>> Simple one wire connection to ATS22 soft starter >> Real-time clock
>> 22mm hole mounting for touch screen >> Manual/Auto/Timed Run operating modes
>> Comprehensive fault log with time stamp >> Web ready with mobile app (1)
Soft starters
Altistart 48
Section I: Soft starters for 3-phase motors 7.5kW to 630kW.
3-phase control, full protection features built in
Variable speed drives
Standard or severe duty applications, patented torque control system
and soft starters
Altistart 48, IP20/IP00, soft start – soft stop motor starter unit
Standard or severe duty, in-line connection
3-phase supply voltage: 230…415V 50/60Hz, control supply voltage: 220…415V 50/60Hz (4)
Standard duty (1) Severe duty (2) Dimensions (3) Reference Price $
400V In 400V In exc. GST
kW A kW A (H x W x D) mm
7.5 17 5.5 12 275 x 160 x 190 ATS48D17Q 2,154.00
11 22 7.5 17 275 x 160 x 190 ATS48D22Q 2,206.00
15 32 11 22 275 x 160 x 190 ATS48D32Q 2,276.00
18.5 38 15 32 275 x 160 x 190 ATS48D38Q 2,360.00
22 47 18.5 38 275 x 160 x 190 ATS48D47Q 2,444.00
ATS48D17Q 30 62 22 47 290 x 190 x 235 ATS48D62Q 2,774.00
37 75 30 62 290 x 190 x 235 ATS48D75Q 2,910.00
45 88 37 75 290 x 190 x 235 ATS48D88Q 3,250.00
55 110 45 88 290 x 190 x 235 ATS48C11Q 3,448.00
75 140 55 110 340 x 200 x 265 ATS48C14Q 5,010.00
90 170 75 140 340 x 200 x 265 ATS48C17Q 5,360.00
110 210 90 170 380 x 320 x 265 ATS48C21Q P.O.A.
132 250 110 210 380 x 320 x 265 ATS48C25Q P.O.A.
160 320 132 250 380 x 320 x 265 ATS48C32Q P.O.A.
220 410 160 320 670 x 400 x 300 ATS48C41Q P.O.A.
250 480 220 410 670 x 400 x 300 ATS48C48Q P.O.A.
315 590 250 480 670 x 400 x 300 ATS48C59Q P.O.A.
355 660 315 590 670 x 400 x 300 ATS48C66Q P.O.A.
ATS48M12Q 400 790 355 660 890 x 770 x 315 ATS48C79Q P.O.A.
500 1000 400 790 890 x 770 x 315 ATS48M10Q P.O.A.
630 1200 500 1000 890 x 770 x 315 ATS48M12Q P.O.A.
L3
W1 V2
Inside delta (6-wire) connection: The Altistart 48 can be wired
inside the motor’s delta wiring. This reduces the current through
I
V1 U2
L2 ATS48pppQ M 3~
U1 W2
the starter by 1/√3,allowing a smaller starter to be used. There
L1
are certain conditions for inside delta connection — please
consult the product catalogue and/or your local Schneider
Electric representative.
Altistart 48, IP55 enclosed, soft start – soft stop motor starter solution
The Altistart 48 can be enclosed, along with equipment such as bypass contactor, remote display, start/
stop push buttons etc. Schneider Electric can provide basic materials and wiring diagrams, or a fully
built up or customised unit. Please contact your local Schneider Electric representative to discuss your
requirements.
Notes
1) kW ratings for a 4-pole motor with 400V supply, class 10 motor protection. 400% In for 12sec, 10 starts/hr
2) kW ratings for a 4-pole motor with 400V supply, class 20 motor protection. 400% In for 25sec, 5 starts/hr
3) Dimensions for the starter only, excluding accessories
4) Models for other international supply voltages are available. Please contact your Schneider Electric representative
Soft starters
Altistart 48 – options
Section I:
Variable speed drives
and soft starters
VW3G48101
Configuration tools
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
SoMove lite setup software –
Configure, setup and monitor the starter from a PC. Free to download
USB-Modbus RJ45 cable TCSMCNAM3M002P 178.60
SoMove setup software For connecting PC USB port to the starter. 2.5m cable length
Altivar 12
Motor Nominal Max. output Max. line Dimensions (5) Reference Price $
power (1) output current for current (3) exc. GST
current (2) 60sec (2)
kW A A A H x W x D mm
230V 1-ph supply, 50/60Hz, integrated EMC filter (4), IP20
0.18 1.4 2.1 2.8 143 x 72 x 103 ATV12H018M2 397.50
0.37 2.4 3.6 4.9 143 x 72 x 122 ATV12H037M2 435.00
0.55 3.5 5.3 6.7 143 x 72 x 132 ATV12H055M2 476.50
ATV12H037M2 0.75 4.2 6.3 8.5 143 x 72 x 132 ATV12H075M2 517.00
1.5 7.5 11.2 14.9 143 x 105 x 157 ATV12HU15M2 699.95
2.2 10 15 20.2 143 x 105 x 157 ATV12HU22M2 853.00 I
Models also available:
> 1-ph supply: 100...120V, 3-ph 230V 0.18…0.75kW
> 3-ph supply: 200...240V, 0.18…4kW
> Version for baseplate mounting: 0.18...4kW
Accessories
Description For drives Reference Price $
ATV12HU22M2 kW ATV12H... exc. GST
DIN rail mounting plate 0.18…0.75 075M2…H075M2 VW3A9804 92.60
Mounts on a 35mm rail 1.5, 2.2 U15M2, HU22M2 VW3A9805 124.20
EMC kit 0.18…0.75 075M2…H075M2 VW3A9523 32.85
Includes EMC plate and clamps 1.5, 2.2 U15M2, HU22M2 VW3A9524 32.85
Remote speed potentiometer SZ1RV1202 85.95
2.2kΩ, with dial and knob
Remote control station 0302T 231.00
Enclosure with I/O/II switch and speed dial
Notes
(1) Typical ratings for a standard AC 3-phase 4-pole motor, 230V supply, at nominal switching frequency, for an ambient temperature of up to
50˚C.
(2) Maximum continuous output current for a nominal switching frequency of 4kHz. Typical overload of 150% nominal output current for 60sec.
(3) Typical line current at nominal output current, from a 240V supply with a max. prospective line Isc of 1kA.
(4) Integrated EMC filter for IEC/EN61800-3 category C1 (residential). Additional EMC filters for extended motor cable lengths, and an EMC plate
kit are available.
(5) Dimensions for drive only, excluding EMC plate and accessories.
Configuration tools
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
SoMove lite software –
Free to download from our website
USB-Modbus RJ45 cable TCSMCNAM3M002P 178.60
SoMove software Connects PC USB port to the drive, 2.5m
Modbus-Bluetooth® adaptor TCSWAAC13FB 300.50
Provides Bluetooth® wireless interface at the drive
USB-Bluetooth® adaptor for PC VW3A8115 198.80
Bluetooth® wireless interface from USB port. Range 10m, class 2
Simple Loader tool VW3A8120 207.00
Duplicates configurations from one drive to another
Multi-Loader tool VW3A8121 795.00
Upload/download drive configurations to/from drives and a PC.
ATV12 drives do not have to be powered
Altivar 12 configured in packaging
with Multi-loader tool Multi-Loader cable VW3A8126 71.70
Cable with non-locking connector to connect Multi-loader to ATV12
drive still in its packaging
Replacement fan
Description For drives Reference Price $
kW ATV12H... exc. GST
ATV12H075M2 with additional EMC
Replacement fan 1.5, 2.2 U15M2, U22M2 VZ3V1301 P.O.A.
filter and EMC conformity kit
I
Altivar 212 variable speed drives for HVAC*
Every aspect of the Altivar 212 range of variable speed drives has been designed to optimise the
performance of pump and fan motors in the buildings environment!
>> Embedded BMS (building management system) communication protocols allow access to control,
status, and monitoring information
>> Anti-harmonic technology (THDi ~30%) reduces RMS current draw while improving efficiency and
extending equipment life
>> Built in HVAC functions including PID controller, fire mode, damper control, sleep/wakeup, skip
frequencies etc
>> IP21 and IP55 versions available, both with conformal coating to resist harsh environmental
conditions
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative to discuss your HVAC application today.
Notes
*Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning. Altivar 212 has been specifically designed for use in heating, ventilation and pumping applications in
buildings. It is not intended for use in industrial or infrastructure applications or environments.
Altivar 312
Motor Nominal Max. output Max. line Max. line Frame Reference Price $
power (1) output current for current (3) Isc size exc. GST
current (2) 60sec (2) (4)
kW A A A kA
230V 1-ph supply, 50/60Hz, integrated EMC filter (5), IP21
0.18 1.5 2.3 2.5 1 1 ATV312H018M2 553.00
0.37 3.3 5 4.4 1 1 ATV312H037M2 605.00
0.55 3.7 5.6 5.8 1 2 ATV312H055M2 661.00
0.75 4.8 7.2 7.5 1 2 ATV312H075M2 783.00
1.1 6.9 10.4 10.2 1 3 ATV312HU11M2 886.00
ATV312H075M2 1.5 8 12 13.3 1 3 ATV312HU15M2 986.00
2.2 11 16.5 18.4 1 4 ATV312HU22M2 1,228.00
400V 3-ph supply, 50/60Hz, integrated EMC filter (5), IP21
0.37 1.5 2.3 2.2 5 3 ATV312H037N4 866.00
0.55 1.9 2.9 2.8 5 3 ATV312H055N4 944.00
0.75 2.3 3.5 3.6 5 3 ATV312H075N4 1,056.00
1.1 3 4.5 4.9 5 3 ATV312HU11N4 1,202.00
1.5 4.1 6.2 6.4 5 3 ATV312HU15N4 1,299.90
2.2 5.5 8.3 8.9 5 4 ATV312HU22N4 1,388.00
3 7.1 10.7 10.9 5 4 ATV312HU30N4 1,522.00
4 9.5 14.3 13.9 5 4 ATV312HU40N4 1,760.00
5.5 14.3 21.5 21.9 22 5 ATV312HU55N4 2,144.00
7.5 17 25.5 27.7 22 5 ATV312HU75N4 2,650.00
11 27.7 41.6 37.2 22 6 ATV312HD11N4 3,582.00
ATV312HU75N4 15 33 49.5 48.2 22 6 ATV312HD15N4 4,482.00
Notes
(1) Typical ratings for a standard 3-phase AC 4-pole motor, 230V or 400V supply, at nominal switching frequency, for an ambient temperature of
up to 50°C.
(2) Maximum continuous output current for a nominal switching frequency of 4kHz. Typical overload of 150% nominal output current for 60sec.
(3) For a 240V or 400V supply, without additional line choke, for a supply with the maximum prospective line Isc.
(4) If the line Isc is greater than the max. line Isc for the drive, add a line choke.
(5) Integrated EMC filter for IEC/EN61800-3 category C2 (residential) for 230V drives up to 1.5kW and 400V drives up to 4kW. Category C3
(industrial) for larger sizes. Additional EMC filters for category C1 are available.
(6) Dimensions for drive only, excluding EMC plate and accessories. Weights are for the largest drive for the frame size.
Accessories
Description Supply Voltage For drives Reference Price $
kW ATV312H.... exc. GST
DIN rail plate 230V 1-ph 0.18…0.75 018M2…075M2 VW3A9804 92.60
For 35mm rail 1.1, 1.5 U11M2, U15M2 VW3A9805 124.20
400V 3-ph 0.37…1.5 037N4…U15N4 VW3A9805 124.20
Terminal box kit 230V 1-ph 0.18…0.75 018M2…075M2 VW3A31812 124.80
IP21, cable entry via 1.1, 1.5 U11M2, U15M2 VW3A31814 135.20
glands 2.2 U22M2 VW3A31815 147.60
400V 3-ph 0.37…1.5 037N4…U15N4 VW3A31814 135.20
ATV312HU15N4 with 2.2…4 U22N4…U40N4 VW3A31815 147.60
VW3A32814 kit installed 5.5, 7.5 U55N4, U75N4 VW3A31816 150.60
11, 15 D11N4, D15N4 VW3A31817 172.40
Remote speed potentiometer SZ1RV1202 85.95
2.2kΩ, with dial and knob
Remote control station 0302T 231.00
Enclosure with I/O/II switch and speed dial
1 Configuration tools
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
SoMove lite software –
3
Free to download from our website
USB-Modbus RJ45 cable TCSMCNAM3M002P 178.60
Connects PC USB port to the drive, 2.5m
Modbus-Bluetooth® adaptor TCSWAAC13FB 300.50
Components for portable Provides Bluetooth® wireless interface at the drive
use of graphic terminal
USB-Bluetooth® adaptor for PC VW3A8115 198.80
Bluetooth® wireless interface from USB port. Range 10m, class 2
Simple Loader tool VW3A8120 207.00
Duplicates configurations from one drive to another
Multi-Loader tool VW3A8121 795.00
Upload/download drive configurations to/from drives and a PC
Communication options
Communication cards replace the factory I/O card. Communication gateways connect the ATV312
to other networks via the Modbus interface. See product catalogue for accessories such as cables,
connectors etc.
Description Connector Reference Price $
exc. GST
CANopen daisy-chain card 2x RJ45 VW3A31208 143.40
DeviceNet card Terminals VW3A31209 445.50
PROFIBUS DP card Terminals VW3A31207 445.50
Communication card
Ethernet TCP/Modbus RS485 gateway RJ45 / Terminals TSXETG100 988.00
Braking resistor
For applications requiring rapid deceleration, controlled stopping of high inertia or vertical loads.
Resistors are IP20 and have an integrated thermal protection switch. Average power available at 40°C.
Refer to the product catalogue.
Description Supply For drives Resistor Reference Price $
Voltage kW ATV312H... size exc. GST
TSXETG100 Braking resistor 230V 1-ph 0.18…1.5 018M2…U15M2 100Ω, 58W VW3A7701 229.00
2.2 U22M2 60Ω, 115W VW3A7702 267.50
400V 3-ph 0.37…4 037N4…U40N4 100Ω, 58W VW3A7701 229.00
5.5, 7.5 U55N4, U75N4 60Ω, 115W VW3A7702 267.50
11, 15 D11N4, D15N4 28Ω, 230W VW3A7703 422.50
Line choke
VW3A31401 Reduces harmonics and RMS line current, helps protect drive from line disturbances. Recommended
when the supply Isc is greater than the drive maximum Isc. Refer to product catalogue.
Description Supply For drives Reference Price $
Voltage kW ATV312H... exc. GST
Line choke 230V 1-ph 0.18…0.37 018M2…037M2 VZ1L004M010 254.00
IP00 0.55, 0.75 055M2, 075M2 VZ1L007UM50 301.50
1.1, 2.2 U11M2, U22M2 VZ1L018UM20 317.00
400V 3-ph 0.37…1.5 037N4…U15N4 VW3A4551 307.50
2.2…4 U22N4…U40N4 VW3A4552 404.00
5.5, 7.5 U55N4, U75N4 VW3A4553 466.00
11, 15 D11N4, D15N4 VW3A4554 522.00
Output filters
Limits dV/dt and peak voltage at the motor terminals for screened motor cables up to 50m. Helps protect
motor insulation. Refer to product catalogue.
Replacement fans
Description Supply Voltage For drives Reference Price $
kW ATV312H... exc. GST
Replacement fan 230V 1-ph 1.1, 1.5 U11M2, U15M2 VZ3V3101 P.O.A.
2.2 U22M2 VZ3V3102 P.O.A.
400V 3-ph 0.37…1.5 037N4…U15N4 VZ3V3101 P.O.A.
2.2…4 U22N4…U40N4 VZ3V3102 P.O.A. I
5.5, 7.5 U55N4, U75N4 VZ3V3103 P.O.A.
11, 15 D11N4, D15N4 VZ3V3104 P.O.A.
Altivar 31 IP55
Motor Nominal Max. Max. line Max. line Frame size Reference (5) Price $
power output output current (3) Isc (4) exc. GST
(1) current for
current (2)
60sec (2)
kW A A A kA
230V 1-ph supply, 50/60Hz, integrated EMC filter (5), IP55
0.18 1.5 2.3 2.5 1 1 ATV31C018M2 629.95
0.37 3.3 5 4.4 1 1 ATV31C037M2 689.95
0.55 3.7 5.6 5.8 1 1 ATV31C055M2 752.00
ATV31C075M2 0.75 4.8 7.2 7.5 1 1 ATV31C075M2 893.00
1.1 6.9 10.4 10.2 1 2 ATV31CU11M2 1,012.00
1.5 8 12 13.3 1 2 ATV31CU15M2 1,124.00
2.2 11 16.5 18.4 1 3 ATV31CU22M2 1,398.00
400V 3-ph supply, 50/60Hz, integrated EMC filter (5), IP55
0.37 1.5 2.3 2.2 5 2 ATV31C037N4 963.00
0.55 1.9 2.9 2.8 5 2 ATV31C055N4 1,052.00
0.75 2.3 3.5 3.6 5 2 ATV31C075N4 1,176.00
1.1 3 4.5 4.9 5 2 ATV31CU11N4 1,330.00
1.5 4.1 6.2 6.4 5 2 ATV31CU15N4 1,444.00
2.2 5.5 8.3 8.9 5 3 ATV31CU22N4 1,584.00
3 7.1 10.7 10.9 5 3 ATV31CU30N4 1,766.00
4 9.5 14.3 13.9 5 3 ATV31CU40N4 2,174.00
ATV31CD15N4 5.5 14.3 21.5 21.9 22 4 ATV31CU55N4 2,754.00
7.5 17 25.5 27.7 22 4 ATV31CU75N4 3,406.00
11 27.7 41.6 37.2 22 5 ATV31CD11N4 4,234.00
15 33 49.5 48.2 22 5 ATV31CD15N4 5,305.00
Notes
(1) Typical ratings for a standard 3-phase AC 4-pole motor, 230V or 400V supply, at nominal switching frequency, for an ambient temperature of
up to 40˚C.
(2) Maximum continuous output current for a nominal switching frequency of 4kHz. Typical overload of 150% nominal output current for 60sec.
(3) For a 240V or 400V supply, without additional line choke, for a supply with the maximum prospective line Isc.
(4) If the line Isc is greater than the max. line Isc for the drive, add a line choke.
(5) Integrated EMC filter for IEC/EN61800-3 category C2 (residential) for 230V drives up to 1.5kW and 400V drives up to 4kW. Category C3
(industrial) for larger sizes. Additional EMC filters for category C1 are available.
(6) Dimensions for the drive only, excluding accessories. Weights are for the drive largest drive in the frame size.
Altivar 32
Motor Nominal Max. Line Max. line Frame Reference Price $
power (1) output output current (3) Isc size exc. GST
current for
current (2) (4)
60sec (2)
kW A A A kA
230V 1-ph supply, 50/60Hz, integrated EMC filter (5), IP20
0.18 1.5 2.3 2.8 1 1 ATV32H018M2 613.00
0.37 3.3 5 5 1 1 ATV32H037M2 671.00
ATV32HU15N4 ATV32HU22N4 0.55 3.7 5.6 6.7 1 1 ATV32H055M2 733.00
0.75 4.8 7.2 8.5 1 1 ATV32H075M2 847.00
1.1 6.9 10.4 11.5 1 2 ATV32HU11M2 959.00
1.5
2.2
8
11
12
16.5
14.8
20.1
1
1
2
2
ATV32HU15M2
ATV32HU22M2
1,068.00
1,330.00
I
400V 3-ph supply, 50/60Hz, integrated EMC filter (5), IP20
0.37 1.5 2.3 2.1 5 1 ATV32H037N4 936.00
0.55 1.9 2.9 2.8 5 1 ATV32H055N4 1,024.00
0.75 2.3 3.5 3.6 5 1 ATV32H075N4 1,144.00
1.1 3 4.5 5 5 1 ATV32HU11N4 1,299.90
1.5 4.1 6.2 6.5 5 1 ATV32HU15N4 1,404.00
ATV32HU55N4
2.2 5.5 8.3 8.7 5 2 ATV32HU22N4 1,544.00
3 7.1 10.7 11.1 5 2 ATV32HU30N4 1,694.00
4 9.5 14.3 13.7 5 2 ATV32HU40N4 1,958.00
5.5 14.3 21.5 20.7 22 3 ATV32HU55N4 2,206.00
7.5 17 25.5 26.5 22 3 ATV32HU75N4 2,734.00
11 27.7 41.6 36.6 22 4 ATV32HD11N4 3,416.00
15 33 49.5 47.3 22 4 ATV32HD15N4 4,286.00
Notes
(1) Typical ratings for a standard 3-phase AC 4-pole motor, 230V or 400V supply, at nominal switching frequency, for an ambient temperature of
up to 50°C.
(2) Maximum continuous output current for a nominal switching frequency of 4kHz. Typical overload of 150% nominal output current for 60sec.
(3) For a 240V or 400V supply, without additional line choke, for a supply with the maximum prospective line Isc.
(4) If the line Isc is greater than the max. line Isc for the drive, add a line choke.
(5) Integrated category C2 (residential) EMC filter according to IEC/EN61800-3 in the 1st environment. Addtional EMC filters for category C1 are
available.
(6) Dimensions for drive only, excluding EMC plate for ATV32HU55N4…D15N4. Weights are for the largest drive in the frame size.
Accessories
Description For drive Min. Reference Price $
order qty exc. GST
ATV32H...
Circuit breaker bracket 018M2...U22M2 10 VW3A9921 8.28
For direct mounting a GV2 breaker on an ATV32 037N4...U40N4
drive. Sold in lots of 10. Requires a GV2AF4 for
electrical connection
Circuit breaker adaptor 018M2...U22M2 - GV2AF4 15.05
Several ATV32 drives with GV2 Electrical adaptor for direct mounting of GV2 037N4...U40N4
circuit breakers directly mounted breaker on the ATV32 drive
Control module 90° adaptor 018M2...U22M2 - VW3A9920 82.80
Mounts the control module at 90° to the power 037N4...U40N4
section, for side-mounting of the drive in a
shallow enclosure
Remote control station - 0302T 231.00
Enclosure with I/O/II switch and speed dial
Configuration tools
1
5 Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
3 SoMove lite software –
Free to download
USB-Modbus RJ45 cable TCSMCNAM3M002P 178.60
Components for panel mounting Connects PC USB port to the drive, 2.5m
of graphic terminal USB-Bluetooth® adaptor for PC TCSWAAC13FB 300.50
Bluetooth® wireless interface from USB port. Range 10m, class 2
Simple Loader configuration tool VW3A8120 207.00
Duplicates configurations from one drive to another
Multi-loader configuration tool VW3A8121 795.00
Upload/download drive configurations to/from drives
and a PC. ATV32 drives do not have to be powered
Multi-loader connection cable VW3A8126 71.70
Cable with non-locking connector to connect Multi-loader
to ATV32 drive still in its packaging
Download the configuration to the
ATV32, even in its packaging
Communication cards
Altivar 32 drives have Modbus and CANopen interfaces as standard, available on the single RJ45 port
on the front. One additional communication card can be installed. For simultaneous use of Modbus and
CANopen, a CANopen communication card is required. See the product catalogue for communication
accessories such as cables, connectors etc.
Braking resistor
For applications requiring rapid deceleration, controlled stopping of high inertia or vertical loads.
Resistors are IP20 and have an integrated thermal protection switch. Average power available at 50°C.
Refer to the product catalogue.
Line choke
Reduces harmonics and RMS line current, helps protect drive from line disturbances. Recommended
when the supply Isc is greater than the maximum Isc of the drive. Refer to product catalogue.
Output filters
Limits dV/dt and peak voltage at the motor terminals for screened motor cables up to 100m. Helps
protect motor insulation for non-inverter rated motors. Refer to product catalogue.
Description Supply Voltage For drives Reference Price $
kW ATV32H... exc. GST
Motor dV/dt 230V 1-ph 2.2 U22M2 VW3A4553 466.00
choke 400V 3-ph 2.2…4 U22N4…U40N4 VW3A4552 404.00
IP20 5.5 U55N4 VW3A4553 466.00
VW3A4551 7.5, 11 U75N4, D11N4 VW3A4554 522.00
15 D15N4 VW3A4555 878.00
Replacement fans
Description Supply Voltage For drives Reference Price $
kW ATV32H... exc. GST
Replacement fan 230V 1-ph 0.18...0.75 018M2...075M2 VZ3V32A100 P.O.A.
1.1...2.2 U11M2...U22M2 VZ3V32B100 P.O.A.
400V 3-ph 0.37…1.5 037N4…U15N4 VZ3V32A100 P.O.A.
2.2…4 U22N4…U40N4 VZ3V32B100 P.O.A.
5.5, 7.5 U55N4, U75N4 VZ3V32C100 P.O.A.
11, 15 D11N4, D15N4 VZ3V32D100 P.O.A.
Altivar 61 IP20
3-phase supply: 380…480V 50/60Hz, integrated EMC filter (6)
Motor Altivar 61
Motor Nominal Max. output Line Apparent Max. Frame Reference (4) Price $
power (1) output current for current power line size exc. GST
current (2) 60s (2) (3) Isc
kW A A A kVA kA
0.75 2.3 2.7 3.7 2.4 5 1 ATV61H075N4S337 1,388.00
ATV61HU22N4S337 1.5 4.1 4.9 5.8 3.8 5 1 ATV61HU15N4S337 1,642.00
2.2 5.8 6.9 8.2 5.4 5 1 ATV61HU22N4S337 1,988.00
3 7.8 9.3 10.7 7 5 2 ATV61HU30N4S337 2,174.00
4 10.5 12.6 14.1 9.3 5 2 ATV61HU40N4S337 2,516.00
5.5 14.3 17.1 20.3 13.4 22 3 ATV61HU55N4S337 3,158.00
7.5 17.6 21.1 27 17.8 22 3 ATV61HU75N4S337 3,892.00
11 27.7 33.2 36.6 24.1 22 4 ATV61HD11N4S337 4,596.00
15 33 39.6 48 31.6 22 5 ATV61HD15N4S337 5,460.00
18.5 41 49.2 45.5 29.9 22 5 ATV61HD18N4S337 P.O.A.
22 48 57.6 50 32.9 22 6 ATV61HD22N4S337 P.O.A.
30 66 79.2 66 43.4 22 7 ATV61HD30N4S337 P.O.A.
37 79 94.8 84 55.3 22 7 ATV61HD37N4S337 P.O.A.
45 94 113 104 68.5 22 8 ATV61HD45N4S337 P.O.A.
ATV61HD55N4S337 55 116 139 120 79 22 8 ATV61HD55N4S337 P.O.A.
75 160 192 167 110 22 8 ATV61HD75N4S337 P.O.A.
90 179 215 166 109 35 9 ATV61HD90N4 (5) P.O.A.
I
110 215 258 202 133 35 9 ATV61HC11N4 (5) P.O.A.
132 259 311 239 157 35 10 ATV61HC13N4 (5) P.O.A.
160 314 377 289 190 50 11 ATV61HC16N4 (5) P.O.A.
200 427 512 357 235 50 12 ATV61HC22N4 (5) P.O.A.
220 396 261
250 481 577 444 292 50 13 ATV61HC25N4 (5) P.O.A.
280 616 739 494 325 50 13 ATV61HC31N4 (5) P.O.A.
315 555 365
355 759 911 637 419 50 14 ATV61HC40N4 (5) P.O.A.
400 709 467
500 941 1129 876 577 50 14 ATV61HC50N4 (5) P.O.A.
ATV61HC25N4 560 1188 1426 978 644 50 15 ATV61HC63N4 (5) P.O.A.
630 1091 718
Models also available:
>> 1-ph supply 200…240V, 0.37…5.5kW
>> 3-ph supply 200…240V, 0.75…90kW
>> 3-ph supply: 500…690V, 2.2…800kW
Notes
(1) Typical ratings for a standard AC 3-phase 4-pole motor, 400V supply, at nominal switching frequency, for an ambient temperature of up to 50°C.
(2) Maximum continuous output current at nominal switching frequency. Typical overload of 120% nominal output current for 60sec.
(3) Typical line current at nominal output current, from a 400V supply with the max. prospective line Isc, without any additional harmonic mitigation options.
(4) The suffix S337 denotes conformal coating to IEC60721-3-3 class 3C2, with class 3C3 for H2S. This feature is standard for drives
ATV61HD90N4…C63N4.
(5) ATV61HD90N4..C63N4 drives are IP00 and supplied without EMC plate. Optional IP31 kit includes EMC plate and cable clamps.
(6) Integrated EMC filter for IEC/EN61800-3 category C2 (residential) for drives up to 4kW (16A). Category C3 (industrial) for all larger sizes.
See additional EMC filter for C1 (residential).
Altivar 61 IP54
3-phase supply: 380…480V 50/60Hz, integrated EMC filter (5)
Motor Altivar 61
Motor Nominal Max. output Line Apparent Max. line Frame Reference (4) Price $
power output current for current power Isc size exc. GST
(1) current (2) 60s (2) (3)
kW A A A kVA kA
Wall mounted
ATV61WD11N4A24
0.75 2.3 2.5 1.8 1.2 5 1 ATV61W075N4A24 1,972.00
1.5 4.1 4.5 3.5 2.3 5 1 ATV61WU15N4A24 2,164.00
2.2 5.1 5.6 5 3.3 5 1 ATV61WU22N4A24 2,382.00
3 7.2 7.9 6.7 4.4 5 1 ATV61WU30N4A24 2,724.00
4 9.1 10 8.8 5.8 5 2 ATV61WU40N4A24 3,272.00
5.5 12 13.2 11.4 7.5 22 2 ATV61WU55N4A24 3,924.00
7.5 16 17.6 15.8 10.4 22 3 ATV61WU75N4A24 4,668.00
11 22.5 24.7 21.9 14.4 22 3 ATV61WD11N4A24 5,515.00
15 30.5 33.5 30.5 20 22 4 ATV61WD15N4A24 6,575.00
18.5 37 40.7 37.5 24.7 22 5 ATV61WD18N4A24 P.O.A.
22 43.5 47.8 43.6 28.7 22 5 ATV61WD22N4A24 P.O.A.
30 58.5 64.3 56.7 37.3 22 6 ATV61WD30N4A24 P.O.A.
ATV61WC16N4A24 37 71.5 78.6 69.5 45.7 22 7 ATV61WD37N4A24 P.O.A.
45 85 93.5 85.1 56 22 7 ATV61WD45N4A24 P.O.A.
55 103 113 105 69 35 8 ATV61WD55N4A24 P.O.A.
75 137 151 140 92.3 35 8 ATV61WD75N4A24 P.O.A.
90 163 179 172 113 35 8 ATV61WD90N4A24 P.O.A.
Floor mounted
110 215 258 202 133 35 9 ATV61WC11N4A24 P.O.A.
132 259 311 239 157 35 9 ATV61WC13N4A24 P.O.A.
160 314 377 289 190 50 9 ATV61WC16N4A24 P.O.A.
200 427 512 357 235 50 9 ATV61WC22N4A24 P.O.A.
220 396 261
250 481 577 444 292 50 10 ATV61WC25N4A24 P.O.A.
280 616 739 494 325 50 10 ATV61WC31N4A24 P.O.A.
ATV61WC16N4A24 with door 315 555 365
open. Note: air to air heat 355 759 911 637 419 50 11 ATV61WC40N4A24 P.O.A.
exchanger in door 400 709 467
500 941 1129 876 577 50 11 ATV61WC50N4A24 P.O.A.
560 1188 1426 978 644 50 12 ATV61WC63N4A24 P.O.A.
630 1091 718
Models also available:
>> Altivar 61 IP54, 3-ph supply: 380…480V, 0.75…90kW with integrated C1 EMC filter
>> Altivar 61 Plus engineered drives IP23, IP54, 3-ph supply: 380…690V, 90…2400kW
>> Altivar 61 Plus Low Harmonic drives, IP23, IP54, 3-ph supply: 380…690V, 55…2400kW
Notes
(1) Typical ratings for a standard AC 3-phase 4-pole motor, 400V supply, at nominal switching frequency, for an ambient temperature of up to
40°C.
(2) Maximum continuous output current at nominal switching frequency. Typical overload of 110% nominal output current for 60sec for drives up
to 90kW, 120% for 60sec for drives larger than 90kW.
(3) Typical line current at nominal output current, from a 400V supply with the max. prospective line Isc, without any additional harmonic
mitigation options.
(4) The suffix 'A24' denotes conformal coating to IEC60721-3-3 class 3C2, with class 3C3 for H2S, and an additional auxiliary 24VDC 250mA
power supply. DC chokes integrated as standard across the range.
(5) Integrated EMC filter for IEC/EN61800-3 category C2 (residential) for drives up to 90kW. Category C3 (industrial) for all larger sizes. Drives 0.75
to 90kW are available in a version with integrated category C1 (residential) EMC filter, replace 'A24' in the reference with 'C' when ordering.
(6) Weights are for the largest unit in the frame size.
Altivar 71 IP20
3-phase supply: 380…480V 50/60Hz, integrated EMC filter (6)
Motor Altivar 71
Motor Nominal Max. output Line Apparent Frame Reference (4) Price $
power output current (2) current power size exc. GST
(1) current (2) For 60s For 2s (3)
kW A A A A kVA
ATV71H075N4S337 0.75 2.3 3.5 3.8 3.7 2.4 1 ATV71H075N4S337 1,642.00
1.5 4.1 6.2 6.8 5.8 3.8 1 ATV71HU15N4S337 1,988.00
2.2 5.8 8.7 9.6 8.2 5.4 1 ATV71HU22N4S337 2,174.00
3 7.8 11.7 12.9 10.7 7 2 ATV71HU30N4S337 2,516.00
4 10.5 15.8 17.3 14.1 9.3 2 ATV71HU40N4S337 3,158.00
5.5 14.3 21.5 23.6 20.3 13.4 3 ATV71HU55N4S337 3,892.00
7.5 17.6 26.4 29 27 17.8 3 ATV71HU75N4S337 4,596.00
11 27.7 41.6 45.7 36.6 24.1 4 ATV71HD11N4S337 5,460.00
15 33 49.5 54.5 48 31.6 5 ATV71HD15N4S337 6,495.00
18.5 41 61.5 67.7 45.5 29.9 5 ATV71HD18N4S337 P.O.A.
ATV71HU55N4S337
22 48 72 79.2 50 32.9 6 ATV71HD22N4S337 P.O.A.
30 66 99 109 66 43.4 7 ATV71HD30N4S337 P.O.A.
37 79 119 130 84 55.3 7 ATV71HD37N4S337 P.O.A.
45 94 141 155 104 68.5 8 ATV71HD45N4S337 P.O.A.
55 116 174 191 120 79 8 ATV71HD55N4S337 P.O.A.
75 160 240 264 167 110 8 ATV71HD75N4S337 P.O.A.
90 179 269 295 166 109 9 ATV71HD90N4 (5) P.O.A.
I
110 215 323 355 202 133 10 ATV71HC11N4 (5) P.O.A.
132 259 388 427 239 157 11 ATV71HC13N4 (5) P.O.A.
160 314 471 518 289 190 12 ATV71HC16N4 (5) P.O.A.
200 387 580 638 357 235 13 ATV71HC20N4 (5) P.O.A.
220 481 721 793 396 261 13 ATV71HC25N4 (5) P.O.A.
250 444 292
280 550 825 907 494 325 13 ATV71HC28N4 (5) P.O.A.
315 616 924 1016 555 365 14 ATV71HC31N4 (5) P.O.A.
ATV71HD37N4S337 355 759 1138 1252 637 419 14 ATV71HC40N4 (5) P.O.A.
400 709 467
500 941 1411 1552 876 577 15 ATV71HC50N4 (5) P.O.A.
Models also available:
>> 1-ph supply: 200…240V, 0.37…5.5kW
>> 3-ph supply: 200…240V, 0.75…75kW
>> 3-ph supply: 500…690V, 1.5…630kW
Notes
(1) Typical ratings for a standard AC 3-phase 4-pole motor, 400V supply, at nominal switching frequency, for an ambient temperature of up to 50°C.
(2) Maximum continuous output current at nominal switching frequency. Typical overload of 150% nominal output current for 60sec, 165% for 2sec.
(3) Typical line current at nominal output current, from a 400V supply with the max. prospective line Isc, without any additional harmonic mitigation options.
(4) The suffix 'S337' denotes conformal coating to IEC60721-3-3 class 3C2, with class 3C3 for H2S. This feature is standard for drives
ATV71HD90N4…C50N4.
(5) ATV71HD90N4..C50N4 drives are IP00 and supplied without EMC plate. Optional IP31 kit includes EMC plate and cable clamps.
(6) Integrated EMC filter for IEC/EN61800-3 category C2 (residential) for drives up to 4kW (16A). Category C3 (industrial) for all larger sizes. See
additional EMC filter for C1 (residential).
Altivar 71 IP54
3-phase supply: 380…480V 50/60Hz, integrated EMC filter (5)
Motor Altivar 71
Motor Nominal Max. output Line Apparent Frame Reference (4) Price $
power output current (2) current (3) power size exc. GST
(1) current (2) For 60s For 2s
kW A A A A kVA
Wall mounted
0.75 2.3 3.5 3.8 3.7 2.4 1 ATV71W075N4A24 2,082.00
1.5 4.1 6.2 6.8 5.8 3.8 1 ATV71WU15N4A24 2,444.00
ATV71WD55N4A24 2.2 5.8 8.7 9.6 8.2 5.4 1 ATV71WU22N4A24 2,672.00
3 7.8 11.7 12.9 10.7 7 2 ATV71WU30N4A24 3,096.00
4 10.5 15.8 17.3 14.1 9.3 2 ATV71WU40N4A24 3,790.00
5.5 14.3 21.5 23.6 20.3 13.4 3 ATV71WU55N4A24 4,668.00
7.5 17.6 26.4 29 27 17.8 3 ATV71WU75N4A24 5,515.00
11 27.7 41.6 45.7 36.6 24.1 4 ATV71WD11N4A24 6,575.00
15 33 49.5 54.5 48 31.6 5 ATV71WD15N4A24 8,050.00
18.5 41 61.5 67.7 45.5 29.9 5 ATV71WD18N4A24 P.O.A.
22 48 72 79.2 50 32.9 6 ATV71WD22N4A24 P.O.A.
30 66 99 109 66 43.4 7 ATV71WD30N4A24 P.O.A.
37 79 119 130 84 55.3 7 ATV71WD37N4A24 P.O.A.
45 94 141 155 104 68.5 8 ATV71WD45N4A24 P.O.A.
55 116 174 191 120 79 8 ATV71WD55N4A24 P.O.A.
75 160 240 264 167 110 8 ATV71WD75N4A24 P.O.A.
Floor mounted
90 179 269 295 166 109 9 ATV71WD90N4A24 P.O.A.
110 215 323 355 202 133 9 ATV71WC11N4A24 P.O.A.
132 259 388 427 239 157 9 ATV71WC13N4A24 P.O.A.
160 314 471 518 289 190 9 ATV71WC16N4A24 P.O.A.
200 387 580 638 357 235 10 ATV71WC20N4A24 P.O.A.
220 481 721 793 396 261 10 ATV71WC25N4A24 P.O.A.
250 444 292
ATV71WC16N4A24
280 550 825 907 494 325 10 ATV71WC28N4A24 P.O.A.
315 616 924 1016 555 365 11 ATV71WC31N4A24 P.O.A.
355 759 1138 1252 637 419 11 ATV71WC40N4A24 P.O.A.
400 709 467
500 941 1411 1552 876 577 12 ATV71WC50N4A24 P.O.A.
Models also available:
>> Altivar 71 Plus engineered drives IP23, IP54, 3-ph supply: 380…690V, 90…2000kW
>> Altivar 71 Plus Low Harmonic / Regenerative drives, IP23, IP54, 3-ph supply 380…690V, 75…2000kW
Notes
(1 Typical ratings for a standard AC 3-phase 4-pole motor, 400V supply, at nominal switching frequency, for an ambient temperature of up to 40ºC.
(2) Maximum continuous output current at nominal switching frequency. Typical overload of 150% nominal output current for 60sec, 165% for 2sec.
(3) Typical line current at nominal output current, from a 400V supply with the max. prospective line Isc, without any additional harmonic mitigation options.
(4) The suffix 'A24' denotes conformal coating to IEC60721-3-3 class 3C2, with class 3C3 for H2S, and an additional auxiliary 24VDC 250mA
power supply. ATV71WC90N4…C63N4 drives include a DC choke as standard.
(5) Integrated EMC filter for IEC/EN61800-3 category C2 (residential) for drives up to 4kW (16A). Category C3 (industrial) for all larger sizes. See
additional EMC filter for C1 (residential).
Notes
(1) Dimensions for the drive only, excluding EMC plate, IP21/31 kit, and other accessories. Weights are for the largest drive in the frame size.
(2) Dimensions for the drive only. Weights are for the largest drive in the frame size.
(3) To be ordered separately. Refer to IP21/IP31 kit option.
(4) Use VW3A9114 if installing with braking unit.
Mounting accessories
Provides flexibility in how IP20/IP00 drives are installed, for example on a wall inside an MCC.
Configuration tools
A variety of tools to allow the user to set up, configure and monitor the drive quickly, easily and in total
comfort.
Dynamic braking
From simple braking resistors through to AFE (Active Front End), we have a solution for every
regenerative or controlled braking application.
Output filters
The Altivar 61 and 71 drives are designed to operate with most standard industrial AC motors. A
software function to limit over-voltages at the motor terminals is included as standard. Depending on the
Additional EMC/RFI Input Filter application, cable length and type of motor used, it may be necessary to install output filters:
Motor Choke Filter – limits dV/dt and over-voltages, helping to prevent ‘1st-turn winding failures’ in non-
inverter rated motors
Sinus Filter – an LC filter ensuring a near sinusoidal waveform at the motor, with the possibility to run
very long or unscreened cables. dV/dt and peak voltage issues are eliminated.
Safety systems
Altivar 61 and 71 drives feature a ‘Power Removal’ safety function as standard. This enables the drive
to easily integrate into EN 954-1 category 3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2 safety systems without the need for
expensive redundant contactors to the motor.
Please refer to the Altivar 61 or Altivar 71 catalogue, refer to our website or contact your
Schneider Electric sales representative for information and selection assistance.
I30
Contents (HOME)
Notes
(1) Use VW3A9114 if installing with braking unit.
(2) Use VW3A9515 if installing with braking unit.
Configuration tools
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
SoMove software –
Free to download
USB-Modbus RJ45 cable TCSMCNAM3M002P 178.60
Connects PC USB port to the drive, 2.5m
Modbus-Bluetooth® adaptor TCSWAAC13FB 300.50
SoMove configuration
Provides Bluetooth® wireless interface at the drive
software
USB-Bluetooth® adaptor for PC VW3A8115 198.80
Bluetooth® wireless interface from USB port.
Range 10m, class 2
Simple Loader configuration tool VW3A8120 207.00
Duplicates configurations from one drive to another
Multi-Loader configuration tool VW3A8121 795.00
Upload/download drive configurations to/from drives
and a PC
Download configuration
with Multi-Loader
(2)
(1) (3)
Communication cards
Description For Drive Connector Reference Price $
exc. GST
Modbus TCP Daisy Chain ATV61, ATV71 2x RJ45 VW3A3310D 617.00
EtherNet/IP Daisy Chain ATV61, ATV71 2x RJ45 VW3A3316 617.00
Modbus TCP/EtherNet/IP with RSTP ATV61, ATV71 2x RJ45 VW3A3320 617.00
DeviceNet ATV61, ATV71 Terminals VW3A3309 555.00
Communication card PROFIBUS DP V0 ATV61, ATV71 1x SUB-D9 VW3A3307 555.00
PROFIBUS DP V1 ATV61, ATV71 1x SUB-D9 VW3A3307S371 555.00
PROFINET ATV61, ATV71 2x RJ45 VW3A3327 617.00
LONWORKS ATV61 Terminals VW3A3312 555.00
METASYS N2 ATV61 Terminals VW3A3318 555.00
APOGEE FLN ATV61 Terminals VW3A3314 555.00
BACnet ATV61 Terminals VW3A3319 555.00
EtherCAT ATV61, ATV71 2x RJ45 VW3A3326 617.00
POWERLINK ATV61, ATV71 2X RJ45 VW3A3321 617.00
Note
(1) To determine the complete encoder reference, please refer to Rotary Encoders in Section K, or to our website.
Braking resistors
For applications requiring rapid deceleration, controlled stopping of high inertia or vertical loads.
Resistors are IP20 or IP23 and have an integrated thermal protection switch. Average power available at
50°C. Refer to the product catalogue.
Braking units
Altivar 61 up to 220kW and Altivar 71 up to 160kW include a built-in dynamic braking transistor.
A braking unit is required for larger drives.
Description For drive Reference Price $
ATV61H... ATV71H... exc. GST
200kW braking unit C25N4, C31N4 C20N4…C28N4 VW3A7101 P.O.A.
400kW braking unit C40N4...C63N4 C31N4…HC50N4 VW3A7102 P.O.A.
Notes
(1) Standard duty, at 50°C:
VW3A7701...709: 2s braking with 60% torque every 40s, 0.8s braking with 150% torque every 40s
VW3A7710...718: 10s braking with 200% torque every 30s
(2) Hoist duty, at 50°C:
VW3A7801...808: 100s braking with 100% torque every 200s, 20s braking with 160% torque every 200s
VW3A7809...817: 10s braking with 200% nominal torque every 240s, 110s braking with 125% braking torque every 240s
I
ATV71W.. 075N4…D11N4 50 075N4…U40N4 10 075N4…D11N4 100
D15N4…D75N4 100 D15N4…C63N4 300
D90N4…C63N4 50
Note
(1) For IP20 drives up to 75kW (H075N4…HD75N4), the additional EMC input filter can be mounted beside or underneath (footprint) the drive. Above
75kW, the filter can only be mounted beside the drive.
ATV61W…N4C drives are supplied with a category C1 EMC filter as standard.
Harmonics are a growing concern in all aspects of electrical systems engineering and management.
Designers are requested to pay more and more attention to energy savings and electricity availability.
Harmonics are a key consideration when designing and installing drive systems today, yet remain one of
the least understood topics in this arena.
As each application is different, we encourage you to talk to us today about our low-harmonic drive
solutions.
Active filter
DC-link
Choke
3-winding
transformer
AC-line
Additional DC or AC chokes
Installing a DC or AC choke is a cost effective way to reduce current harmonic distortion (THDi) to between 35% and 48% in compliance with
IEC61000-3-12. All ATV61 IP54 (ATV61W..) and all drives >75kW include full-sized (min Z=4%) DC chokes as standard, therefore do not require
additional chokes.
AC chokes have similar harmonic performance to DC chokes, but also provide some additional protection against line voltage transients.
ATV61/71 drives are designed for reliable operation without the need for AC chokes in nearly all applications.
DC Choke
L1
PA/+
PO
L2 M1
Line Altivar 61 3
L1
L3 Choke
M1
L2
3
L3
PC/–
DC Choke configuration
Notes
(1) The choke is IP20/IP00, intended to be mounted in a panel with the drive.
(2) The choke is enclosed to provide IP20 protection, for installation with a wall-mounted IP20 drive.
Notes
(1) For version with automatic load-sense capacitor disconnection, add ‘C’ to the end of the reference.
(2) Performance data is typical and relative to the passive filter load, for a supply with less than 2.5% THDv and 1% inbalance. Power Factor:
+0.95 to -0.95 for 30...100% load.
(3) Dimensions include lifting lugs. Weight is for the largest unit in the frame size. Please consult the installation manual for full details.
Notes
(1) For a switching frequency of 4kHz for drives up to 37kW and 2.5kW for larger sizes.
(2) Motor chokes VW3A5104…108 are sold in lots of 3 (3x 1-ph chokes).
Replacement fans
Description For drives Reference Price $
exc. GST
IP20 drives (3) ATV61H... ATV71H...
Heatsink fan 075N4...U22N4 075N4...U22N4 VZ3V1203 P.O.A.
U30N4, U40N4 U30N4, U40N4 VZ3V1209 P.O.A.
U55N4, U75N4 U55N4, U75N4 VZ3V1204 P.O.A.
D11N4 D11N4 VZ3V1210 P.O.A.
D15N4, D18N4 D15N4, D18N4 VZ3V1205 P.O.A.
D22N4 D22N4 VZ3V1211 P.O.A.
D30N4, D37N4 D30N4, D37N4 VZ3V1206 P.O.A.
D45N4...D75N4 D45N4...D75N4 VZ3V1208 P.O.A.
IP54 drives (3) ATV61W... ATV71W...
Heatsink fan 075N4...U30N4 075N4...U22N4 VZ3V1203 P.O.A.
U40N4, U55N4 U30N4, U40N4 VZ3V1209 P.O.A.
U75N4, D11N4 U55N4, U75N4 VZ3V1204 P.O.A.
D15N4 D11N4 VZ3V1210 P.O.A.
D18N4, D22N4 D15N4, D18N4 VZ3V1205 P.O.A.
D30N4 D22N4 VZ3V1211 P.O.A.
D37N4, D45N4 D30N4, D37N4 VZ3V1206 P.O.A.
D55N4...D90N4 D45N4...D75N4 VZ3V1208 P.O.A.
Internal fan 075N4...D22N4 075N4...D18N4 VZ3V1217 P.O.A.
D30N4...D90N4 D22N4...D75N4 VZ3V1218 P.O.A.
Notes
(1) Compliance with IEC/EN61800-3 category C2 and EN55011 class A group 1 for radiated emissions using unscreened motor cable.
(2) The smallest drive compatible with sinus filter option is 1.5kW.
(3) Replacement fans are supplied as a plugin kit that includes the fan(s), pre-wired connector, and mounting bracket. Contact Schneider Electric
Services for fans for drives larger than 75kW, or any other spare parts requirements.
Innovative
Efficient
Reliable
Safe
I
500 to 2400kW
Fully encapsulated
power section
with internal
cooling circuit
ensures maximum
protection in harsh
environments.
0 200 400 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1800 1900 2000 2200 2400
Power (kW)
Features:
>> Full colour graphical touch screen, IP65 rated >> Full suite of protection features
UPUMP1 >> Simple one wire connection to ATS22 soft starter >> Real-time clock
>> 22mm hole mounting for touch screen >> Manual/Auto/Timed Run operating modes
>> Comprehensive fault log with time stamp >> Web ready with mobile app (1)
Notes
(1) Vijeo Designer Air app for iOS and Android devices is available at additional charge. Web connectivity requires local WIFI network.
Multi-pump card
The VW3A3504NZ Multi-pump card provides full flexibility in constant pressure applications, with control
of up to four pumps (VSD or fixed speed) + priming or jockey pump. Several VSDs (each with Multi-
pump card) can be connected together via the CANopen communications ring, allowing full system
redundancy in critical pumping applications. Each pump is staged according to the demand, while
Ethernet connection allows remote monitoring and control.
Features:
>> Advanced single or multi-pump control of variable speed or fixed speed pumps
>> Duty sharing and stand-alone modes
I
Multi-pump solution >> Bi-directional control network with redundancy between variable speed pumps
>> Advanced pump control including PID bypass speeds, set point ramping, bumpless transfer, friction
loss compensation, flow limitation etc
>> Automatic time set turn On/Off
>> Generator mode
Note
(1) Use CANopen loop cable kit when drives are installed next to each other. If more than 2m is required, use CANopen connector (2x), adaptor
(1x) and cable (on a drum) to build a cable of the appropriate length.
Presentation
New Altivar Process is the 'Services Oriented Drive', which thanks to embedded digital services, is designed
to reduce OPEX in process and utilities installations such as:
>> Water & waste water – Municipal and irrigation pumping stations, boosting stations, borehole pumps,
lifting stations, aeration, blowers, sludge conveying
>> Food & beverage – dairy (pumping, drying, refrigeration), sugar (pumping, blowers, refiners, dryers),
>> Mining, minerals and metals – water pumps, floatation and thickening, de-watering and filtration, kiln
fans, blowers, conveyors, rolling mills
>> Oil & gas – submersible pumps, jack pumps, oil line pumps, water injection pumps, re-gasification
compressors
Applications
Altivar Process 600 series focuses on fluid and gas applications:
Pumps, fans, compressors, blowers etc.
>> Advanced pump control, monitoring and protection functions. Pump curve management, BEP
monitoring and sensor-less flow estimation
Rugged design
Operates in the harshest industrial environments:
>> Up to 50°C for IP21 and up to 40°C for IP55 without de-rating
>> High resistance to environmental conditions:
>> Chemical resistance to class 3C3 conforming to IEC/EN 60721
>> Mechanical resistance to class 3S3 conforming to IEC/EN 60721
>> Protective conformal coating on all electronic cards
>> Protection to suit the application:
>> IP21 (UL type 1) for mounting on a wall or within an enclosure
>> IP55 (UL type 12) for mounting near the motor, with protection against dust and water jets
>> High tolerance to supply variations, minimum 50kA supply Isc rating
IP21 and IP55 versions
Green drive
Designed to meet the requirements of environmental protection directives and regulations:
>> RoHS 2 (applicable from 2016)
>> REACH + Substitute It Now (halogen-free wiring and plastics)
>> PEP (Product Environmental Profile) eco-passport program for reducing the carbon footprint and
conserving raw materials
>> EoLI (End of Life Instructions) – greater than 70% recyclable materials (new ruling)
>> Efficient energy management: 30% reduction in consumption
Advanced functions
>> Embedded pump curve management
>> Sensor-less estimated flow rate
>> Measurements expressed in engineering units e.g. m3/h, kWh/m3
>> Predictive and preventative maintenance tracking functions e.g. temperature probes, fan operation
>> Embedded process controls – PID regulator, pump management, pump protections
Safety and monitoring functions
>> Integrated STO (Safe Torque Off) function to SIL3/Ple
>> Conformity to standards EN/IEC 61508, EN/ISO 13849, IEC 61800-5-2
I
>> Monitoring functions to protect the installation:
>> monitoring of pump cycles
>> protection against water hammer
>> anti-clogging function for pumps
Dynamic QR codes provide >> monitoring of temperatures via PT100/PT1000 probes
contextual help to your Options to adapt to the application
mobile device >> I/O expansion cards
>> Communication cards
>> Adaptive Passive Filters
>> Additional EMC line filters
>> Output filters
>> Motor starter combination with circuit breakers and contactors
Notes
(1) Typical ratings for a standard AC 3-ph 4-pole motor, 400V 50Hz supply. Drive nominal output current with 110% overload for 60s, at nominal
switching frequency, for an ambient temperature of up to 50°C.
(2) Typical ratings for a standard AC 3-ph 4-pole motor, 400V 50Hz supply. Drive nominal output current with 150% overload for 60s, at nominal
switching frequency, for an ambient temperature of up to 50°C.
(3) Typical values at the normal duty nominal output current, 380V supply with the max. prospective line Isc of 50kA.
(4) Supplied as IP00. Optional IP21 terminal box kit (VW3A9704) to be ordered separately.
(5) Integrated EMC filter for IEC/EN61800-3 category C2 (residential) for drives up to 45kW. Category C3 (industrial) for all larger sizes. Refer to
additional EMC filter option for permissible motor cable lengths.
(6) Dimensions with IP21 top cover and terminal box installed. Dimensions for frame size 6 include optional IP21 terminal box kit. Weights are for
the largest drive in the frame size.
Notes
(1) Typical ratings for a standard AC 3-ph 4-pole motor, 400V 50Hz supply. Drive nominal output current with 110% overload for 60s, at nominal
switching frequency, for an ambient temperature of up to 40°C.
(2) Typical ratings for a standard AC 3-ph 4-pole motor, 400V 50Hz supply. Drive nominal output current with 150% overload for 60s, at nominal
switching frequency, for an ambient temperature of up to 40°C.
(3) Typical values at the normal duty nominal output current, 380V supply with the max. prospective line Isc of 50kA.
(4) Wall mounting products are supplied with cable glands. For version with integrated Vario disconnect switch - add ‘E’ to the end of the reference.
(5) Integrated EMC filter for IEC/EN61800-3 category C2 (residential) for drives up to 45kW. Category C3 (industrial) for all larger sizes. Refer to
additional EMC filter option for permissible motor cable lengths.
(6) Floor standing products include mains disconnection switch, semi-conductor fuses, line reactor, EMC filter, and dV/dt output filter as standard equipment.
(7) Dimensions and weights are for the largest drive in the frame size.
Replacement fans
Contact Schneider Electric for any spare parts or servicing requirements.
Note
(1) Patented flange mounting system (RUE-2192).
Connectivity can be extended with I/O expansion cards and communication cards installed in option Slot
A or Slot B:
>> One only communication card in Slot A
>> Up to two I/O expansion cards in Slot A and/or Slot B. The I/O expansion cards must be of a different
type, i.e. one logic expansion card and one relay output card
Communication cards
Description Connector Reference Price $
exc. GST
Ethernet Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP 2x RJ45 VW3A3720 P.O.A.
VW3A3204 DeviceNet Terminals VW3A3609 466.00
PROFIBUS DP V1 SUB-D9 VW3A3607 466.00
PROFINET 2x RJ45 VW3A3627 496.00
CANopen RJ45 daisy-chain 2x RJ45 VW3A3608 237.50
CANopen with SUB-D9 connector SUB-D9 VW3A3618 246.50
CANopen with terminal connector Terminals VW3A3628 253.00
VW3A3720
Notes
(1) Configurable as current (0-20mA/4-20mA) or probe (PTC, PT100, or 2-wire or 3-wire PT1000) inputs. PTC input must not be used to protect an
ATEX motor in explosive atmospheres. Please refer to the ATEX guide on our website.
(2) Normally Open (NO) contacts.
I
frequency bonding of the screen to ground
>> The drive should be installed as per the installation instructions for EMC compliant installation
>> If several motors are connected in parallel, it is the sum of the cable lengths that should be taken into account
>> Stated cable lengths are for EMC purposes only - please refer to the Output Filters section for
maximum operating cable lengths for the drive
Note
(1) IEC/EN 61800-3 defines limits for conducted and radiated radio frequency emissions in several types of environments. Categories C1 and C2
are for 1st environment (domestic) installations, connected to a public supply. Category C3 is for 2nd environment (industrial) installations.
Note
(2) When used with IP55 drives, the additional EMC filter may have to be mounted inside a separate enclosure of a suitable IP rating for
the installation.
Notes
(1) For version with automatic load-sense capacitor disconnection, add ‘C’ to the end of the reference.
(2) Performance data is typical and relative to the passive filter load, for a supply with less than 2.5% THDv and 1% inbalance. Power Factor:
+0.95 to -0.95 for 30...100% load.
(3) Dimensions include lifting lugs. Weight is for the largest unit in the frame size. Please consult the installation manual for full details.
Notes
(1) Motors that conform to standards for use with inverter drives, such as IEC 6034-25 and NEMA MG1/31.2006.
(2) Maximum cable lengths are given as a guide only as they can vary depending on the application. The values are given for shielded cables, at
the nominal drive switching frequency - operating at a higher switching frequency or with longer cable lengths may cause the filter to overheat.
When several motors are connected in parallel, the sum of the cable lengths must be taken into account.
(3) When used with IP55 drives, the dV/dt filter may have to be mounted inside a separate enclosure of a suitable IP rating for the installation.
Drive
Sinus output filter
Sinus filters allow Altivar Process drives to operate with very long motor cables, while greatly reducing
electromagnetic interference emissions. The output waveform is close to a sine wave, eliminating effects
of dV/dt and peak voltage on the motor.
Sinus filters have the following benefits:
>> Allows the drive to operate with very long motor cable runs (up to 1000m, unscreened)
>> EMC compliance with unscreened motor cables, especially where mechanical restrictions mean
Sinus filter screened cables cannot be used
>> Elimination of dV/dt and peak voltage effects at the motor terminals, meaning ‘non-inverter’ rated
motors can be used reliably
>> Reduction of motor noise, earth leakage and EDM effects
>> Use with a step up transformer between the drive and the motor
M
Sinus filters are only compatible with V/Hz open loop motor control. They are not compatible with open
loop or closed loop flux vector motor control, nor applications requiring highly dynamic torque response
e.g. hoists. Refer to the programming manual for programming the drive with sinus filter option.
Some special motors, e.g. submersible borehole pumps, may have special requirements for operation
with VSDs, including the manditory use of sinus filters. Check with the motor manufacturer and
Schneider Electric.
I
30...45 D30N4...D45N4 20 5 VW3A5405 P.O.A.
VW3A5405
55...90 D55N4...D90N4 00 6 VW3A5406 P.O.A.
110 C13N4 (2) 00 7 VW3A5407 P.O.A.
132 C16N4 (2)
IP21 kit for sinus filter For sinus filter
Terminal cover for IP21 protection of the sinus filter VW3A5401 VW3A53901 42.50
VW3A5402
VW3A5403 VW3A53902 52.95
VW3A5404 VW3A53903 63.70
VW3A53904 VW3A5405 VW3A53904 63.70
Dimensions and weight
Frame HxWxD Weight
size mm kg
1 455 x 220 x 210 10
2 455 x 220 x 210 13.5
3 530 x 295 x 215 20
4 560 x 300 x 245 35
5 760 x 375 x 285 60
6 495 x 430 x 350 90
7 565 x 460 x 370 134
Notes
(1) When used with IP55 drives, the sinus filter may have to be mounted inside a separate enclosure of a suitable IP rating for the installation.
(2) The drive is de-rated by one kW size as the sinus filter has a minimum switching frequency of 4kHz.
Index
Control and signalling devices
Section J:
Control and signalling devices
Control and
signalling units
Ø 16 double insulated – Harmony®
Push-buttons, E-stops, selector switches and key switches Page J3
Illuminated push-buttons, pilot lights Page J4
Spares and accessories Page J5
J
Ø 22 black double insulated bezel – Harmony®
Push-button spring return and latching switch heads Page J16
Mushroom head and E-stop heads Page J17
Multi function head push buttons Page J18
Selector, toggle and key switches Page J19
Illuminated heads and selector switches – spring return and latching Page J20
Contact blocks, light sources and switch bodies Page J21
Pilot lights and accessories Page J22-23
Joysticks, hour counters, buzzers, reset and potentiometer mount base Page J24
Legends Page J25
Accessories Page J26-27
Control stations and enclosures Page J29-30
Double insulated enclosures and base mount accessories Page J30
J1
Contents (HOME)
Index
Control and signalling devices
Section J:
Control and signalling devices
Signalling units
square D
Square D
Ø 30 chromium plated metal bezel – 9001 type K
Empty enclosures to suit 9001K Page J31
Push-button and selector switch operators Page J35-36
Pilot lights Page J37
Joysticks and accessories Page J38
Pendant stations
and joysticks
XACA General purpose pendant stations
XK heavy duty joystick controller Page J39
Factory assembled units Page J41
Empty enclosures and accessories Page J42
Pendant control legends Page J43
Push-buttons and selector switches Page J44
Pilot lights Page J45
Radio remote control hoisting stations Page J46
New
J2
Contents (HOME)
Push-buttons
Shape of head Type of push Type of contact Colour Reference Price $
exc. GST
XB6CAppB
N/O N/C
XB6DAppB Oblong Flush, 1 – Green XB6DA31B 38.75
spring return 1 Red XB6DA42B 38.75
Square Flush, 1 – Green XB6CA31B 38.75
spring return 1 Red XB6CA42B 38.75
Round Flush, 1 – Green XB6AA31B 38.75
XB6AAppB spring return 1 Red XB6AA42B 38.75
N/O N/C
Round Turn to release 1 2 Red 30 XB6AS8349B 107.20
XB6AS9349B Round Key release 1 2 Red 30 XB6AS9349B 170.80
(No. 200)
Selector switches and key switches (Switching angle: handle: 60°, key: 70°)
J
Shape of head Type of push Type of Reference Price $
contact exc. GST
N/O N/C
Oblong Handle, black 1 – 2 – stay put XB6DD221B 53.10
Note
(1) Key No. 200, withdrawal from all positions.
N/O N/C
Oblong Flush, 1 – Green XB6DW3B1B 73.30
XB6CWpppB spring return – 1 Red XB6DW4B2B 73.30
Square Flush, 1 – Green XB6CW3B1B 73.30
spring return – 1 Red XB6CW4B2B 73.30
Square Flush, 1 – Green XB6CF3B1B 73.30
latching – 1 Red XB6CF4B2B 73.30
Round Flush, 1 – Green XB6AW3B1B 73.30
XB6AppppB spring return – 1 Red XB6AW4B2B 73.30
ZB6EpB
N/O N/C
Silver alloy Faston 1 – ZB6E1B 13.15
connector – 1 ZB6E2B 13.15
Gold flashed Faston 1 ZB6E1E 26.10
connector – 1 ZB6E2E 26.10
Accessories
Description Application Reference Price
exc. GST
Body/fixing collar For fitting contact blocks ZB6Y009 3.52
Anti-rotation plate Selector switches ZB6Y003 3.52
Lock nut Securing head on support ZB6Y002 3.60
ZB6Y009 Dismantling tool Removal of contacts blocks ZB6Y018 8.50
from body/fixing collar
Extractor Removal of push-button caps ZB6Y016 9.30
Bezel tightening tool Fixing the switch and changing bulbs ZB6Y905 5.76
+ bulb extractor
Dismantling tool kit Removal of contacts, fixing nuts and ZB6Y019 14.20
ZB6Y003 (3 tools) push-button caps
Adaptor For flush mounting a circular push-button,
switch or pilot light in a Ø 22 hole
ZB6YA002 23.70
J
Protective cover Protection of contacts against ZB6Y001 5.76
accidental touching
Protective cover Circular and square head push-buttons ZB6YA001 23.85
ZB6Y905 and switches
Rectangular head push-buttons and switches ZB6YD001 23.85
Female Faston connector – ZB6Y004 5.80
Blanking plug – ZB6Y005 5.76
Circular legends, Ø 45 Yellow colour emergency stop ZB6Y7330 8.92
Spare LED lamps White ZB6EB1B 29.50
ZB6YA001 Green ZB6EB3B 29.50
Red ZB6EB4B 29.50
Orange ZB6EB8B 29.50
ZB6YD001
ZB6Y005
ZB6Y7330
Note
(1) Contact ratings: 1.5A at AC15 230V
Notes
(1) Boot replaceable from front.
(2) For legend ordering information, refer to page J25.
(3) For actuation of outer contact only.
(4) For guarding accessories see page J26. (ZBZ1902)
Notes
(1) Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in 4 directions: !, à, or .
(2) Maximum of 1 row of 3 contact blocks on associated body/fixing collar sub-assembly.
(3) Also available in Ø 30 and 60mm.
(4) Maximum number of contact blocks: 4.
(5) Not suitable for use as an emergency stop device.
(6) Conforms to EN418, ISO13850-IEC/EN60947-5-5.
(7) Conforms to ISO13850-IEC/EN60947-5-5.
Note
(1) For replacement caps use part number ZBA79 for set of ten mixed caps.
(2) Use suppressor in conjunction with protected LED when connected in parallel to inductive loads
30VA and above.
ZB4BG3 146.00
ZB4BG5 146.00
ZB4BG9 146.00
ZB4BG09 146.00
Note
(1) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s).
J
Red ZB4BK1843 87.20
Yellow ZB4BK1853 87.20
Blue ZB4BK1863 87.20
3 – spring return from left to centre White ZB4BK1713 82.95
Green ZB4BK1733 82.95
Red ZB4BK1743 83.00
Yellow ZB4BK1753 83.00
Blue ZB4BK1763 83.00
Note
(1) See page J12 and J13 for light bodies and contact blocks.
N/O N/C
Screw clamp terminal connections 1 – ZB4BZ101 24.35
ZB4BZ101 – 1 ZB4BZ102 24.35
Spring clamp 1 – ZB4BZ1015 (2) 28.40
Spring clamp – 1 ZB4BZ1025 (2) 28.40
1 early make/1 late break 1 1 ZB4BZ106 47.20
1 early make/1 normal 2 – ZB4BZ107 47.20
Notes
(1) Maximum amount of contact blocks to be stacked is three deep. For E-stops see page J7 note (4).
(2) It is not possible to fit these contact blocks with supplementary contact blocks.
(3) Add suffix 5 for spring clamp terminals e.g. ZBVJ15.
(4) For flashing led add 18 to reference e.g. ZBV18B3.
(5) Use suppressor in conjunction with protected LED when connected in parallel to inductive loads
30VA and above.
(6) For 3 terminal “test” function, add the suffix 156 to the references.
Body/fixing collar
For use with Reference Price $
exc. GST
Electrical blocks (contact or light) ZB4BZ009 12.25
ZB4BZ009
Note
(1) Select light source LED and transformer plus 2 dummy contact blocks.
J
Spare contact blocks
Description For use with Reference Price $
exc. GST
1 N/O contact block XD2-G 2 and 4 direction ZB2BE101 18.75
ZB2BE101
Notes
(1) Standard contact blocks cannot be used.
(2) ZB2BE101 to be used.
(3) IP66.
(4) Other configurations available by request.
(5) When fitting shaft into potentiometer head back off brass screw at top of head to release the
compression and retighten once fitted.
Notes
(1) For legend ordering information, see page J25.
(2) Maximum of 1 row of 3 contact blocks.
(3) For coloured boot add S to reference.
(4) For projecting marked button substitute AA with AL in reference.
Notes
(1) Ø 30 and Ø 60mm mushroom heads are also available.
(2) Maximum of 4 contact blocks fitted to associated body.
(3) Conforms to EN418, ISO13850-IEC/EN60947-5-5.
(4) Lamp block not included see pages J21 or J30.
Note
(1) For replacement caps use part number ZBA79 for set of ten mixed caps.
(2) Colour of the central pilot lights depends on the colour of the LED light block.
ZB5AG4
operator
Key (No. 455) (1)
of positions (1)
2 – stay put ZB5AG2
exc. GST
125.40
J
ZB5AG4 125.40
ZB5AG3 132.60
ZB5AG5 132.60
ZB5AG9 132.60
ZB5AG09 132.60
Note
(1) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s).
Notes
(1) Maximum of 1 row of 2 contact blocks on associated body/fixing collar.
(2) BA9 versions available – contact customer care or our sales team for more information.
(3) See page J25 for legend peel off labels
Notes
(1) Maximum amount of contact blocks to be stacked is three deep. For E-stops see page J7 note (4).
(2) It is not possible to fit these contact blocks with supplementary contact blocks.
(3) Add suffix 5 for spring clamp terminals e.g. ZBVJ15.
(4) For flashing led add 18 to reference e.g. ZBV18B3.
(5) Use suppressor in conjunction with protected LED when connected in parallel to inductive loads
30VA and above.
Body/fixing collar
For use with Reference Price $
exc. GST
Electrical blocks (contact or light) ZB5AZ009 7.92
ZB5AZ009
Notes
(1) Complete bodies with flashing light block, e.g. ZB5AV18B3.
(2) Use suppressor in conjunction with protected LED when connected in parallel to inductive loads
30VA and above.
(3) Select light source LED and transformer plus 2 dummy contact blocks.
Bodies
Screw clamp terminal connections
Light Supply voltage Colour Reference Price $
source (V) of light exc. GST
source
Integral z 12 White ZB5AVJ1 40.30
Green ZB5AVJ3 40.30
ZB5AVpp
Red ZB5AVJ4 40.30
Orange / Amber ZB5AVJ5 40.30
Blue ZB5AVJ6 40.30
z 24 (1) (3) White ZB5AVB1 31.40
Green ZB5AVB3 31.40
Red ZB5AVB4 31.40
Orange / Amber ZB5AVB5 31.40
Blue ZB5AVB6 31.40
z 24...120 (1) (2) White ZB5AVBG1 31.40
Green ZB5AVBG3 31.40
Red ZB5AVBG4 31.40
Orange / Amber ZB5AVBG5 31.40
Blue ZB5AVBG6 31.40
c 48...120 (1) (2) (3) White ZB5AVG1 36.75
Green ZB5AVG3 36.75
Red ZB5AVG4 36.75
Orange / Amber ZB5AVG5 36.75
Blue ZB5AVG6 36.80
c 230...240 (1) (2) (3) White ZB5AVM1 31.40
Green ZB5AVM3 31.40
Red ZB5AVM4 31.40 J
Orange / Amber ZB5AVM5 31.40
Blue ZB5AVM6 31.40
Notes
(1) For 3 terminal “test” function, add the suffix 156 to the references selected above,
e.g. ZB5AVB3156, complete body with integral LED, with “test” function, colour green.
(2) Use suppressor in conjunction with protected LED when connected in parallel to inductive loads
30VA and above.
(3) Complete bodies with flashing light block, e.g. ZB5AV18B3.
Hour counters
Characteristics Supply voltage Reference Price $
(V) exc. GST
Indication 0...9999.9 z 12...24 – 50/60Hz XB5DSB 151.20
c 230...240 – 50Hz XB5DSM 151.20
XB5DSp
Annunciators
Characteristics Supply voltage Reference Price $
(V) exc. GST
80 db buzzer, continuous z 12...24 – 50/60Hz XB5KSB 122.20
or intermittent IP40 (NEMA 1) c 230...240 – 50Hz XB5KSM 122.20
XB5KSp
Fuse carrier
Description For use with Reference Price $
exc. GST
Fuse carrier 5 x 20mm fuse 6.3A – 250V XB5DT1S 70.80
XB5DT1S
Notes
(1) Standard contact blocks cannot be used.
(2) When fitting shaft into potentiometer head back off brass screw at top of head to release the
compression and retighten once fitted.
Peel-off labels
Application Reference Price $
exc. GST
Sheets of 66 circular peel-off transparent self-adhesive legends ZBY1101 7.04
Sheet of 76 8x27mm peel-off legends (30 x 40mm legend holders ZBZ32 with ZBY4100 7.04
backing board and protective transparent cover)
Note
(1) “Start” functions: white letters on black background. “Stop” functions: white letters on red
background (unless otherwise specified above).
VW3A1115 AF1XA1
Boots
Description For use with Reference Price $
exc. GST
Clear single boots Projecting non-illuminated or ZBP0 7.04
illuminated push-buttons
Projecting non-illuminated or ZBP0A 9.32
ZBP0 illuminated push-button in
food industry applications
Accessories
Padlocking kit for Emergency Stop
Description Application Colour Reference Price $
exc. GST
Padlocking kit For Emergency Stop function only, Yellow ZBZ3605 104.60
ZBZ3605 conforming to with the following Ø 40 trigger-action
EN 418/ISO 13850 push-buttons:
(1) (2) XB5 AS8p XB4 BT8p
(padlockable) XB5 AS9p XB4 BS8p
ZB5 AS8p XB4 BS9p
ZB5 AS9p ZB4 BT8p
ZB4 BS8p
ZB4 BS9p
Guards
Description Application Colour Reference Price $
exc. GST
Metal guards For Emergency Stop function only, Red ZBZ1604 98.50
(padlockable) (2) with the following Ø 40 trigger-action Blue ZBZ1606 98.50
push-buttons:
XB5 AS8p XB4 BT8p
XB5 AS9p XB4 BS8p
ZB5 AS8p XB4 BS9p
ZB5 AS9p ZB4 BT8p
ZB4 BS8p
ZB4 BS9p
ZBZ 160p Plastic guard Selector switches and key switches Black ZBZ2102 80.90
For ZB4BCp and ZB5p Harsh environment push-buttons ZBZ1902 18.45
Notes
(1) Standard circular legends are not compatible with this product. Use special legends ZBY ppT.
(2) XB5AT8 and ZB5AT8 are not compatible with these guards.
Accessories
Bellows seals for harsh environments (IP69K)
Description For use with Colour Reference Price $
Material exc. GST
Bellows seals for harsh Any Harmony XB5 plastic, Black ZBZ28 21.55
environments (humidity, dust, and XB4 metal mushroom Silicone
ZBZ58 high-pressure head push-button (1) (2), Yellow ZBZ58 21.55
cleaning) Ø 40mm or Ø 060mm Silicone
Padlockable flaps
Description For use with Colour Reference Price $
exc. GST
Padlockable flaps Flush Black ZB4BZ62 (3) 66.60
ZB4BZ64 Push-buttons Red ZB4BZ64 66.60
Blanking plugs
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Metal blanking plug, For Ø 22 control ZB4SZ3 14.85
ZB5SZ3 ZB4SZ3 chromium plated (4) and signalling units
Plastic blanking plug, For Ø 22 control ZB5SZ3 5.44
black (5) and signalling units
Tools
Description Reference Price $
Accessories
Description Application Reference Price $
exc. GST
Square insert To give square appearance ZB5AZ31 3.10
to ZB5A round heads
Lock nut Fixing head ZB5AZ901 0.94
ZB5AZ31
Tool For tightening lock nut ZB5AZ905 14.20
Plate Anti-rotation of head ZB5AZ902 1.62
Push-button support 35mm DIN rail mount A9A15151 17.10
Adaptor 30mm to 22mm A9A15151 17.10
Spare key
ZB5AZ905 Description
Spare key for key operated units (6) Ronis No. 455 ZBG455 46.70
Spare key for booted selector switches (6) Ronis No. 455 ZBG455P 52.60
Keyhole cover ZBGP 9.12
ZBG…P ZBG455
Notes
(1) Only when mounted on control stations. Use legends ZBY 9pppT.
(2) Except ZB5 ARp16 Ø ZB4BRp16.
(3) To suit 7mm shank padlock.
(4) Requires a ZB4BZ009 body/fixing collar.
(5) Supplied complete with fixing nut.
(6) Other key types also available reference = ZBG followed by key No. e.g. ZBG421E.
ZENL1111
ZENL1121
XALDppp
STOP
I
O
ZBYpppp
ZALVppp
ZB5pppp
XALK188F
J
Empty enclosures
For normal environments (with stainless steel fixing screws)
Description Number Reference Price $
of ways exc. GST
Light grey base “RAL7035” 1 XALD01 54.40
Dark grey lid “RAL7016” 2 XALD02 67.30
3 XALD03 80.90
XALD02 4 XALD04 114.00
5 XALD05 138.80
Light grey base “RAL7035” 1 XALK01 54.40
Yellow lid “RAL1012”
Light grey base “RAL7035” 1 XALK01H29 56.95
Yellow lid “RAL1012”
Emergency stop marking
XALK01 XALK01H29
0302T
Notes
(1) Conform to EN418, ISO13850 – IEC/EN60947-5-5.
(2) Light grey base RAL7035 yellow lid RAL1012.
(3) Light grey base RAL7035, dark grey lid RAL7016.
Notes
(1) Use panel mount XB5 / ZB5 push button components.
(2) A maximum of 3 electrical blocks may be fitted per associated head.
XAPJ1201H29
Notes
(1) Recommended for use with Harmony style 4 panel mounted control and signalling units.
(2) Recommended for use with 9001K panel mounted control and signalling units.
Wireless and batteryless push-button and rope pull switch receiver (3)
Programmable receivers
Description Output type Receiver voltage Reference Price $
V exc. GST
Mono 4 PNP outputs a 24 ZBR RC (1) 310.50
stable 200 mA/24V (1)
Pulse / On-Off / Start stop / 2 relay outputs jc/a 24…240 ZBR RA (2) 293.00
Momentary type RT 3A (2)
ZBR RA
Receiver accessories
Product Application Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Relay-antenna (4) Between transmitter and c/a 24…240 ZBR A1 96.50
receiver - 5m cable
Used to increase the range - 1 power-ON LED
and/or get round obstacles - 2 LEDs
ZBR A1
External-antenna For use with network reception/transmission ZBR A2 96.50
interface modules
Notes
(1) One shot output function.
(2) Stop start, one shot output or mixed output V2.0 allows use with ZBRT2.
(3) Should not be used for hoisting or safety applications.
(4) Not wired to the receiver.
Transmitter components
Description Colour Reference Price $
exc. GST
Rope pull switch transmitter ZBRP1 121.20
40mm Mushroom head transmitter (complete) Black ZB5RTC2 119.20
40mm Mushroom head (pushbutton only) Black ZB5RZC2 46.30
Momentary action transmitter (3) ZBRT2 84.90
ZBRP1 ZBRT2
Notes
(1) This cap is fitted by Schneider Electric and cannot be removed (risk of damage).
(2) Maintained / one shot or pulse / start stop.
(3) Use either metal or plastic replacement head and set of caps to complete.
(4) For metal head substitute ZB5AZ for ZB4BZ and ZB5RZ for ZB4RZ.
Push-button assembly
Contact block
Head
Legend plate
Cap or handle
Light module
Illuminated head
Legend plate
Cap or handle
Notes
(1) Includes one of each of the following inserts: red, black, green, yellow, orange, blue and white.
(2) Reference for long black handle is 9001 B25.
9001KS11K3 284.70
9001KS62K5 319.60
9001KR9
Note
(1) For 3 position key selector switch with CAM C replace 2K with 3K e.g. 9001KS42K10 becomes
900KS43K10.
9001KP
J
Pilot lights (add cap)
Description Light source Supply voltage Reference Price $
exc. GST
Direct supply BA9s globe – 9001KP40 162.00
not included
BA9s incandescent 120VAC/DC 9001KP38 191.60
9001KP40 bulb included
Via transformer BA9s incandescent 110–120V 50Hz 9001KP1 196.80
6V secondary bulb included 220–240V 50Hz 9001KP7 196.70
380–480V 50Hz 9001KP5 196.80
Direct through BA9s incandescent 240VAC/DC 9001KP25 191.50
resistor 130V bulb included
DL1CJ0•••-PRO-3-M
Boots
Description Colour Reference Price $
exc. GST
Non-illuminated push-buttons Black 9001KU1 46.10
Red 9001KU2 46.10
Green 9001KU5 46.10
For standard handle selector switch Clear 9001KU17 184.40
9001KU5
Adaptor
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Metal – 30mm to 22mm ZB2BZ4 32.85
1
XACB961
XENT1192
2
XACA941p
XENG1p91
ZA2BS844
4 XENG37p1
XACA009 ZA2BS834
5
ZB2BEppp
ZA2BS944
6
ZB2BYpppp ZA2BS934
XACSppp
ZB2BV00p
7 ZA2BDp
8
ZB2BYpppp
ZA2BGp
XACA982
9 XACA971 ZA2BV0p
ZA2BDp ZA2BBp
XACA983
10 ZB2SZ3
ZA2BGp ZA2BS8p
ZA2BS9p
Complete stations
Description Number Reference Price $
of operators exc. GST
Small hoist 2 XACA211 327.50
Small hoist 2+ E-stop XACA2114 (1) 327.50
General purpose 2 XACA271 (2) 332.50
General purpose 4 XACA471 (2) 404.00
General purpose 6 XACA671 (2) 501.00
General purpose 8 XACA871 (2) 603.00
Small hoist 2 + E-Stop XACA2714 (1) 362.50
General purpose 4 + E-Stop XACA4714 (1) 469.00
XACA2114
General purpose 6 + E-Stop XACA6714 (1) 588.00
XACA271
XACA471
XACA2714
Notes
(1) Fitted with front mounted trigger action Emergency stop.
(2) No Emergency stop fitted.
Empty enclosures
Description Number Reference Price $
of ways exc. GST
These references include: 2 XACA02 254.00
– Internal mounting plate 3 (1) XACA03 253.00
– Cable sleeve for cable Ø 8 to 26mm 4 XACA04 261.00
– Internal cable clamp
– Suspension ring 5 (1) XACA05 274.50
– Cable tie 6 XACA06 277.50
8 XACA08 307.50
12 XACA12 396.50
XACA02 XACA12
Attachments
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
XACB961 XACA971 Adaptor for self-supporting Adapts to collar fitted XACB961 43.80
cable with Ø 8 to 26mm cable sleeve
Lower support ring – XACA971 43.80
Protective guards Selector switch and E-stop XACA982 40.40
mounted in base of enclosure For key switch XACA983 49.90
XACA982 XACA983
Note
(1) Unable to mount unit in base of enclosure.
0
Right, slow-fast ZB2BY4909
ZB2 BY4909 5.15
5.80 Left, slow-fast ZB2BY2912
ZB2 BY2912 5.80
5.15
Red background, white symbol
Slow ZB2BY4933
ZB2 BY4933 5.80
5.15 Fast ZB2BY2934
ZB2 BY4934 5.80
5.15
Klaxon ZB2BY4932
ZB2 BY4932 5.80
5.15 Start-Klaxon ZB2BY2935
ZB2 BY4935 5.80
5.15
Start ZB2BY4930
ZB2 BY4930 5.80
5.15 Stop ZB2BY2931
ZB2 BY2931 5.80
5.15
ZA2BDp
XENG37p1
Note
(1) Trigger action conforms to ISO13850-IEC/EN60947-5-5/
(2) For use only with XACA9ppp push-buttons.
DL1CJ0•••-PRO-3-M J
Notes
(1) Bulb type for direct supply: BA‑9s base fitting, incandescent bulb U‑<‑130V, max. power 2.6W,
LED types 24, 28, 48V DC and 6V AC max. Ø 11mm, max. length 28mm.
(2) Incandescent filament lamp may be used up to 130V only.
Section J:
Control and signalling devices
Starter kits
Description Connection Reference Price $
type exc. GST
ZART8L + ZARB12H + ZARC01 + ZARC02 (1) (2) Plug XARSK8L12H 2,864.00
ZART8D + ZARB18H + ZARC01 + ZARC02 (1) (2) Plug XARSK8D18H 3,604.00
ZART12D + ZARB18H + ZARC01 + ZARC02 (1) (2) Plug XARSK12D18H 3,974.00
ZART8L + ZARB12W + ZARC01 + ZARC02 (1) Gland XARSK8L12W 2,680.00
ZART8D + ZARB18W + ZARC01 + ZARC02 (1) Gland XARSK8D18W 3,418.00
ZART12D + ZARB18W + ZARC01 + ZARC02 (1) Gland XARSK12D18W 3,788.00
ZART8L ZART12D
Accessories
Reference Price $
exc. GST
Software Somove
Remote holder ZARC04 518.00
Charger ZARC01 332.60
Shoulder harness ZARC02 221.70
External antenna ZARC03 388.00
ZARB12W Connector cable 3m with female plug (2) ZARC12 222.00
Adhesive labels B/W ZARC07 101.80
Adhesive labels colour ZARC08 101.80
Silent block ZARC09 221.70
Configuration cable TCSMCNAM3M002P 178.60
Harmony eXLhoist TM
Notes
(1) Includes configuration cable.
(2) Connector plug and cable available in 1.5m (ZARC05), 3m (ZARC12), and 5m (ZARC18) lengths.
(3) For gland version change H to W at the end of the reference.
>> Sound editable: Friendly interface, and can change comments on site.
XVSV7BBP >> Compact design: Thickness, 24.9mm and 50.1mm.
>> High volume: Max 89B (DIN72), Max 97 dB (DIN96), more effective in alerting.
>> More choices and longer playback time: 63 sound output, totally 256 seconds.
The Schneider Electric Harmony XVR Rotating Mirror Beacons provide long-distance indications of the
operation status with lights and buzzers. The new Harmony SVR3 Beacon offer provides you motorless
Rotating, Blinking and Flashing modes. The entire XVR3 range meets IP65 (Upright) degree of protection,
maintenance free and much longer life time, etc.
Note
(1) Also available by request with NPN input change the last letter from P to N.
Key
1 Illuminated lens unit with flashing
discharge tube
2 Steady or flashing lens unit
3 Audible signal unit
4 Base
5 Lid 1
XVB-C6••
6 Locking ring identification label
7 Set of colour markers
8 Base unit identification label
9 Support tube and horizontal 5
mounting plate
10 Vertical mounting adaptor
11 Side cable entry adaptor and
cable gland
2
XVB-C•••
3
XVB-C9•
6
11 XVB-CY2
XVB-C14 4 XVB-C07/XVB-C21/C21A
7 XVB-C22
8
XVB-C23
9
XVB-Z02/03/04
10
XVB-C12
Notes
>> Combined maximum of five functional units (1-3) can be mounted on one base unit (4).
>> Only one illuminated lens unit with discharge tube (1) can be mounted per stack and only at the
top of stack.
>> Base units XBVC21 and 21A are supplied complete with one lid (5).
>> Base unit XVBC07 is supplied without lid (5) and used only when an illuminated lens unit (1) is
mounted at the top of the stack.
J
Blue XVBC36 98.50
XVBC33 Clear XVBC37 98.50
Yellow XVBC38 98.50
Flashing c 24V or Green XVBC4B3 328.50
a 24…48V Red XVBC4B4 328.50
7W globe max. Orange XVBC4B5 328.50
(not included) Blue XVBC4B6 328.50
Clear XVBC4B7 328.50
Yellow XVBC4B8 328.50
c 48…230V Green XVBC4M3 328.50
XVBC4B6 7W globe max. Red XVBC4M4 328.50
(not included) Orange XVBC4M5 328.50
Blue XVBC4M6 328.50
Clear XVBC4M7 328.50
Yellow XVBC4M8 328.50
Base units
Description For use with Type Reference Price $
exc. GST
Base unit + lid with bottom XVBC2 to XVBC5 + Standard XVBC21 166.20
or side cable entry XVBC9p
Indicator bank cover only XVBC2 to XVBC5 Standard XVBC081 26.50
XVBC9p
XVBC21
Section J:
Control and signalling devices
Presentation
The Harmony® XVU modular range of tower lights are visual and audible signaling units indicating
operation sequence of a machine. Their reduced diameter (Ø 60 mm/2) makes them suitable for use on
small equipment and their aesthetic design distinguishes them from other tower lights. The availability of
black and metallic silver body makes them ideal for use in automotive, machine tools, material handling
and packaging industry.
This range has an advantage of:
>> “Super Bright” LED,
>> Easy installation and mounting without use of any tools,
>> Simple assembly due to the indicator marks on the units,
>> Steady, blinking, flashing, or rotating multi-coloured LED unit for energy-effcient high priority signaling
(colours and light patterns can be selected using 2 dip switches on top of the unit),
>> Height adjustment tube that solves the need to adjust height of the tower light,
>> Flexible mounting option which supports various customer needs for installation (for use on horizontal
or vertical support),
>> Power integrated base modules with two voltage solutions (z24V and c100 to 240V) which reduces
the stock reference for LED units,
>> High degree of protection against dust and water.
Signaling type
>> For illuminated units with green, red, orange, blue or white color: steady
>> For illuminated units with multi-color: steady, blinking, flashing (slow or fast) and rotating (slow or fast).
>> For audible unit: buzzer sound, 85dB (at 1m, 4 configurations of audible signal).
Environment
>> The degree of protection for XVU tower lights are:
>> IP 65 for illuminated units,
>> IP 54 for audible units,
>> IP 55 for flexible mounting option,
>> Product certifications:UL, CSA, CE.
The whole range conforms with EN/IEC 60947-5-1 standard. Products are, UL and CSA certified.
Note
(1) Until the brightness reduces to 50% of the initial value when lit at complete direct current of the
rated voltage in 25 ºC environment.
Section J:
Control and signalling devices
XVUC24
1
XVUC25
1 Top Cover
2 Optional Audible unit
3 LED unit
4
4 Optional Body extender
XVUC26
5 DC body unit
6 AC body unit
7 Optional flexible mount
8 Direct mount
9 XVUZ02
10 XVUZ05
5 6
XVUC27/9
10
XVUC9S 9
XVUC9SQ
Note
(1) (PWM) Pulse width modulation see section M for integration with M221.
Section J:
Control and signalling devices
Base units
Description Supply LED / Colour Reference Price $
Voltage Sounder exc. GST
Secondary
voltage
Base unit 24V AC/DC 24VDC Black XVUC21B (1) 125.40
XVUC21B XVUC21BQ + top cover
24V AC/DC 24VDC Silver XVUC21BQ (1) 140.40
100V-240V 24VDC Black XVUC21MP (1) 251.00
AC/DC
100V-240V 24VDC Silver XVUC21BQ (1) 140.40
AC/DC
Accessories
Description Colour Reference Price $
exc. GST
Body extenders Black XVUC020 107.00
Silver XVUC020Q 119.80
Direct Mounting plate Black XVUZ01 72.60
Silver XVUZ01Q 81.30
Fixing plate with 100mm aluminium pole Black XVUZ02 112.20
Silver XVUZ02Q 125.80
Aluminium adjustable pole + fixing plate Black XVUZ05 146.20
XVUC020 XVUC020Q for height adjustment
Flexible mounting option for use on
horizontal or vertical support IP55
Black XVUZ06 289.00 J
Direct replacement mount for XVB Black XVU204 81.30
XVUZ02Q XVUZ05
XVUZ06
Note
(1) Mounting plate required.
Index
Detection
Section K:
Detection
Photoelectric OsiSense XU
OsiSense XX
Ultrasonic sensors
Flat format Page K12
K
Cylindrical format, plastic
Cylindrical format, stainless steel
Food and beverage series Page K13
Sensor cables
and installation Prewired connectors Page K14
K1
Contents (HOME)
Index
Detection
Section K:
Detection
Pressure switches Trip wire switch / cable pull (not suitable for safety circuits) Page K27
for power circuits Pressure switches for power circuits Page K27
K2
Contents (HOME)
Photoelectric sensors
Cylindrical design
M18 Plastic
Section K: M18 Metal
Detection Universal Classic
Notes
(1) Pre-wired models also available
(2) Osiconcept® pre-wired versions available with 5m long cable, to order replace L2 with L5 at the end
of the reference
(3) NPN and N/C output models also available
(4) With reflector XUZC50 to be ordered separately
(5) For 90 degree head sustitute the N for W in the reference example NM12 becomes NW12
Photoelectric sensors
Miniature design
Compact design 50 x 50
Section K: Compact design 92 x 71
Detection
Note
For notes 1-4 see notes on page K3
Photoelectric sensors
Assembly series – robust and compact
Materials handling series – analogue output
Section K:
Detection
XUM5BPANL2 XUBLAPCNM12
Note
(1) Refer to the Detection catalogue for the full range of products available
(2) Includes transmitter and receiver
Food and beverage series – stainless steel, IP69K, Ecolab certified (1)
Sensing Sensing Size (mm) Connection Output Function Reference Price $
mode Distance exc. GST
Diffuse 550mm 50x23x50 M12 Connector PNP NO/NC XUK8SPSMM12 (4) 663.00
with BS
Polarised 11m 50x23x50 M12 Connector PNP NO/NC XUK9SPSMM12 (4) 582.00
reflex
XUK8SPSMM12
Thru-beam 15m 50x23x50 M12 Connector PNP NO/NC XUK2SPSMM12R (4) 588.00
Thru-beam 50x23x50 M12 Connector XUK2SKSMM12T (4) 353.00
transmitter
Notes
(1) Refer to “The Essential Guide of Sensors for Food and Beverage” for the
full range of products available
(2) Includes reflector
(3) Includes transmitter and receiver
(4) Sensors designated as IP69K are now defined on page Q35
Notes
(1) Pre-wired models also available
(2) NPN and N/C output models also available
(3) NPN models also available
(4) Programmable NO or NC output. PNP/NPN selectable (4 wire)
(5) Sil2 safety rated and E2 certified for use with adapted vehicles and equipment
(6) Unshielded and models with short circuit protection also available
XS4P08MA230
Notes
(1) Pre-wired models also available
(2) NPN and N/C output models also available
(3) NPN models also available
(4) Programmable NO or NC output. PNP/NPN selectable (4 wire)
Rectangular plastic, ‘block’ style, flush mountable, IP69K, 12...24VDC (2) (5)
Sensing Size (mm) Connection Ouput function Reference Price $
distance (mm) exc. GST
0...12 40x40x70 M12 Connector NO PNP XS7C2A1PAM12 138.80
0...16 40x40x70 M12 Connector NO+NC PNP (6) XS8C2A1PCM12 209.50
XS8C2A1PCM12
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Stainless steel cover XSZPSC2 93.20
XSZPSC2
Notes
(1) Pre-wired models also available
(2) NPN and N/C output models also available
(3) M8 Connector on flying lead (0.15M)
(4) Extended range available via teach mode and non-flush mounting
(5) Non-flush mountable models also available
(6) Certified for SIL 2 safety applications
(7) Factor 1 is weld, transformer, motor, VSD immune measured resistance is 250 mT 60kA up to 50mm
from source of emission
(8) Ferrous and non ferrous metals are detected at the same distance
Stainless steel body, 316L, IP69K, flush mount, Ecolab certified (1) (5)
Sensing Size (mm) Connection Ouput Reference Price $
distance (mm) function exc. GST
XS930S1PAM12 0...4.8 Ø12x60 M12 Connector NO PNP XS912S1PAM12 325.00
0...8 Ø18x64 M12 Connector NO PNP XS918S1PAM12 365.50
0...16 Ø30x64 M12 Connector NO PNP XS930S1PAM12 406.00
Notes
(1) Refer to the Detection catalogue for the full range of products available
(2) Models with M12 connector also available
(3) For NPN substitute "N" for "P" or for N/C "B for "A"
(4) Weld field immune
(5) Sensors designated as IP69K are now defined on page Q35
Notes
(1) Pre-wired models also available
(2) Stainless steel (303) case
Ultrasonic sensors
Flat format
Cylindrical format
Section K: Stainless steel
Detection
Flat format
Operating Zone Size (mm) Connection Output Reference Price $
Function exc. GST
0.62...10.2cm 33x19x8 M12 Connector PNP NO XX7F1A2PAL01M12 497.00
5.1...25.4cm 74x30x16 M12 Connector PNP NO XX7K1A2PAM12 696.00
5.1...50.8cm M18/ M12 Connector PNP NO XX7V1A1PAM12 497.00
18x33x60 M12 Connector 0...10V XX9V1A1F1M12 547.00
XX7F1A2PAL01M12 M12 Connector 4...20mA XX9V1A1C2M12 547.00
10...1000cm 80x80x34 M12 Connector PNP NO XX8D1A1PAM12 746.00
M12 Connector 0...10V XX9D1A1F1M12 819.95
M12 Connector 4...20mA XX9D1A1C2M12 819.95
XX7V1A1PAM12
Cylindrical format
Operating Zone Size (mm) Connection Output Reference Price $
Function exc. GST
0.64...10.2cm Ø12x50 M8 Connector PNP NO XX512A2PAM8 522.00
5.1...50.8cm Ø18x65 M12 Connector PNP NO XX518A3PAM12 597.00
M12 Connector 0...10V XX918A3F1M12 657.00
M12 Connector 4...20mA XX918A3C2M12 657.00
10...1000cm Ø30x78 M12 Connector PNP NO XX6V3A1PAM12 795.00
M12 Connector 0...10V XX9V3A1F1M12 876.00
M12 Connector 4...20mA XX9V3A1C2M12 876.00
XX6V3A1PAM12
M12 Connector 0...10V XX930A1A1M12 876.00
20.3...8000cm Ø30x106 M12 Connector PNP NO/NC XX630A3PCM12 1,046.00
M12 Connector 0...10V XX930A3A1M12 1,098.00
M12 Connector 4...20mA XX930A3A2M12 1,098.00
XX930A1A1M12
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Distance setting remote teach push button XXZPB100 157.40
XXZPB100 For use with XX518A3, XX7V1A1, XX918A, XX9V3A, XX9D1A
Section K:
Detection
Notes
(1) Also available in 10m lengths substitute L2 or L5 to L10 for ordering
(2) Also available as an elbowed lead
XUZX2000 XUZC50
Notes
(1) For a PVC cable insert the letter V after the letter P in the reference or for food grade add the letter A
Examples XZCPV (PVC) XZCPA (Food grade)
(2) Cable available in 2, 5 and 10m lengths add the required length after the reference for example
XZCP1141L2 is a 2m cable
Rotary encoders
Incremental
Incremental parametrable
Section K: Absolute multiturn
Detection Stainless steel
XCC1514TSM05Y
Note
(1) Selectable resolution range set via dip switches
Rotary encoders
Encoder accessories
Section K:
Detection
BK
BU
1,8 4,2(P)
BK-BK-WH
BK-WH
BN
0 5mm
0,8
XCMD2110L1 XCMD2102L1
Steel roller plunger 2 pole 1 N/O + 1 N/C XCMD2102L1 228.00
BK
BU
3,1(A) 7(P)
BK-BK-WH
BK-WH
BN
0 mm
1,4
BK
BU
25˚ 70˚(P)
BK-BK-WH
BK-WH
BN
0 90˚
12˚
XCMD2115L1
Sub-assemblies/replacement parts
Body/contact assemblies
Description Contact operation Reference Price $
exc. GST
Pre-cabled type 2 pole 1 N/O + 1 N/C ZCMD21 138.20
BK
BU
BN
BU
BN
Notes
(1) Actuation on end. Maximum speed: 0.5m/s
(2) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed: 0.5m/s
(3) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed: 1.5m/s
(4) Operating heads and levers refer to pages K26-27
Plunger head
Description Contact operation Reference Price $
exc. GST
Steel roller plunger 2 pole 1 N/O + 1 N/C XCKD2102P16 151.80
(1) snap action
Rotary head
Description Contact operation Reference Price $
exc. GST
Roller lever (thermoplastic) 2 pole 1 N/O + 1 N/C 70 XCKD2118P16 137.20
13
21
21-22
(3) snap action 13-14
21-22
13-14
0
14
22
Variable length roller lever 2 pole 1 N/O + 1 N/C 70 XCKD2145P16 151.80
13
21
21-22
(3) snap action 13-14
21-22
13-14
0
14
22
XCKD2118P16 XCKD2145P16
21
K
snap action Plastic ZCP21 (4) 50.50
(XE2SP2151)
14
22
ZCDpp ZCPpp
2 pole 1 N/O + 1 N/C Plastic ZCT21P16 74.30
13
21
snap action
(XE2SP2151)
14
22
ZCT21P16
Threaded cable outlets for XCKD and XCKP – conduit entry type
Description Body material Reference Price $
ZCDEP16 ZCPEP16 exc. GST
ISO M16 x 1.5 Metal ZCDEP16 13.15
Plastic ZCPEP16 5.14
ISO M20 x 1.5 Metal ZCDEP20 18.35
Plastic ZCPEP20 11.60
ZCDEP20 ZCPEP20
Notes
(1) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed: 0.5m/s
(2) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed: 1m/s
(3) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed: 1.5m/s
(4) Select cable entry eg. ZCDEPpp, ZCPEPpp
Plunger heads
Contact operation Description Reference Price $
with body ZCD21 or ZCP21 exc. GST
1,8 4,5(P) Metal end plunger ZCE10 35.95
ZCE10 ZCE11 21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14 Metal end plunger with nitrile boot ZCE11 51.95
0 5mm
0,9
21-22
3,1(A) 7,8(P) Steel roller plunger ZCE02 64.60
13-14
21-22
13-14
0 mm
1,5
ZCE02 ZCE21
21-22
6,5(A) 15,7(P) Thermoplastic roller lever plunger ZCE21 69.50
13-14
21-22
13-14
horizontal actuation – 1 direction
0 mm
3
21-22
6,5(B) 15,7(P) Thermoplastic roller lever plunger ZCE27 75.95
13-14
21-22 vertical actuation – 1 direction
13-14
0 mm
ZCE27 3
Rotary head
Contact operation Description Reference Price $
with body ZCD21 or ZCP21 exc. GST
ZCE01 21-22
70 Actuation from right or left, ZCE01 43.80
spring return
13-14
21-22
13-14
0
Multi-directional heads
Contact operation Description Reference Price $
with body ZCD21 or ZCP21 exc. GST
21-22
Spring lever with nitrile boot ZCE08 85.60
13-14
21-22
13-14
0
21-22
Spring lever with nitrile boot ZCE07 85.60
13-14
21-22
13-14
and plastic end
0
21-22
“Cat’s whisker” with nitrile boot ZCE06 72.70
13-14
21-22
ZCE08 ZCE07 ZCE06 13-14
0
ZCY45 ZCY55
K
ZCY49 ZCY39
Contact operation
closed
Sub-assemblies/replacement parts
open Body/contact assemblies for plunger or rotary heads
Type Type of contact block Scheme Positive Reference Price $
operation (1) exc. GST
With 2 pole 1 N/O + 1 N/C ZCKM1H29 99.20
mechanical snap action
indicator (XE2SP2151)
(contact state)
Rotary heads
Operator Maximum Positive Reference Price $
actuation speed operation (1) exc. GST
Without operator 1.5m/s in any direction ZCKD05 69.20
ZCKD21 ZCKD05
ZCKD15
ZCKD06
Note
(1) Only when used with a non-flexible lever.
Contact operation
closed
Sub-assemblies/replacement parts
open Body/contact assemblies for plunger or rotary heads
Type Type of contact block Scheme Positive Reference Price $
operation (1) exc. GST
With 2 pole 1 N/O + 1 N/C ZCKS1H29 95.70
mechanical snap action
indicator (XE2SP2151)
(contact state)
Rotary heads
ZCKD02 Operator Positive Reference Price $
operation (1) exc. GST
Without operator (7) ZCKD05 69.20
Lever arms
Roller lever ZCKY31 17.60
ZCKD05 thermoplastic (4)
Variable length ZCKY41 27.55
roller lever
thermoplastic roller (5)
Nylon rod lever ZCKY59 22.80
Ø 6mm (5)
length 200mm (6)
ZCK S1, S5, S6, S7, S9
K
ZCK S2, S8
Notes
(1) Only when used with a non-flexible lever
(2) Actuation on end. Maximum speed: 0.5m/s
(3) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed: 0.5m/s
(4) Lever adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps or in 90° steps, by reversing the lever mounting.
Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed: 1.5m/s (1m/s for XCKSp39H29)
(5) Lever adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps. Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed: 1.5m/s
(6) Rod adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps or in 90° steps, by reversing the lever mounting
Actuation by cylindrical finger. Maximum speed: 1.5m/s
(7) The operating head may also be programmed to give actuation from the right OR left
K23
Contents (HOME)
ZCKJ1H29
Plunger heads
1 step
Description Contact operation with ZCKJ1H29, Reference Price $
ZCKJ2H29, ZCKJ5H29 exc. GST
End plunger, spring (5) (6) ZCKE61 104.60
ZCKE61 ZCKE67 return (1)
Notes
(1) Actuation on end. Maximum speed: 0.5m/s
(2) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed: 1m/s
(3) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed: 0.6m/s
(4) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed: 1.5m/s
(5) Positive opening N/C contact when used with the ZCKJ1J29 or ZCKJ5H29 body/contact assembly
(6) Operating heads fitted to ZCKJ2H29 bodies (2 pole contact, type XESP2021) have the same tripping
and reset points as with ZCKJ1H29 bodies (single pole contact, type XE2SP2151)
Multi-directional heads
(flexible operators are not suitable for positive opening operation applications)
1 step
Description Contact operation with Reference Price $
ZCKJ1H29, ZCKJ2H29, exc. GST
ZCKJ5H29
“Cat’s whisker” (3) ZCKE06 113.00
ZCKE06 ZCKE08
Spring rod lever (4) ZCKE08 113.00
Notes
(1) Actuation by 30° cam or cylindrical finger, depending on type of operator
Maximum speed: 1.5m/s
(2) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed: 0.5m/s
(3) Actuation of contacts from any direction by cylindrical finger. Maximum speed: 1m/s
(4) Actuation of contacts from any direction by cylindrical finger. Maximum speed: 0.5m/s
Operators
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
ZCKY11 ZCKY13 Delrin roller lever Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° ZCKY11 20.50
or 45° steps
Steel roller lever Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° ZCKY13 33.25
or 45° steps
Variable length Delrin Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° ZCKY41 27.55
roller lever or 45° steps
Variable length steel Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° ZCKY43 40.20
roller lever or 90° steps
Nylon rod lever Ø 6mm Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° ZCKY59 22.80
ZCKY41 ZCKY43 Length: 200mm or 45° steps
Single track, Delrin Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° ZCKY71 39.55
roller lever (forked arm) or 45° steps
(only for use with head ZCKE09)
ZCKY59 ZCKY71
XMPA12B2131
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
K
exc. GST
Cable kit 15m XY2CZ9315 167.20
Female connector, type DIN 43650A XZCC43FCP40B 18.65
XZCC43FCP40B
XY2CH33010 + XY2CZ9315
Notes
(1) Range for XMP represents rising pressure (PH). Range for FSG, FYG, GHG represents falling
pressure (PB)
(2) XMP fluid entry ¼" BSP internal thread
Conduit entry 2 x PG 13.5"
(3) Loss of prime feature-contacts open approx. 10 psig below the falling pressure switch point
(4) Fluid entry 3⁄8" BSP. Conduit entry 2 x PG 13.5"
(5) See page Q34 for pressure conversion chart Bar, PSI and kPA
Notes
(1) 0...10V output models also available
(2) Female fluid connection models also available
(3) DIN electrical connector models also available
(4) Fluids controlled: hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, gas, refrigeration fluids, -20...120 deg C
(5) Fluids controlled: air, fresh water, 0...80 deg C
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Fixing bracket XMLR XMLZL017 27.45
Line cooler XMLZL009 314.00
K
RUN
OSISENSE XMLR Pressure sensor
100% NP
Easy to mount
SP1 8%
Compact size: L 88...100mm x W 41mm x D 42mm.
97% NP Rotating Body: with a 300 degree range of motion for maximum viewing orientation.
rP1 5% Display inversion function: with the ability to vertically adapt the display to suit top or bottom fluid
connection.
100% NP
SP2
8% Easy to set up
Navigation using just two push buttons: move through an
97% NP
rP2 5%
intuitive menu structured according to VDMA* 24574-1 standard.
>> Pushbutton to display / save a value or parameter.
rES >> Pushbutton to scroll from one menu to another
(extended
EF functions)
dS1
50s Pressure sensors leads
0
2M Lead Price $
50s
dr1 exc. GST
0
XMLP XZCP1141L2 44.70
XMLK XZCP1141L2 44.70
XMLF XZCP1141L2 44.70
XMLR XZCP1141L2 44.70
Menu structure based on VDMA* standard
XMLG XZCP1141L2 44.70
Note
(1) G1/4A = 1/4"BSP
Index
Components for machine safety
Section L:
Machine safety
L1
Contents (HOME)
Index
Components for machine safety
Section L:
Machine safety
Up to category 4 applications
Category 3 applications
Category 4 applications
Safety rated Variable speed drives with built-in safety inputs (VSD)
L2
Contents (HOME)
N/- 2424
L/+ N/-
L/+ ..40
...240
...240
...24
VAC/DC
VAC
VAC/DC
VAC/D DDC
PWR
Q1
ZONE 21
Q2
OK
OK
12 14 11 22 24 21
ZONE 22
XS612B1PAL10EX
Rotation monitoring
Sensing distance Size Connection Output Reference Price $
function exc. GST
0…8mm M30 Cable PvR 2m N/C slow XSAV11373EX 565.00
0…8mm M30 Cable PvR 2m N/C fast XSAV12373EX 565.00
XSAV11373EX
Note
(1) Conforms to ATEX 94/9/EC, EN50014, EN50281-1-1, IEC 61241-0, IEC 61241-1
XCMD4124L5EX XCMD4115L5EX
L
XCMD4117L5EX XCMD4145L5EX
XCMD41F0L5EX XCMD41F2L5EX
Note
(1) Conforms to ATEX 94/9/EC, EN50014, EN50281-1-1, IEC 61241-0, IEC 61241-1
22mm pushbuttons
Type Colour Output Reference Price $
function exc. GST
Flush with coloured boot White N/O XB4BPS11EX 165.60
Black N/O XB4BPS21EX 165.60
Green N/O XB4BPS31EX 165.60
XB4BPSppEX Red N/C XB4BPS42EX 165.60
Yellow N/O XB4BPS51EX 165.60
Blue N/O XB4BPS61EX 165.60
Emergency stop
Type Colour Output Reference Price $
function exc. GST
Emergency stop trigger action N/C XB4BS8445EX 236.00
40mm red turn to release (1)
XB4BS8445EX
Selector switches
Type Colour Output Reference Price $
function exc. GST
Selector switches black (1) 2 - stay put N/C + N/O XB4BD25EX 186.40
3 - stay put N/O + N/O XB4BD33EX 196.80
XB4BDppEX 3 spring return N/O + N/O XB4BD53EX 196.80
Illuminated pushbuttons
Type Colour Output Reference Price $
function exc. GST
Illuminated pushbuttons White N/O XB4BP183BG5EX 308.50
24-120VAC/DC Green N/O XB4BP383BG5EX 308.50
Red N/C XB4BP483BG5EX 308.50
XB4BPp83p5EX Yellow N/O XB4BP583BG5EX 308.50
Blue N/O XB4BP683BG5EX 308.50
Illuminated pushbuttons White N/O XB4BP183M5EX 368.50
240 VAC Green N/O XB4BP383M5EX 368.50
Red N/C XB4BP483M5EX 368.50
Yellow N/O XB4BP583M5EX 368.50
Blue N/O XB4BP683M5EX 368.50
Notes
(1) Also available as key switch
(2) Conforms to ATEX 94/9/EC, EN50014, EN50281-1-1, IEC 61241-0, IEC 61241-1
Control stations
Type Colour Contact Reference Price $
exc. GST
Metal Green N/O XAWF100EX 673.00
Red N/C XAWF110EX 673.00
Stop start N/O + N/C XAWF210EX 891.00
3 Function N/O + N/C + NO XAWF310EX 1,206.00
Selector (1) N/O + N/C XAWF130EX 699.00
E-Stop trigger N/C + N/C XAWF178EX 715.00
Plastic Green N/O XAWG100EX 569.95
XAWF210EX Red N/C XAWG110EX 569.95
Stop start N/O + N/C XAWG210EX 694.00
3 Function N/O + N/C + NO XAWG310EX 959.00
Selector (1) N/O + N/C XAWG130EX 621.00 L
E-Stop trigger N/C + N/C XAWG178EX 545.00
XAWF178EX
Note
(1) Keyed version available
(2) Conforms to ATEX 94/9/EC, EN50014, EN50281-1-1, IEC 61241-0, IEC 61241-1
Certification
IECEx certification has a detailed procedure for testing and inspecting the equipment made for use in
potentially hazardous areas. The results obtained after this procedure enable a certificate to be issued,
together with a report confirming and demonstrating that the product can be used safely in potentially
explosive atmospheres (in line with the given parameters).
>> Based on this certification procedure, the ZB*R wireless and batteryless pushbuttons are certified with
the following standards:
>> EN 60079-0: 2009
>> EN 60079-11: 2012
>> Certificate numbers are:
>> vv IECEx INE 12.0041 for transmitters ZBRM01EX, ZBRM01BEX, XAWGR100EX, XAWGR200EX,
XAWGR300EX, ZB5RTA0EX, and ZBRP1EX
>> vv IECEx INE 12.0054 for relay antenna ZBRA1DEX
PWR
Q1
Q2 ib Protection method
OK
4 21
12 14 11 22 24 llC Gas, C for acetylene, hydrogen
T6 Temperature class
Gas Zone 1 & 2 Gb EPL, Gas high
IE C Ex INE ib IIC T6 Gb
12.0041
Environment
The performance features of the ZB*R range also conforms to the following specifications:
>> Certified for IECEx
>> International standards and approvals:
>> Wireless and batteryless pushbuttons: EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 N° 14
>> Transmitter/Receiver system: BT 2006/95/EC, CE: R&TTE 1999/5/EC, EMC 2004/108/EC
>> International certifications: UL, CSA, C-Tick, GOST, CCC
>> Radio agreements: ANATEL (Brazil), SRRC (China), FCC (USA), RSS (Canada), ICASA (South Africa),
ARIB T66 (Japan)
PWR
and foreseen
Q1
OK
OK
12 14 11 22 24 21
ZONE 22 foreseen
Gc Enhanced 2 Rare/most likely never Normal
Da Very high 20 Often/longer periods Safe with 2 faults, rare
Dust Zone 21 & 22 and foreseen
Dust Db III High 21 Occasionally Safe with 1 fault,
foreseen
Dc Enhanced 22 Rare/most likely never Normal
Note
In the table, the highlighted rows in grey are the targeted areas for the ZB*R IEC Ex offer
Transmitter components
Description Type of Category Type of push Reference Price $
and group exc. GST
Rope pull switch for hazardous Mining EX ib I Mb Plastic ZBRP1EX (1) 746.00
locations Gas EX ib IIC T6 Gb
Dust EX ib IIIC T85˚C
ZBRP1EX Db IP65
Accessories
Description Type of Category Function Reference Price $
and group exc. GST
Relay antenna equipped with Gas EX d IIC T6 Gb used for increasing ZBRA1EX 2,070.00
24AC/DC….240AC connector, Dust EX tb IIIC T85˚C the transmitter range
1 power-on LED and 2 LEDs Db IP65
for reception/transmission in
hazardous locations
ZBRA1EX
For receiver units see page J32
Note
(1) See page L8 for certification standards
XCSDMC5902EX
Safety switches
Reference Price $
exc. GST
Without locking
2 N/O + 1 N/C (break before make) XCSA502EX 489.00
2 N/C + 1 N/O (break before make) XCSA702EX 489.00
With locking, manual release by button
2 N/O + 1 N/C (break before make) XCSB502EX 586.00
2 N/O + 1 N/O (break before make) XCSB702EX 586.00
XCSA502EX With locking, manual release by key
2 N/O + 1 N/C (break before make) XCSC502EX 586.00
2 N/C + 1 N/O (break before make) XCSC702EX 586.00
XCSZ05
XCSZ03
Notes
(1) 10m versions also available
(2) Conforms to ATEX 94/9/EC, EN50014, EN50281-1-1, IEC 61241-0, IEC 61241-1
(3) For accessories see page L21
(4) Operating cable length <70 metres – distance between cable supports 5 metres
Advance panels
Description Display type App Flash Multi- Comm ports Reference Price $
/ version Mem card media exc. GST
slot video
3.5” Function keys QVGA 64MB No 2 serial 2 USB HMIGTO1300 1,092.00
(320x240)
3.5” Function keys QVGA 96MB No 2 serial 2 USB 1 HMIGTO1310 1,424.00
HMIGTO1300
(320x240) ethernet
5.7” Function keys QVGA 64MB No 2 serial 2 USB HMIGTO2300 1,880.00
(320x240)
5.7” Function keys QVGA 96MB SD No 2 serial 2 USB 1 HMIGTO2310 2,288.00
(320x240) Card ethernet
7.0” Wide screen function 96MB SD No 2 serial 2 USB 1 HMIGTO3510 3,138.00
keys WVGA (800x400) Card ethernet
7.5” Wide screen function 96MB SD No 2 serial 2 USB 1 HMIGTO4310 3,158.00
keys VGA (640x480) Card ethernet
HMIGTO3510 10.4” Wide screen function 96MB SD No 2 serial 2 USB 1 HMIGTO5310 4,090.00
keys VGA (640x480) Card ethernet
12.1” Wide screen function 96MB SD No 2 serial 2 USB 1 HMIGTO6310 5,045.00
keys SVGA (800x600) Card ethernet
Stainless Food grade panel
steel bezel
5.7” Function keys QVGA 96MB SD No 2 serial 2 USB 1 HMIGTO2315 2,816.00
(320x240) Card ethernet
10.4” Wide screen function 96MB SD No 2 serial 2 USB 1 HMIGTO5315 4,618.00
keys VGA (640x480) Card ethernet
12.1” Wide screen function 96MB SD No 2 serial 2 USB 1 HMIGTO6315 5,590.00
HMIGTO3510
HMIGTO6315 keys SVGA (800x600) Card ethernet
Note
(1) Conforms to ATEX 94/9/EC, EN60079-15, EN50281-1-1, IEC 61241-0, IEC 61241-1
Risk
assesment
analysis
Mainten
nance / Your Conception
Inspection machine & Design
& Audit
Implemen-
tation &
Certification
Machine manufacturers, or their authorised representatives within the EU, must ensure that the machine is
Risk Assessment
compliant with all requirements from this Directive. This technical file is available to reinforce authorities requests
as well as the CE marking must be affixed and a Declaration of Conformity has been signed before the machine
Making each risk investigation determines an appropriate level of safety and well being to the operators
may be placed on the market within the EU.
of the machinery. When considering what standard to use ISO 13849-1 or EN62061, either standard
must be used in its entirety and the two systems cannot be mixed in a single system. Other versions: please consult our Customer Care Ce
52
EN/IEC 62061
Machine safety
Risk reduction
Functional safety ofaccording to/ EN/IEC
control electrical electronic / 61508 and EN/ISO 13849-1
programmable electronic safety-related systems
n 3AFETY is achieved by risk reduction (for those hazards that cannot be designed-out).
n 2ESIDUAL RISK is the risk remaining after protective measures have been taken.
n 0ROTECTIVE MEASURES realised by E/E/PE* safety related systems contribute to risk reduction.
Risk reduction according to EN/IEC 61508 and EN/ISO 13849-1
*>>Electric
Safety /isElectronic
achieved /by risk reductionelectronic
Programmable (for those hazards that cannot be designed-out).
>> Residual risk is the risk remaining after protective measures have been taken.
>Risk
> Protective measures
reduction realised by to
according E/E/PE*
EN/IECsafety61508
related systems contribute13849-1
and EN/ISO to risk reduction.
* Electric / Electronic / Programmable electronic
n 3AFETY is achieved by risk reduction (for those hazards that cannot be designed-out).
n 2ESIDUAL RISK is the risk remaining after protective measures have been taken.
n 0ROTECTIVE MEASURES realised by E/E/PE* safety related systems contribute to risk reduction.
L
RESIDUAL TOLERABLE EQUIPMENT UNDER
RISK
* Electric RISK
/ Electronic / Programmable electronic CONTROL RISK
Functional
Functional safetysafety of machinery
ofmachinery
machinery
Functional safety of
sApproach
>Functional
sApproach
Approach safety
according
according
according EN/IECof
to EN/IEC
totoEN/IEC machinery
62061
62061
62061
sRisk
Risk estimation for SIL assignment
Risk estimation for SIL assignment
Approach
estimationaccording to EN/IEC 62061
for SIL assignment
Risk related to Severity of Frequency and duration of exposure Fr Probability of
Risk related to
the identified the possible Severity of Frequency and duration of exposure
Probability of occurrence of a hazardous event Pr Fr Probability of of
occurrence
Risk estimation
thehazard
identified for the
SIL assignmentProbability
possible
harm of occurrence
Probability ofor
of avoiding a hazardous event Pr Av
limiting harm occurrence
that harm of
hazard harm Probability of avoiding or limiting harm Av that harm
Risk related to Severity of Frequency and duration of exposure Fr Probability of
the identified the possible Probability of occurrence of a hazardous event Pr occurrence of
Example
hazard of SILofassignment
Example harm
SIL assignment Probability of avoiding or limiting harm Av that harm
Example of SIL assignment
This assignment should be carried by determining the risk parameters that are shown below in an
This assignment should be carried by determining the risk parameters that are shown below in an example.
example.
This assignment should be carried by determining the risk parameters that are shown below in an example.
Example of SIL assignment
Consequences Severity (Se)
Consequences
Irreversible: death, losing an eye or arm Severity (Se)
4
Irreversible: death, losing an eye or arm
Irreversible: broken limb(s), losing a finger(s) 4 3
ThisIrreversible:
assignment
Reversible:broken should
limb(s),
requiring
be carried
losing
attention afrom
finger(s) by determining the3 risk
a medical practitioner 2
parameters that are shown below in an example.
Reversible: requiring
Reversible: attention
requiring from a medical practitioner
first aid 2
Consequences Severity (Se) 1
Reversible: requiring first aid 1
Irreversible: death, losing an eye or arm 4
Frequency
Irreversible: brokenand duration
limb(s), of exposure
losing a finger(s)(Fr) Probability
3 of occurrence Probability (Pr) Probability of avoiding or limiting harm (Av)
Frequency and of
Frequency
Reversible: duration
requiring of exposure
exposure
attention (Fr) >practitioner
from a medical 10 min Probability
Very
2 of occurrence
high Probability5(Pr) Probability of avoiding or limiting harm (Av) 5
Impossible
Frequency of exposure
1 h requiring first aid
Reversible: > 10 5min Very high
Likely
1 5 4 Impossible
Rarely 5 3
1 h > 1 h to 1 day 5 5 Likely
Possible 4 3 Rarely
Probable 3 1
> 1 h>to 1 day
1 day 5 4 Possible 3 Probable 1
Frequency and to 2 weeks
duration of exposure (Fr) Rarely
Probability of occurrence Probability (Pr)2 Probability of avoiding or limiting harm (Av)
> 1 day to 2
> 2 weeks weeks
to 1 year 4 3 Rarely
Negligible 2 1
Frequency of exposure > 10 min Very high 5 Impossible 5
> 2 weeks
> 1 yearto 1 year 3 2 Negligible 1
1h 5 Likely 4 Rarely 3
> 1 year 2
> 1 h to 1 day 5 Possible 3 Probable 1
> 1 day to 2 weeks 4 Rarely 2
Serial no. Hazard Se Fr Pr Av CI
> 2 weeks to 1 year 3 Negligible 1
Serial
1 no. HazardHazard XSe 4 Fr 5 Pr + 4 Av + 3 CI= 12
> 1 year 2
1 2 Hazard X 4 5 + 4 + 3 = 12
2
Serial no. Hazard Se Fr Pr Av CI
Class CI Frequency and duration Probability of hzd. Event Avoidance
Consequences (Se)
1 Hazard X 4 5 + 4 + 3-4 3 =Class
12 CI 8-10 11-13 14-15Frequency
5-7 Fr and duration Probability
Pr of hzd. Event Avoidance
Av
Consequences (Se)
2 Death, losing an eye or arm 4 3-4 SIL5-7
2 SIL8-10
2 SIL11-13 3 SIL 3 Fr <= 1 hour
2 SIL14-15 5 Pr Common 5 Av
Death, losing an eye or arm
Permanent, losing fingers 4 3 SIL 2 SIL 2OM SIL 2 SIL 3 SIL 3
SIL 1 SIL 2 SIL 3 <= 1 hour
> 1 h to <= 1 day 5 5 Common
Likely 5 4
Permanent, losing
Reversible, fingersattention 3 2
medical OM SIL 1OMSIL 2SILSIL 2 > 1 h>to
1 3SILFrequency <= 1today
1 day <= 2 wks 5 4Probability
Likely
Possible 4 3 Impossible 5
Class CI and duration of hzd. Event Avoidance
Consequences
Reversible, medical
Reversible, first attention
aid (Se) 2 1 OM SIL 1 SIL 2SIL 1 > 1 day to <=
2 wks to 2<=wks
1 year 4 3Pr PossibleRarely 3 2 Impossible 5
3-4 5-7 8-10 11-13 OM 14-15 Fr Av Possible 3
Reversible, first aid 1 OM SIL 1 2 wks to <=
> 1 year 1 year 3 Rarely
2Common Negligible 2 1 Possible
Likely 3 1
Death, losing an eye or arm 4 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 3 SIL 3 <= 1 hour 5 5
> 1 year 2 Negligible 1 Likely 1
Permanent, losing fingers 3 OM SIL 1 SIL 2 SIL 3 > 1 h to <= 1 day 5 Likely 4
In this example the SIL
Reversible, medical attention 2
3 must be achieved OM
by the safety-related
SIL 1 SIL 2
control function
> 1 day to <= 2 wks 4
intended to reduce
Possible 3
the Impossible
risk related 5
In this example
to thefirstidentified the SIL 3
hazard. must be achieved by the safety-related control function intended to reduce the risk related
Reversible, aid 1 OM SIL 1 2 wks to <= 1 year 3 Rarely 2 Possible 3
to the identified hazard.
In this example the SIL 3 must be achieved by the safety-related control function intended to reduce the
> 1 year 2 Negligible 1 Likely 1
risk related
In this exampletothe
Determinationthe
SILidentified
3 must be hazard.
of the SIL level
achieved achieved
by the by control
safety-related the Safety-related
function intended tocontrol function
reduce the (SRCF)
risk related
to Determination
the identified hazard.of the SIL level achieved by the Safety-related control function (SRCF)
Determination of the SIL level achieved by the safety-related control function (SRCF)
According to standard EN/IEC 62061 for each safety related control function, the SIL level is linked to:
According
According to failure
to standard
standard EN/IECEN/IECthe62061 for each
62061 safety
eachrelated
fordangerous safety control function, thethe SIL level is linked to: level is linked to:
n a target
Determination
n a n architectural
target failure value
value
of the for
for theSIL
probability
level
probability
of
achieved
of dangerous by thebyrelated
failure by hour
Safety-related control
of SRCF: function,
PFHD
control the SIL
function (SRCF)
constraints (hardware fault tolerance,failure
diagnosis) hour of the SRCF: PFHD
>> n architectural
a target failure value for
constraints the probability
(hardware fault tolerance,of dangerous
diagnosis) failure by hour of the SRCF: PFHD
n a set of requirements related to the lifecycle of the safety related electrical control system
>According
> n a
architectural
set oftorequirements
standardconstraints
EN/IECrelated (hardware
62061 eachfault
to theforlifecycle safety
of thetolerance,
related control
safety related diagnosis)
function, the
electrical SIL system
control level is linked to:
>n a
> atarget
setSafetyoffailure value for the probability of dangerous failure
requirements related to the lifecycle n The
of byrate
the hour
of of
safety the SRCF:
failures O canPFHD
related electrical
be expressed control system
as follows: O= O + Odd +Odu
n architectural constraints Probability (hardware fault of a dangerous n The
tolerance, diagnosis) ratecalculation
n The of failures of O can be expressed as follows: O= Os+ Os dd +O
>n a
> Tsethe
Safety rate
integrity
of of failures
requirements λ can
level Probability
Failure
related bealifecycle
of
per
to the expressed
dangerous
Hour as follows:
n The
of the safety related λ= λ
electrical
calculation depends s
+ λ the+PFHD
control
of the PFHD dd
λ system
du
for a system
for a system
du
For guard monitoring on machines with fast run down time (1)
Contact arrangement Reference Price $
when key inserted exc. GST
Without locking
2 N/O + 1 N/C (break before make) XCSA502 279.50
1 N/O + 2 N/C (break before make) XCSA702 279.50
XCSAppp
With locking, manual release by button
XCSBppp 2 N/O + 1 N/C (break before make) XCSB502 478.50
1 N/O + 2 N/C (break before make) XCSB702 478.50
L
Electromagnetic unlocking action Contact Solenoid Reference Price
configuration (2) Voltage
Unlocking with energisation 1 NC + 2 NO 24VAC/DC XCSLF3535412 684.00
2 NC + 1 NO 24VAC/DC XCSLF3737412 684.00
XCSLF3535412
XCSZ01 XCSZ02
XCSZ03 XCSZ05
Notes
(1) Limit switches and operating keys to be ordered separately.
(2) Contact configuration with actuator inserted in the head of the switch.
For guard monitoring on machines with fast run down time (1)
Without locking
Contact arrangement Reference Price $
when key inserted exc. GST
1 N/O + 1 N/C (break before make) XCSPA592 133.60
2 N/C XCSPA792 133.60
2 N/O + 1 N/C (break before make) XCSTA592 149.60
1 N/O + 2 N/C (break before make) XCSTA792 149.60
XCSPAppp
XCSTAppp
XCSLE2727312
XCSZ13
XCSZ12 XCSZ14
Notes
(1) Limit switches and operating keys to be ordered separately.
(2) Contact configuration with actuator inserted in the head of the switch.
XCSDMP5012
Description Contact arrangement Reference Price $
with magnet present exc. GST
Cylindrical (m30 x 40) 1 N/O + 1 N/C XCSDMR5902 217.50
2 N/C (3) XCSDMR7902 217.50
Cylindrical (m30 x 40) with LED 1 N/O + 1 N/C XCSDMR5912 231.00
2 N/C (3) XCSDMR7912 231.00
Notes
(1) Complete with actuator and 2m cable for references ending in 2 and 5m cable for references ending
in 5. For 10m cable replace last digit of the reference with ‘10’.
e.g. XCSDMP7005 becomes XCSDMP70010.
(2) Versions with connector on flying lead also available.
(3) Only to be wired in conjunction with XPSAF relay.
XCSPR552
XCSPL962
21
XCSD3910P20
Steel roller plunger XCSD3902P20 137.20
14
32
22
XCSD3918P20
13
31
21
0,9
Steel roller plunger 21-22
3,1(A) 7,8(P) XCSP3902P20 110.40
31-32
13-14
14
32
22
21-22
31-32
13-14
XCSP3910P20 0 mm
1,5
Thermoplastic roller lever 25˚ 70˚(P) XCSP3918P20 99.60
21-22
31-32
13-14
21-22
31-32
13-14
0 90˚
12˚
Steel roller lever 25˚ 70˚(P) XCSP3919P20 138.20
21-22
31-32
13-14
21-22
31-32
13-14
0 90˚
12˚
BU
0,8
GN-YE
Roller plunger 3,1(A) 7(P) XCSM3902L1 209.50
RD-WH
BK-BK-WH
BK-WH
BN
RD-RD-WH
BN-BU
BK-BK-WH
RD-RD-WH
XCSMpp02L1 BN-BU
0 mm
1,4
L
Thermoplastic roller lever BK-BK-WH
25˚ 70˚(P) XCSM3915L1 198.80
RD-RD-WH
BN-BU
RD-RD-WH
BK-BK-WH
BN-BU
0 90˚
12˚
Steel roller lever BK-BK-WH
25˚ 70˚(P) XCSM3916L1 209.50
RD-RD-WH
BN-BU
RD-RD-WH
BK-BK-WH
BN-BU
0 90˚
12˚
4 pole N/C+N/C+N/O+N/O Metal end plunger BK-BK-WH
1,8 4,2(P) XCSM4110L1 205.00
RD-RD-WH
snap action contact BN-BU
VT-VT-WH
RD-RD-WH
BK-BK-WH
XCSMpp15L1 BN-BU
VT-VT-WH
BK
RD
BU
VT
0 5 mm
0,8
GN-YE
Roller plunger 3,1(A) 7(P) XCSM4102L1 227.00
RD-WH
VT-WH
BK-WH
BN
BK-BK-WH
RD-RD-WH
BN-BU
VT-VT-WH
BK-BK
RD-RD-WH
BN-BU
VT-VT-WH
0 mm
1,4
Thermoplastic roller lever BK-BK-WH
25˚ 70˚(P) XCSM4115L1 205.00
RD-RD-WH
BN-BU
VT-VT-WH
RD-RD-WH
BK-BK-WH
BN-BU
RD-RD-WH
0 90˚
12˚
Steel roller lever BK-BK-WH
25˚ 70˚(P) XCSM4116L1 227.00
RD-RD-WH
BN-BU
VT-VT-WH
RD-RD-WH
BK-BK-WH
BN-BU
XCSMpp16L1 RD-RD-WH
0 90˚
12˚
Note
(1) For a 2m long cable, replace L1 in the reference with L2. For a 5m long cable, replace L1 in the
reference with L5.
Section L:
Machine safety
Operating cable length < 30 metres (Distance between cable supports: 5 metres)
Reset/signalling Contacts Mounting Reference Price $
exc. GST
Reset by booted pushbutton 1N/O + 1N/C Either XY2CH13250 (2)(3) 420.50
(slow break) direction
XY2CH13270
Reset by booted pushbutton 2N/C Either XY2CH13270 (2)(3) 422.50
(slow break) direction
Reset by 30mm diameter 1N/O + 1 N/C Either XY2CH13450 (2)(3) 474.00
key operated pushbutton (slow break) direction
Operating cable length < 70 metres (Distance between cable supports: 5 metres)
Reset/Signalling Contacts Mounting Reference Price $
exc. GST
Reset by booted pushbutton 1N/O + 1 N/C RHS XY2CE1A250 (2)(4) 499.00
(slow break) LHS XY2CE2A250 (2)(4) 499.00
Reset by booted pushbutton 1N/C + 1 N/C RHS XY2CE1A270 (2)(4) 499.00
XY2CE2A270 (slow break) LHS XY2CE2A270 (2)(4) 499.00
Reset by booted pushbutton 2N/O + 2 N/C RHS XY2CE1A297 (2)(4) 639.95
c/w indicator light 240V (trip indicator) (slow break) LHS XY2CE2A297 (2)(4) 639.95
(bulb supplied)
Reset by booted pushbutton 2N/O + 2 N/C RHS XY2CE1A296 (2)(4) 638.00
c/w indicator light ≤ 130V (trip indicator) (slow break) LHS XY2CE2A296 (2)(4) 638.00
(bulb not supplied)
XY2CE2A297
Notes
(1) To change to a tensioner fitting unscrew ring fitting and replace with XY2CZ210 tensioner.
(2) For accessories see page L21.
(3) Other versions with pilot light unit for trip indication also available.
(4) Other versions with cable tension indicator also available.
Section L:
Machine safety
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Galvanised cable Ø 3.2mm 15.5m long XY2CZ3015 134.60
XY2CZ402 with red sheath 25.5m long XY2CZ302 214.50
100.5m long XY2CZ310 737.00
Ø 5.0mm 50.5m long XY2CZ105 363.50
100.5m long XY2CZ110 737.00
Turnbuckle M6 + locknut XY2CZ402 24.65
M8 + locknut XY2CZ404 29.30
XY2CZ701 XY2CZ601 Cable grip clamp Ø 3.2mm XY2CZ523 5.54
Ø 6.0mm XY2CZ524 5.60
Fixed cable support (4) M8 hole 9mm deep XY2CZ601 15.65
Cable end protector Suits 3.2mm cable XY2CZ701 6.06
Suits 5.0mm cable XY2CZ704 7.26
End spring (5) Suits XY2-CE XY2CZ702 24.35
Suits XY2-CH XY2CZ703 24.35
XY2CZ702 XY2CZ210
Replacement blue booted button Suits XY2-CH ZA2BP6 43.90
Tensioner Suits XY2-CJ XY2CZ210 47.70
Swivel All models XY2CZ602 62.10
Pulley support All models XY2CZ705 21.55
Pulley All models XY2CZ708 47.30
Cable Kits
Description Contains Reference Price $
exc. GST
Cable kit to suit XJ2-CE/CH/CJ XY2CZ3015 XY2CZ9315 167.20
15m Ø 3.2mm red sheathed galvanised cable XY2CZ523
1 cable grip XY2CZ703
XY2CZ9315
L
1 end spring
Cable kit to suit XJ2-CE/CH/CJ 1 x XY2CZ523 XY2CZ9325 217.50
25.5m x 3.2mm galvanised cable 1 x XY2CZ703
Cable grip
End Spring
Cable kit to suit XJ2-CE/CH/CJR/L 4 x XY2CZ524 XY2CZ9330 310.50
30.5m x 3.2mm galvanised cable 1 x XY2CZ404
1 x XY2CZ601
Cable grip
3 x XY2CZ704
Turnbuckle
1 x XY2CZ702
Cable support
Cable end protectors
End spring
Cable kit (suits XY2-CE lanyards) XY2CZ601 XY2CZ9550 443.00
XY2CZ9550 XY2CZ524
1 fixed cable support
4 cable grips XY2CZ404
1 turnbuckle XY2CZ105
50m Ø 5.0mm red sheathed galvanised cable XY2CZ702
1 end spring XY2CZ704
3 cable end protectors
XPEA110
9002AW2M11
Notes
(1) ISO M20 cable entry.
(2) 1 N/O + 1 N/C per step.
Section L:
Machine safety
5
1
3
+ 1 “NC”
6
2
4
2 validations 0 1 2 XY2AU2 1,202.70
3 positions
5
1
3
+ 1 “NC + NO”
6
2
4
XY2AUp
XY2AZ3 XY2AZ2
Note
(1) To be used with XPS-VC safety module.
New
910 963 46 13 PNP XUSL2E30H091N 3,144.00
1060 1113 53 14.5 PNP XUSL2E30H106N 3,464.00
1210 1263 61 16 PNP XUSL2E30H121N 3,862.00
1360 1413 68 17.5 PNP XUSL2E30H136N 4,432.00
XUSL2E30Hpppp
1510 1563 76 19.5 PNP XUSL2E30H151N 5,020.00
1660 1713 83 21 PNP XUSL2E30H166N 5,060.00
1810 1863 91 22.5 PNP XUSL2E30H181N 5,099.90
Notes
(1) Monitor up to 4 type 2 safety sensors to give a protected height of up to 1200mm (using 4 sensors)
conforming to AS4024.2-2006. The module also has muting capabilities.
(2) Nominal sensing distance (Sn) of 8m.
(3) For cables and accessories see page L27.
XUSL4E2BB0ppp
Notes
(1) The safety light curtain is supplied with mounting brackets and screws.
(2) Test rods must be ordered separately.
(3) For cables and accessories see page L27.
(4) For Long distance versions 0...10m or 3...20m substitute L for N at the end of the reference.
Cables
Transmitter cable M12 5 pin Type Cable length M Reference Price $
M12 Female connector PUR exc. GST
Straight 2 XZCP1164L2 46.50
Straight 5 XZCP1164L5 55.80
Straight 10 XZCP1164L10 78.10
Straight 15 XZCP1164L15 100.40
XZCP29Lp
Straight 25 XZCP1164L25 124.20
Angled 2 XZCP1264L2 46.60
Angled 5 XZCP1264L5 55.90
Angled 10 XZCP1264L10 78.00
Angled 15 XZCP1264L15 100.40
Angled 25 XZCP1264L25 124.20
Receiver cable M12 8 pin Type Cable length M Reference Price $
M12 Female connector PUR exc. GST
Straight 2 XZCP29P11L2 61.95
Straight 5 XZCP29P11L5 74.40
Straight 10 XZCP29P11L10 107.60
Straight 15 XZCP29P11L15 134.00
Straight 25 XZCP29P11L25 165.60
Angled 2 XZCP53P11L2 62.10
Angled 5 XZCP53P11L5 74.50
Angled 10 XZCP53P11L10 107.80
Angled 15 XZCP53P11L15 134.00
Angled 25 XZCP53P11L25 165.60
Accessories
Test rods For use with Reference Price $
exc. GST
14mm XUSL4E14F•• XUSZTR14 22.80
30mm XUSL4E30H•• XUSL2E30H•• XUSZTR30 25.90
XUSZVA4
XUSZLPE
Section L:
Machine safety
1,0
0,8
0,6
0
0,4
0,2
0,0
Coded Zero
Safety E-Stops/ Limit Light magnetic Enabling Two hand Time speed
Category modules tripwire switches curtains switches switch control delay detection
3 XPSAC x x
3 XPSAFL x x x (Cat 4)
General purpose
4 XPSAF x x
4 XPSAV x x x
4 XPSAR x x x
4 XPSAK x x x
4 XPSMP x x x x x
4 XPSMC x x x x x x x x
Dedicated device modules
2 XPSCM x
4 XPSVC x
4 XPSBF x
4 XPSDMB x
4 XPSDME x
4 XPSFB x
3 XPSTSA x
Special applications
3 XPSTSW x
3 XPSVNE x
4/3 XPSATE x x x
4 XPSLCM1150 x
4 XPSLCD1141 x
Up to category 4 applications
Monitor 2 of 15 predefined functions simultaneously (1)
No. of N/O No. of N/C No. of PLC Supply Reference Price $
safety outputs additional outputs signalling outputs voltage exc. GST
3 per function – 3 24VDC XPSMP11123 1,228.00
XPSMP11123
Category 3 applications
No. of N/O No. of N/C No. of PLC Supply Reference Price $
safety outputs additional outputs signalling outputs voltage exc. GST
L
Category 4 applications
Emergency stop and limit switch monitoring
No. of No. of No. of PLC No. of Supply Reference Price $
N/O safety N/C additional signalling time delay voltage exc. GST
outputs outputs outputs outputs
3 – – – 24VACDC XPSAF5130 679.00
XPSAF5130 XPSAV11113 3 3 24VACDC XPSAV11113 1,046.00
2 – 4 3 24VACDC XPSATE5110 1,372.00
2 – 4 3 230VAC XPSATE3710 1,372.00
XPSATEpppp
Notes
(1) Predefined functions include; single contact e-stop (category 2), double contact e-stop, limit switch,
coded magnetic switches, safety mat (category 3), light curtain.
(2) If used for monitoring light curtains with solid state outputs, the XPSAFL5130 conforms to category
4 of AS4024.1, ISO 13849-1 and EN 62061.
Category 4 applications
No. of N/O No. of N/C No. of PLC Supply Reference Price $
safety outputs additional signalling voltage exc. GST
outputs outputs
Notes
(1) Light curtains with solid state outputs.
(2) For 2 sets of light curtains.
(3) Maximum 2 to 4 sets of light curtains without muting.
Safety Controller
Description Inputs Outputs Reference Price $
exc. GST
Safety Controller 8 digital + 2 for start/ 2 OSSD pairs + 4 test + 2 XPSMCMCP0802 991.00
CPU stop interlock Status
XPSMCMCP0802
Non-safe fieldbus
Description Field bus / Network Reference Price $
type connector exc. GST
Non-safe Ethernet IP XPSMCMCO0000EI 1,073.00
communication 1 RJ45 (in/out)
modules
Universal Serial Bus XPSMCMCO0000UB 661.00
Mini USB
Modbus TCP XPSMCMCO0000EM 1,073.00
1 x RJ45 (in/out)
XPSMCMCO0000EI
Accessories
Description Application Reference Price $
exc. GST
Memory card For saving configuration data for subsequent XPSMCMME0000 112.00
transfer to a new device without using a PC
Configuration cable To be used for software configuration TCSXCNAMUM3P 235.00
between a PC and the safety controller CPU
Equipped with 2 x USB (And mini B)
RS 485 sheilded To be used between two 10 metre TSXSCMCN010 82.80
cable communication expansion 25 metre TSXSCMCN025 82.80
modules
50 metre TSXSCMCN050 124.20
Encoder splitter cable To be used between safe 1 metre TSXESPPM001 P.O.A.
speed monitoring modules 3 metre TSXESPPM003 P.O.A.
and PacDrive M
5 metre TSXESPPM005 P.O.A.
Expansion bus For connecting expansion XPSMCMCN0000SG 48.00
connector modules to the safety controller CPU
Software SoSafe configurable XPSMCMSW0000V10 P.O.A.
XPSMC32ZC
Notes
(1) To be ordered separately to the controllers.
(2) Windows based easy to configure software free on request
Configuration software
Description Characteristics (1) Reference Price $
exc. GST
Configuration CD-ROM + user manual XPSMCWIN 749.95
software for Operating system: Available on
controllers Windows NT®, 2000 or XP Safety Suite V2
XPSMCppZp software pack
Notes
(1) EDS and GSD files are available on the XPSMCWIN configuration software CD-ROM.
(2) To be ordered separately.
Section L:
Machine safety
Index
Control and connection components
Section M:
Low End Control
Control devices
1 2
Electromechanical and solid state relays
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Timers
B
Zelio measurement and control relays Page M22-23
Temperature controllers
D
SR2 Zelio Logic smart relays 1.000
Page M28 M
SR3 Zelio Logic smart relays Page M29
Number:
RAPTOREX_ASSEMBLY
Zelio Logic separate components Page M29
Provision
State:
The information is highly confidential and is the exclusive property of Schneider Electric
copyright reserved. This drawing must not be used for any purpose other than that expressly permitted
in writing by the owners and must not be disclosed or reproduced in any way without permission from the
owners in writing. This drawing must be returned to the owners when the purpose has ceased.
Index
Control and connection components
Section M:
Low End Control
Power supplies Phaseo modular power supplies (0.3 – 2.5 Amps) Page M30
Phaseo optimum power supplies (3 & 5 Amps) Page M30
Phaseo dedicated power supplies (100 – 240W) Page M30
Phaseo AC transformers Page M30
Phaseo function modules for ABL8 power supplies Page M31
ABL8MEM24012 ABL8REM24050
ABL6TS06B
wiring systems
M2
Contents (HOME)
Section M:
Low End Control
Accessories
Dimensions,
Description
Dimensions, Zelio Relay
Zelio Relay
- plug-in
Compatibility
- plug-in
Reference
relays relays
Price $
schemes schemes RSL slimRSL
interface
slim interface
relays relays
exc. GST
Dimensions,
Clip in legends (2 sheets of 64 legends) Zelio Relay
All sockets - plug-in
RSLZ5 relays
19.90
Bus jumper (20-pole jumper) RSL slimAllinterface
sockets RSLZ2
relays 5.96
schemes
Partition plate (10 partition plates) All sockets RSLZ3 5.96
Slim interface
Slimrelays,
interface
pre-assembled
relays, pre-assembled RSL1PRpp (spring terminals)
RSL1PV pp (screw connector)
RSL 1PVpp (screw
RSL 1PVpp
connector)
(screw connector) RSL 1PRpp (spring
RSL 1PRpp
terminals)
(spring terminals)
30,1
35,3
35,3
RSL 1PVpp (screw connector) RSL 1PRpp (spring terminals)
30,1
35,3
95
95
101
101
95
101
51,5 51,5
6,2 6,2 6,2 6,2
51,5 51,5
6,2 6,2 6,2 6,2
78,6 78,6
78,6 78,6
51,5 6,2 6,2
Relays for Relays
customer
forassembly
customer assembly 51,5 6,2 6,2
RSL 1pppp 78,6
with
RSLflat,
1pppp
reinforced
with flat,
pins
reinforced
(PCB type)
pins (PCB type) 78,6
15 max 15 max 5 max 5 max 1 C/O contact 1 C/O contact
1,9 (1) (1) 1,9
28 max
max 11,34
14
11
A1 A1
3,78
283,78
±0,5 ±0,5
3,5 3,5 12
11,34
A2 A2
(1): 5.04 mm (1): 5.04 mm
Sockets equipped
Socketswith
equipped
LED and
withprotection
LED andA1 protection
circuit circuit
3,78
3,5±0,5
RSL ZVpp (screw
RSL connector)
ZVpp (screw connector) RSL
A2 ZRpp (spring
RSL ZRpp
terminals)
(spring terminals)
(1): 5.04 mm
Sockets equipped with LED and protection circuit
30,1
30,1
35,3
35,3
35,3
95
95
101
101
95
101
Notes
(1) Separate relays and sockets also available, see Zelio Relay catalogue for details.
51,5 51,5
6,2 6,2 6,2 6,2
51,5 51,5
6,2 6,2 6,2 6,2
78,6 78,6
78,6 78,6
51,5
Socket connections
Socket 6,2
connections 6,2 Please refer to the Product Index and Conditions of Sale
Example section
of RSL
Example
Z2 busofjumper
RSL Z2 bus jum
51,5
78,6 — Stocking Policy6,2 6,2
column for stock and indent
mounting status. on sockets
on mounting
sockets
M4RSL ZVpp (screw
RSL connector)
ZVpp (screw connector) RSL ZRpp (spring
78,6
RSL ZRpp
terminals)
(spring terminals) Side view Side view
Contents (HOME)
Section M:
Low End Control
RSB relays
Type of contacts Ith Reference (1) Price $
exc. GST
1 C/O 16A (2) RSB1A160pp 23.80
2 C/O 8A RSB2A080pp 23.70
RSB2A080P7
Sockets
Relay to suit Terminals (3) Reference Price $
exc. GST
RSB1A160/RSB2A080 segregated RSZE1S48M 19.30
RSZE1S48M
Accessories
Relay to suit Suits Voltage Reference Price $
exc. GST
Plastic Maintaining Clamp All Sockets RGZR215 1.04
Diode All Sockets All voltages RZM040W 15.10
RC Circuit All Sockets 24-60 VAC RZM041BN7 15.05
All Sockets 110-240 VAC RZM041FU7 15.05
Diode + Green Light All Sockets 6-24 VDC RZM031RB 15.65
All Sockets 24-60 VDC RZM031BN 15.65
All Sockets 110 VDC RZM031FPD 15.65 M
Varistor + Green LED All Sockets 6-24 VAC/DC RZM021RB 6.74
All Sockets 24-48 VAC/DC RZM021BN 6.74
All Sockets 110- 240 VAC RZM021FP 6.74
Legends All Sockets RSZL300 2.50
Notes
(1) “pp” Complete reference with coil voltage code. e.g. RSB2A080BD for 24VDC.
(2) When using Relay RSB1A160pp, socket terminals must be connected in parallel.
(3) Segregated terminal bases have coil terminals separated on one side.
Mixed have control and signalling terminals evenly distributed.
All sockets have an attachment carrier.
Section M:
Low End Control
RXM relays
Type of contacts Ith Reference (1) Price $
exc. GST
2 C/O 12A RXM2AB2pp 23.80
3 C/O 10A RXM3AB2pp 23.80
4 C/O 6A RXM4AB2pp 27.20
4 C/O (2) 3A RXM4GB2pp 28.40
RXM2AB2pp
Sockets
Relay to suit Terminals (3) Reference Price $
exc. GST
RXM2 segregated RXZE2S108M 15.05
RXM3 segregated RXZE2S111M 16.05
RXM4 segregated RXZE2S114M 16.80
RXM2/RXM4 mixed RXZE2M114 14.60
RXM4 mixed RXZE2M114M 14.60
RXM2/RXM4 Spring clamp segregated RXZE2S114S 14.60
RXZE2S108M
Accessories
Suits socket Reference Price $
exc. GST
Relay retaining clip metal ALL RXZ400 3.06
References are changing in 2016! Diode protection module 6-250VDC ALL RXM040W 15.15
Dimensions
27
21 21
7 40 6 21 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 4,5
13,5 13,5 2,5 2,5
13,5
Notes
(1) “pp” Complete reference with coil voltage code, e.g. RXM2AB2BD for 24VDC.
(2) Low level contacts for signal level switching as low as 2mA 5V.
(3) Segregated terminal bases have coil terminals separated on one side. Mixed have control and
signalling terminals evenly distributed.
All sockets have an attachment carrier.
All relays have LED on indication.
All relays have manual ‘on’ lock down door.
Section M:
Low End Control
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
RXG relays
Type of contact LED & Flag Lock down Ith Reference (1) Price $
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
exc.
9
GST 10
A
1 C/O Yes Yes 10A RXG12•• 18.65
2 C/O Yes Yes 5A RXG22•• 22.80
RXG12••
Sockets
Relay to suit Terminals (2) Reference Price $
exc. GST
RXG12•• segregated RGZE1S35M 12.45
B RXG22•• segregated RGZE1S48M 12.45
B
RGZE1S35M
C
Accessories
Relay to suit Suits Voltage Price $ Reference
exc. GST
Replacement hold down clamp RGZ Sockets RGZR215 1.04
C
Diode RGZ Sockets All voltages RZM040W 15.10
RC Circuit RGZ Sockets 24-60 VAC RZM041BN7 15.05
RGZ Sockets 110-240 VAC RZM041FU7 15.05
Diode + Green Light RGZ
RGZ
Sockets
Sockets
Scale:
6-24 VDC
24-60 VDC
Tolerancing Standard :
RZM031RB
RZM031BN
15.65
15.65Units of measure :
M
1.000
RGZ Sockets 110 VDC RZM031FPD 15.65
D
Varistor + Green LED RGZ Sockets 6-24 VAC/DC RZM021RB 6.74
RGZ Sockets 24-48 VAC/DC RZM021BN 6.74
Number: Revision: Sheet:
RGZ Sockets 110- 240RAPTOREX_ASSEMBLY
VAC RZM021FP 6.74 1/2
Legends RGZ Sockets RSZL300 2.50
Provisional
State:
The information is highly confidential and is the exclusive property of Schneider Electric
copyright reserved. This drawing must not be used for any purpose other than that expressly permitted
in writing by the owners and must not be disclosed or reproduced in any way without permission from the
owners in writing. This drawing must be returned to the owners when the purpose has ceased.
Origina
Note
(1) Complete reference with coil voltage e.g. RXG12BD for 24VDC.
All relays have LED on indication.
All relays have manual ‘on’ lock down door.
(2) Segregated terminal bases have coil terminals separated on one side. Mixed have control and
signalling terminals evenly distributed.
Section M:
Low End Control
RUM relays
Type of contacts Ith No of Pins Reference (1) Price $
exc. GST
2 C/O 10A 8 RUMC22pp 28.80
3 C/O 10A 11 RUMC32pp 33.10
RUMC22BD
Sockets
Relay to suit Terminals (2) Reference Price $
exc. GST
RUMC22••/ RUMC2AB2•• mixed RUZC2M 14.60
RUMC32••/ RUMC3AB2•• mixed RUZC3M 16.05
RUZC2M
Accessories
Suits socket Reference Price $
exc. GST
Relay retaining clip metal RUZC2M/RUZC3M RUZC200 6.06
Diode protection RUZC2M/RUZC3M RUW240BD 15.15
References are changing in 2015! RC suppressor RUZC2M/RUZC3M RUW241P7 15.25
RUMC2AB2•• becomes RUMC22•• Multifunction timer RUZC2M/RUZC3M RUW101MW 288.00
RUM3CAB2•• becomes RUMC32••
Standard coil voltages
AC supply Volts 24 110 230/240
50/60Hz B7 F7 P7
DC supply Volts 12 24 110
Code JD BD FD
Dimensions
RUM Cpp
34
34
6 6 55 55 34 34
Notes
(1) “pp” Complete reference with coil voltage code, e.g. RUMC22BD for 24VDC.
All sockets have an attachment carrier.
All relays have LED on indication.
All relays have manual ‘on’ lock down door.
(2) Segregated terminal bases have coil terminals separated on one side. Mixed have control and
signalling terminals evenly distributed.
Section M:
Low End Control
RPM relays
Type of contacts Ith Reference (1) Price $
exc. GST
1 C/O 15A RPM12pp 24.70
2 C/O 15A RPM22pp 28.60
4 C/O 15A RPM42pp 48.50
RPM22F7
Sockets
Relay to suit Terminals (2) Reference Price $
exc. GST
RPM1 mixed RPZF1 12.75
RPM2 mixed RPZF2 12.75
RPM4 mixed RPZF4 15.15
RPZF1
Accessories
Suits socket Reference Price $
exc. GST
Retaining clip metal RPZF1 RPZR235 3.68
Diode protection RPZF1 RXM040W 15.15
RC suppressor RPZF2 RUW041P7 15.00
Diode protection RPZF3 RUW240BD 15.15
Multifunction timer RPZF4 RUW101MW 287.70
6,5 6 5 4
6,5 6 5
27
4,5
2 6 14 2,5 2,5 7 39 7
41 7
27
27
21 10 31 10 10 40 10 10 10
15
Notes
(1) “pp” Complete reference with coil voltage code, e.g. RPM12BD for 24VDC.
RPZF4 socket has attachment carrier for multifunction timer only.
All relays have LED ‘on’ indication.
All relays have manual ‘on’ lock down door.
(2) Segregated terminal bases have coil terminals separated on one side. Mixed have control and
signalling terminals evenly distributed
RPF relays
Type of contacts Ith Reference (1) Price $
exc. GST
2 C/O 30 (2) RPF2Bpp 45.10
16
26
Code BD
device fitted as standard)60
Dimensions
42
15
6 8
12
42
30
4,5
69
RPF 2Bpp
Notes
(1) “pp” Complete reference with coil voltage code, e.g. RPF2BBD for 24VDC.
(2) N.O. contact: 30A with 13mm space between; 25A mounted side by side, 250VAC.
N.C. contact: 3A for signalling, 250VAC.
(3) LC = Low consumption DC coil.
Notes
(1) Random switching for switching inductive loads.
(2) Check the Relays catalogue for the full range of products available.
Accessories
Description For use with Thermal rating Reference Price $
exc. GST
Heat sink SSRP… relays SSRAH1 78.10
(10…50A only)
Thermal interface SSRP… relays SSRAT1 66.90
sold in lots of 10
Heat sink panel mount SSP… relays 2.5˚C/watt SSRHP25 55.90
SSRAH1 1.7˚C/watt SSRHP17 95.80
1.0˚C/watt SSRHP10 95.80
0.5˚C/watt SSRHP05 129.40
0.2˚C/watt SSRHP02 246.00
Heat sink rail mount SSP… relays 1.0˚C/watt SSRHD10 95.80
Notes
(1) Models designed for use with inductive loads also available.
(2) Models with pre-fitted heatsink also available.
Note
(1) Resistive load, if you require any other load please consult your Schneider Electric sales
representative.
Functions
Timing functions are identified by letters.
Main timing Complementary Definitions
functions functions (1)
A (2) Power on delay relay
Ac On-delay and off-delay relay with control signal
Ad Pulse delay relay with control signal
RE22R1MAMR
Ah Pulse delayed relay (single cycle) with control signal
Ak Asymmetrical On-delay and Off-delay with external control
At Power on delay relay (summation) with control signal
Aw Off-delay on energisation or on opening of control contact
B (2) Interval relay with control signal
Bw Double interval relay with control signal
C (2) Off-delay relay with control signal
Ct Off-delay relay with control signal and with pause/summation
control
D (2) Symmetrical flasher relay (starting pulse off)
Di (2) Symmetrical flasher relay (starting pulse on)
Dt Symmetrical flashing relay (starting pulse-off) with pause/
summation control signal
Dw Symmetrical flashing relay (starting pulse-off) with retrigger/
restart control signal
H (2) Interval relay
He Pulse-on de-energisation
Ht Interval relay (summation) with control signal
Hw Interval relay with retrigger/restart control signal
K Delay on de-energisation (without auxiliary supply)
L (2) Asymmetrical flasher relay (starting pulse off)
Li (2) Asymmetrical flasher relay (starting pulse on)
Lt Asymmetrical flashing with partial stop of timing
N Retriggerable interval relay with control signal on
O Retriggerable interval delayed relay with control signal on
P Pulse delayed relay with fixed pulse length
Pt Pulse delayed relay (summation and fixed pulse length) with
control signal off
Q Qc Star-delta timing
Qe Star-delta timing
Qg Star-delta timing
Qt Star-delta timing
T Bistable relay with control signal on
Tt Retriggerable bistable relay with control signal on
W Interval relay with control signal off
Wt Interval relay with control signal off and with pause/summation
control
Notes
(1) Complementary functions enhance the main timing functions. Example: AC: timing after closing and
opening of control contact.
(2) The most commonly used timing functions.
(3) If the letter i is in the timing function then the timer starts with pulse on.
RE22R2MYMR
Power off timers 0.05s…10m (7 ranges)
Functions No. of relay Supply voltages Reference Price $
outputs exc. GST
K 1 C/O 8A z 24…240 RE22R1KMR (2) 194.60
2 C/O 8A z 24…240 RE22R2KMR (2) 243.50
Section M:
Low End Control
RUZC2M
Note
(1) For function description see page M14.
Zelio
Zeliotiming
timingrelays
relays
Function
Functiondiagrams
diagrams
Functions Zelio Time - timing relays
Section
SectionM:M:
Low
LowEnd
EndControl
Control
Functions
U:.Supply Function diagram :
R:.Relay.or.solid.state.output Relay.de-energized
R1/R2:.2.timed.outputs Relay.energized
R2 inst .:.The.second.output.is.instantaneous.if.the.right. Output.open
position.is.selected
T:.Timing.period Output.closed
C:.Control.contact
G:.Gate
Ta:.Adjustable.On-delay
Tr:.Adjustable.Off-delay
Function A: Power on delay relay
1 output 2 outputs
The.timing.period.T.begins.on.
energization .
U U After.timing,.the.output(s).R.close(s) .
The.second.output.can.be.either.timed.
or.instantaneous .
R R1/R2
T
R2.inst .
T
2 timed outputs (R1/R2) or 1 timed output
(R1) and 1 instantaneous output (R2 inst .) .
Function Ac: On-delay and off-delay relay with control signal
1 output 2 outputs
After.power-up,.closing.of.the.control.
contact.C.causes.the.timing.period.T.to.
U U start.(timing.can.be.interrupted.by.
operating.the.Gate.control.contact.G) ..
At.the.end.of.this.timing.period,.the.relay.
C C closes .
When.control.contact.C.re-opens,.the.
timing.T.starts .
R1/R2
G At.the.end.of.this.timing.period.T,.the.
output.reverts.to.its.initial.position.(timing.
R2.inst . can.be.interrupted.by.operating.the.Gate.
MM
R control.contact.G) .
t1 t2 t'1 t'2 T T
The.second.output.can.be.either.timed.
or.instantaneous .
T.=.t1.+.t2.+.… 2 timed outputs (R1/R2) or 1 timed output
T.=.t’1.+.t’2.+.… (R1) and 1 instantaneous output (R2 inst .) .
Function Ad: Pulse delayed relay with control signal
After.power-up,.pulsing.or.maintaining.control.contact.C.starts.the.timing.T .
At.the.end.of.this.timing.period.T,.the.output.R.closes ..
U
The.output.R.will.be.reset.the.next.time.control.contact.C.is.pulsed.or.maintained .
R
T T
Function Ah: Pulse delayed relay (single cycle) with control signal
After.power-up,.pulsing.or.maintaining.control.contact.C.starts.the.timing.T .
A.single.cycle.then.starts.with.2.timing.periods.T.of.equal.duration.(start.with.output.
U
in.rest.position) .
Output.R.changes.state.at.the.end.of.the.first.timing.period.T.and.reverts.to.its.initial.
position.at.the.end.of.the.second.timing.period.T .
C
Control.contact.C.must.be.reset.in.order.to.re-start.the.single.flashing.cycle .
R
T T T T
Please
Pleaserefer
refertoto8the
theProduct
ProductIndex
Indexand
andConditions
ConditionsofofSale
Salesection
section
——Stocking
StockingPolicy
Policycolumn
columnforforstock
stockand
andindent
indentstatus.
status.
M17
M19
Contents (HOME)
Functions (continued)
Function Ak: Asymmetrical On-delay and Off-delay with external control
After.power-up.and.closing.of.the.control.contact.C,.timing.starts.for.a.period.Ta.
(timing.can.be.interrupted.by.operating.the.Gate.control.contact.G) .
U
At.the.end.of.this.timing.period.Ta,.the.output.R.closes .
Opening.of.control.contact.C.causes.a.second.timing.period.Tr.to.start.(timing.can.be.
interrupted.by.operating.the.Gate.control.contact.G) .
C
At.the.end.of.this.timing.period.Tr,.the.output.R.reverts.to.its.initial.state .
R
t1 t2 t'1 t'2
Ta.=.t1.+.t2.+.…
Tr.=.t’1.+.t’2.+.…
Function At: Power on delay relay (summation) with control signal
After.power-up,.the.first.opening.of.control.contact.C.starts.the.timing ..Timing.can.be.
interrupted.each.time.control.contact.C.closes ..When.the.cumulative.total.of.time.
U
periods.elapsed.reaches.the.pre-set.value.T,.the.output.relay.closes .
R
t1 t2
T.=.t1.+.t2.+.…
Function Aw: Off-delay on energization or on opening of control contact
The.timing.period.T.starts.on.energization .
At.the.end.of.the.timing.period.T,.the.output.R.closes .
U
Closing.of.the.control.contact.C.makes.the.output.R.open ..
Opening.of.control.contact.C.restarts.timing.period.T ..
At.the.end.of.the.timing.period.T,.the.output.R.closes .
C
R
T T
R
T T
R
T T
Please refer
Please refer to
to the
the Product
Product Index
Index and
and Conditions
Conditions of
of Sale
Sale section
section
9
— Stocking
— Stocking Policy
Policy column
column for
for stock
stock and
and indent
indent status.
status.
M20
M18
Contents (HOME)
Functions (continued)
Function C:Off-delay relay with control signal
1 output 2 outputs
After.power-up.and.closing.of.the.control.
contact.C,.the.output.R.closes .
U U When.control.contact.C.re-opens,.timing.
T.starts .
At.the.end.of.the.timing.period,.output(s).R.
C C revert(s).to.its/their.initial.state .
The.second.output.can.be.either.timed.or.
instantaneous .
R R1/R2
T
R2.inst .
T
R2.inst .
T T T T T T
R2.inst .
T T T T T
R2.inst .
T
Please refer
Please refer to
to the Product
10the Product Index
Index and
and Conditions
Conditions of
of Sale
Sale section
section
— Stocking
— Stocking Policy
Policy column
column for
for stock
stock and
and indent
indent status.
status.
M19
M21
Contents (HOME)
Zelio
Zeliotiming
timingrelays
relays
Function diagrams
Function
Functions (continued) diagrams
Zelio Time - timing relays
Section M: M:
Section
LowLow
EndEnd
Control
Control
Functions (continued)
Function He: Pulse-on de-energization
On.de-energization,.the.output.R.closes.for.the.duration.of.a.timing.period.T .
U
R
> 80 ms T 80 ms <T
T.=.t1.+.t2.+.…
Function K: Delay on de-energization (without auxiliary supply)
1 output 2 outputs
On.energization,.the.output(s).R.close(s) .
On.de-energization,.timing.period.T.starts.
U U and,.at.the.end.of.this.period,.the.
output(s).R.revert.to.its/their.initial.state .
R R1
T
R2
T
R
Tr Ta
R
Ta Tr
R
t1 t2 t'1 t'2
Tr.=.t1.+.t2.+.….
Ta.=.t’1.+.t’2.+.…
Please referrefer
Please to the
to Product Index
the Product and and
Index Conditions of Sale
Conditions section
of Sale 11
section
— Stocking Policy
— Stocking column
Policy for stock
column and and
for stock indent status.
indent status.
M22
M20
Contents (HOME)
Section M:
Presence of phases
Overvoltage and undervoltage New
Low End Control
RM22TR33
Rotational direction and presence of phases and asymmetry (2)
Time Delay on Rated mains Control Output Reference Price $
de-energisation voltage threshold relay exc. GST
Adjustable 380...480 Asymmetry 2 C/O 8A RM22TA33 367.40
0.1...30s 50/60Hz 5...15%
RM22TU23
Voltage measurement: overvoltage and undervoltage (4)
Adjustable Volts to be Output Reference Price $
Time Delay measured relay exc. GST
0.1...30s 15...500 2 C/O 8A RM22UA33MT 367.40
RM22UA33MT
Notes
(1) Non-motor applications.
(2) Motor application.
(3) Single phase sensing.
(4) overvoltage and undervoltage with/without memory.
Section M:
Liquid level
New
Low End Control
LA9RM201
M
References are changing
RM4TG•• becomes RM22TG••
RM4TU•• becomes RM22TU••
RM4TR•• becomes RM22TR••
RM4TA•• becomes RM22TA••
RM4UA•• becomes RM22UA••
RM4JA••• becomes RM22JA••••
RM4LG••• becomes RM22LG••••
RM4LA••• becomes RM22LA••••
Note
(1) Single phase sensing.
Dimensions
Note
(1) Double width.
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
USB programming cable RTCCBL 186.40
Terminal cover RTCCOV 31.05
Adaptive display
The intelligent PV (Process Value) display continuously changes colour (Red, Green, and Orange
according to its varying value from the SV (Set Value) range
Note
(1) Other output configurations available by request.
LADDER language
LADDER language allows a LADDER program to be written with elementary functions, elementary
function blocks and derived function blocks, as well as with contacts, coils and variables.
Text function Timer
The contacts, coils and variables can be annotated. Text can be placed freely within the graphic.
block
>> Control scheme input modes
“Zelio input” mode enables users who have directly programmed the Zelio smart relay to find the
same user interface, even when using the software for the first time.
“Free input” mode, which is more intuitive, is very user-friendly and incorporates many
additional features.
Up/down Fast counter With LADDER programming language, two alternate types of symbol can be used:
counter >> LADDER symbols,
>> electrical symbols.
“Free input” mode also allows the creation of mnemonics and notes associated with each line of
the program.
Instant switching from one input mode to the other is possible at any time, by clicking the mouse.
Up to 120 control scheme lines can be programmed, with 5 contacts and 1 coil per program line.
Analogue Clock
comparator >> Functions:
>> 16 time delay function blocks; parameters of 11 different types can be set for each of these
(1/10th second to 9999 hours)
>> 16 up/down counter function blocks from 0 to 32767
>> 1 fast counter (1kHz)
>> 16 text function blocks
>> 16 analogue comparator function blocks
Control relay Counter >> 8 clock function blocks, each with 4 channels
comparator >> 28 control relays
>> 8 counter comparators
>> automatic summer/winter time switching
>> variety of coil functions, latching (set/reset), impulse relay, contactor
>> LCD screen with programmable backlighting.
LCD Summer/
backlighting winter time
switching
Output coil
Functions
Function Electrical scheme LADDER language Notes
Contact Corresponds to the real state of the
or or contact connected to the input of the
smart relay
]
Timer. Function A/C with Timer. Function BH with Pulse generator
external preset adjustment external preset adjustment with external preset adjustment
(ON-delay and OFF-delay) (adjustable pulsed signal) (ON-delay, OFF-delay)
Impulse relay function Bistable latching - Priority Allow logic equations to be Cam programmer Up/down counter
assigned either to SET or created between connected
RESET function inputs
Up/down counter with Hour counter Time programmer, weekly Allows conversion of an Defines an activation zone
external preset (hour, minute preset) and annual analogue value by change with hysteresi
of scale and offset
M
Multiplexing functions on Zone comparison Add and/or subtract Multiply and/or divide Display of 4 pieces of data:
2 analogue values (Min. y Value y Max.) function function digital, analogue, date, time,
messages for Human-
Machine interface
Display of digital and Sending of messages with Comparison of 2 analogue Serial communication Storage of 2 values
analogue data, date, time, communication inferface values using the operands blocks for use with Vijeo simultaneously
messages for Human- =, >, <, y, u. Designer Lite V1.3
Machine interface
Logic functions
AND OR XOR
Note
(1) SFC: Sequential function chart only available in FBD mode.
Connection cables
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
Connecting cable between the PC (USB) and the smart relay SR2USB01 114.00
Connecting cable between the PC (SUB-D, 9-way connector) SR2CBL01 114.00
and the smart relay, length: 3m
Interface for USB port (for use with cable SR2CBL01), SR2CBL06 145.00
length: 1.8m
Connecting cable between the smart relay and a small panel SR2CBL08 41.40
(XBTN401, XBTR411, XBTRT511)
SR2CBL08
Connecting cable between smart relay and small panel (HMISTO501) SR2CBL09 41.40
Back-up memory
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
EEPROM back-up memory SR2MEM02 59.30
SR2MEM02
Note
(1) Programming on smart relay in LADDER language only.
Communications
M
Description Supply Reference Price $
exc. GST
Zelio communication interface a 12/24V SR2COM01 416.50
Analog Modem a 24V SR2MOD01 1,020.00
GSM Modem a 24V SR2MOD02 (4) 859.00
SR2MOD02 + Antenna for GSM Modem (3m lead) included in SR2MOD02
SR2COM01
Notes
The smart relay and its associated extensions must have an identical voltage.
(1) Including 8 outputs at maximum current of 8A and 2 outputs at maximum current of 5A.
(2) For use only with SR3 smart relays. Power supply to the I/O extension and communication modules
is via the modular smart relay.
(3) Input IJ suitable for a PT100 temperature sensor (-25°C…125°C).
(4) Pair with SR2COM1 Comms interface - Network sim card not included.
(5) For use only with SR3 smart relays.
ABL8REM24030 ABL8REM24050
Note
(1) Input voltage 230 or 400VAC with optional +/-15V outputs available B 24VAC F 115VAC or U 230V
depending on model selected.
Redundancy Automatic change over between two power supplies, Total output Reference Price $
module in the event of power supply failure current (A) exc. GST
40 ABL8RED24400 300.50
M
Battery Interface between supply and battery module in the Output Reference Price $
back-up event of power failure. Battery optimiser to condition current (A) exc. GST
solution and monitor battery life. Use with ABL8 power supply 20 ABL8BBU24200 634.00
and ABL8 batteries
40 ABL8BBU24400 1,014.00
Control module
Discharge Time Battery Reference Price $
load (A) (S) Capacity exc. GST
5 20 3.2Ah ABL8BPK24A03 266.00
50 7Ah ABL8BPK24A07 329.50
120 12Ah ABL8BPK24A12 482.50
Batteries
Section M:
Low End Control
Software Compatibility:
>> SoMachine Basic Software convert an application of Twido to M221.
Compact controllers
Number of I/O Total I/O Outputs Embedded Reference Price $
ethernet exc. GST
AC Supply 100…240VAC 16 I/O 7 relay outputs No TM221C16R 439.95
2 analogue inputs 0…10V 24 I/O 10 relay outputs No TM221C24R 528.00
Mini USB port (type B)
40 I/O 16 relay outputs No TM221C40R 704.00
4 high speed inputs
2 high speed outputs 16 I/O 7 relay outputs Yes TM221CE16R 499.00
Process control (PID) 24 I/O 10 relay outputs Yes TM221CE24R 587.00
SD card slot 40 I/O 16 relay outputs Yes TM221CE40R 763.00
TM221C16R DC Supply 24VDC 16 I/O 7 source outputs No TM221C16T 439.95
2 analogue inputs 0…10V 24 I/O 10 source outputs No TM221C24T 528.00
Mini USB port (type B)
40 I/O 16 source outputs No TM221C40T 704.00
4 high speed inputs
2 high speed outputs 16 I/O 7 source outputs Yes TM221CE16T 499.00
Process control (PID) 24 I/O 10 source outputs Yes TM221CE24T 587.00
SD card slot 40 I/O 16 source outputs Yes TM221CE40T 763.00
Modular controllers
Number of I/O Total I/O Outputs Embedded Reference (1) Price $
ethernet exc. GST
DC Supply 24VDC 16 I/O 8 Relay No TM221M16R 528.00
2 analogue inputs 0…10V 16 I/O 8 Transistor No TM221M16T 528.00
Mini USB port (type B)
32 I/O 16 Transistor No TM221M32TK 587.00
4 high speed inputs
2 high speed outputs 16 I/O 8 Relay Yes TM221ME16R 587.00
Process control (PID) 16 I/O 8 Transistor Yes TM221ME16T 587.00
SD card slot 32 I/O 16 Transistor Yes TM221ME32TK 645.00
TM221M16R
HMI
Mounting Reference Price $
exc. GST
22mm Diameter TMH2GDB 338.00
M
Sofware
Software Reference Price $
exc. GST
TMH2GDB SoMachine SoMachine Basic 0.00
Memory card
Mounting Reference Price $
exc. GST
256MB TMASD1 112.80
TMASD1
Note
(1) For spring clamp version add the letter G to the end of the reference.
Analogue modules
Number of Type of input Type of output Resolution Reference Price $
points exc. GST
2 inputs 0…10V none 16 bits TM3AI2H (1) 338.00
4…20mA
4 inputs 0…10V none 12 bits TM3AI4 (1) 366.00
4…20mA
TM3AI2H 8 inputs 0…10V none 12 bits TM3AI8 (1) 450.50
4…20mA
8 inputs Thermistor none 16 bits TM3TI8T (1) 479.00
Thermo couple
4 inputs 0…10V none 16 bits TM3TI4 (1) 450.50
PT100
4…20mA
2 outputs 0…10V 12 bits TM3AQ2 (1) 338.00
4…20mA
4 outputs 0…10V 12 bits TM3AQ4 (1) 450.50
TM3TI8T 4…20mA
2 inputs 0…10V 0…10V 12 bits TM3TM3 (1) 479.00
1 output 4…20mA
PT100
4 inputs 0…10V 12 bits TM3AM6 (1) 507.00
2 outputs 4…20mA
Note
(1) For spring clamp version add the letter G to the end of the reference.
Safety modules
Safety category Type Reference Price $
exc. GST
3 E-stop, limit switch TM3SAC5R (1) 422.50
4 E-stop, limit switch TM3SAF5R (1) 479.00
4 E-stop, limit switch light curtains (without muting) TM3SAFL5R (1) 507.00
3 and 4 E-stop, limit switch light curtains, safety mats TM3SAK6R (1) 535.00
TM3SAK6R
Expert module
Module Reference Price $
exc. GST
M
Expert Tesys U & Tesys quickfit starter 4 x RJ45 TM3XTYS4 (2) 169.00
Connection Rating Reference Price $
exc. GST
Direct up to 15kW/400V LAD5C11 175.00
18.5 to 30kW/400V LAD5C31 175.00
Reversing up to 15kW/400V LAD5C12 209.50
18.5 to 30kW/400V LAD5C32 209.50
TM3XTYS4
Accessories
New Unit Type Reference Price $
exc. GST
M221 TM3 Bus extension Transmitter TM3XTRA1 169.00
Receiver TM3XREC1 169.00
XVU Tower light (PWM) (3) (4) Voice module XVUC9VP 331.50
Multicolour light unit XVUC29P 262.00
TM3Xpppp XVUCppP
Note
(1) For spring clamp version add the letter G to the end of the reference.
(2) For Solink connection to Tesys contactors see page H33 or for Tesys U use LUFC00.
(3) PWM - Pulse width modulation.
(4) See section J for XVU light tower components
Sub-bases
Number of Type of channel Compatibility LED on Fuse Reference Price $
channels each CH exc. GST
16 inputs Sink 24VDC TM221M32TK No No ABE7E16EPN20 138.80
TM221ME32TK
TM3DI••K
16 outputs Source 24VDC TM221M32TK No No ABE7E16SPN20 124.20
ABE7E16SPN22
TM221ME32TK Yes Yes ABE7E16SPN22 306.50
TM3DQ••K
Relay 24VDC TM221M32TK No No ABE7E16SRM20 268.50
250VAC 2A TM221ME32TK
TM3DQ••K
Accessories
Function Reference Price $
exc. GST
Spare snap on terminal blocks ABE7BV20 48.50
Notes
(1) price is for an individual relay - total cost for a set is four times the individual price
(2) Compatible with inputs only
(3) Compatible with outputs only
Cordsets
Designation Description Length Reference Price $
exc. GST
Modbus RS485 cordsets 2 x RJ45 connectors 1m VW3A8306R10 23.95
3m VW3A8306R30 34.20
Controller to Magelis HMI 2 x RJ45 connectors 2.5m XBTZ9980 80.50
Embedded functions in Compact M221 Compact Twido Embedded functions in Modular M221 Modular Twido
the controller bases M221Cp TWDLCp the controller bases M221Mp TWDLMp
Analog I/O 2 inputs 0-10V – Analog I/O 2 inputs 0-10V 1 input 0-10V
Max I/Os (CPU + TM3 316 248 Max I/Os 288 248
Program size 10K inst (RAM 96k, 3K inst (RAM 10k, Program size 10K inst (RAM 96k, 3K inst (RAM 10k,
SRAM 256k, SRAM 32k, SRAM 256k, SRAM 32k,
Flash 768k) Flash 128k) Flash 768k) Flash 128k)
Real time clock Yes Cartridge Real time clock Yes Cartridge
Serial lines 2: RJ45 & TB port 1 mini DIN port Serial lines 2: RF45 & TB (only 1 mini DIN port
Modbus ASCII/RTU & 1 mini DIN port on M2xxM-ppp-)
in option port Modbus ASCII/
TRU
Ethernet port 1 RJ45 port: only 1 RJ45 port on Ethernet port 1 RJ45 port: only –
for M2xxCE-p TWLCDE40DRF for M2xxME-p
in Modbus TCP/ in Modbus TCP/
IP client/server IP client/server
Ethernet IP client Ethernet IP client
High speed inputs HSC 4 x 100kHz 4 x 5kHz + High speed inputs HSC 4 x 100kHz 2 x 5kHz +
2 x 20kHZ 2 x 20kHZ
High speed outputs PTO 2 x 100kHz – High speed outputs PTO 2 x 100kHz –
M221 Twido
>> All TM2 analogue modules are substituted except the TM2ARI8LRJ with RJ45 port
>> Same width 70mm and same depth (height) 90mm
>> The length could be changed a little
>> Two types of TB in 5.08mm and 3.81mm pitch vs TB only in 3.81mm pitch on TM2
>> TM2 could be plugged on TM3 module & M2pp controller
Modular
Twido M211
TWDLMDA20TK TM221M16T
TWDLMDA20DRT TM221M16R
TWDLMDA40DTK TM221M32TK
Index
Automation & HMI
Section N:
High end control
Unity Pro
a SoCollaborative Software NOTE: For Premium PACs please contact your sales representative.
Distributed I/O
Advantys STB IP20 Page N27
N
Unity software Unity Pro Page N31
PLC programming software
N1
Contents (HOME)
Index
Automation & HMI
Section N:
High end control
SCADA
Vijeo Citect Vijeo Citect Page N47
a SoCollaborative Software
SCADA software
Reporting software
N2
Contents (HOME)
Modicon CPUs
Unity Based PACs
Section N:
High end control
Modicon M340
Extremely compact-shaped, the new PLC Modicon M340 brings in a small box the flexibility and
services of a high-end PLC. In the heart of your application, it will give you integrated Plug&Work
solutions with other Schneider Electric devices. At your desk, the great capacity of the Unity offer will
ease and shorten your programming time. Modicon M340 is really the smallest giant…
Key Applications:
>> Complex machines (packaging, textile, material handling, hoisting…)
>> Manufacturing
>> Infrastructures (water/wastewater, etc)
>> Hardened versions with conformal coatings and extended operating range of -25 to +70 Deg C.
Contact your sales representative for more information.
Separate parts
Description Use Length Reference Price $
From To exc. GST
Terminal port/USB Mini B USB port PC terminal type A 1.8m BMXXCAUSBH018 268.50
BMXXCAUSB0pp cordsets on the Modicon USB port 4.5m BMXXCAUSBH045 356.50
M340 processor
Replacement parts
Description Use Processor Reference Price $
compatibility exc. GST
Memory card 8Mb Supplied as standard with BMXP341000/20p0 BMXRMS008MP 252.00
each processor, used for:
> Back-up of program,
BMXRMS008MP/MPF constants, symbol and data
> Activation of class B10
web server
Modicon CPUs
M340 Specific Modules
Section N:
High end control
BMXNOE0100
BMXNOC0401
Presentation
The modules are standard size occupying a single slot in the rack of the M340 platform.
BMXNOC0401 has a built in 4 port switch.
Characteristics
BMXNOE0100 BMXNOE0110 BMXNOC0401
Rack Viewer access for diagnostics
Configurable Web server Yes – –
IGMP – – Yes
QOS tagging – – Yes
RSTP – – Yes
Port Mirroring – – Yes
Modicon CPUs
Unity Based PACs
Section N:
High end control
Modicon M580
The world’s first ePAC, with Ethernet built into its core. The PAC is designed for medium to large process
control systems. The ethernet backplanes allow for transparent communication from the field to the
control room. Based on open industry standard protocols. The M580 utilises the robust and proven X80
hardware. Memory ranges from 4Mb to 16Mb RAM.
All CPUs support Distributed I/O (DIO) communications such as I/O scanning Advantys islands or drives.
Selected CPUs also support Ethernet Remote I/O (RIO) which guarantees updates per PAC scan. RIO
uses the X80 I/O platform.
A 4GB SD card can also be installed to allow additional data storage. Hardened versions are available.
Key Applications/Customers:
>> Mining and Metals >> Substation Automation >> Petrochemical
>> Infrastructure >> Food and Beverage
>> Automotive >> Pharmaceutical
Processors
Type of Memory Max Integrated coms Reference Price $
processor local exc. GST
racks
Level 1 4Mb, 384K Data 4 USB, Ethernet, DIO BMEP581020 P.O.A.
Level 2 8Mb, 768K Data 4 USB, Ethernet, DIO BMEP582020 P.O.A.
Level 2 8Mb, 768K Data 4 USB, Ethernet, DIO, RIO BMEP582040 P.O.A.
Level 3 12Mb, 1024K Data 8 USB, Ethernet, DIO BMEP583020 P.O.A.
Level 3 12Mb, 1024K Data 8 USB, Ethernet, DIO, RIO BMEP582040 P.O.A.
Level 4 16Mb, 2048K Data 8 USB, Ethernet, DIO BMEP584020 P.O.A.
Level 4 16Mb, 2048K Data 8 USB, Ethernet, DIO, RIO BMEP584040 P.O.A.
Memory card
Description Use Reference Price $
exc. GST
4Gb SD card Additional user data storage BMXRMS004GPF 1,470.00
Characteristics
BMENOC0301 BMENOC0311
MB TCP Yes Yes
Ethernet IP Yes Yes
I/O Scanning Yes Yes
IGMP Yes Yes
QOS Yes Yes
RSTP Yes Yes
Port Mirroring Yes Yes
BMENOC0301 Factorycast web server Yes
Backplane communications Ethernet Ethernet
Note M580 BME Ethernet modules require an Ethernet back plane BMEXBPppppp
Modicon CPUs
M580 Specific Modules
Section N:
High end control
Characteristics
BMXCRA31200 BMXCRA31210 BMECRA31210
Max analogue I/O 16 256 256
Max Digital I/O 128 1024 1024
Service port No Yes Yes
CCOTF No Yes Yes
Bus X rack Yes Yes No
Ethernet rack Yes Yes Yes
Timestamping No Yes Yes
Expert modules No Yes Yes
Ethernet only Module No No Yes
Note For online configuration use BMXCRA31210 or BMECRA31210
Modicon CPUs
Unity Based PACs
Section N:
High end control
Modicon Quantum
Quantum provides a scaleable, modular architecture that can easily be configured to meet the highest
performance application requirements, from single rack system to plant-wide architecture. Integrated
in-rack web server capability provided by Transparent Ready® technology allows Quantum to store
and serve database information, process graphics, process diagnostics, etc. via the use of standard
web browsers.
Key Applications/Customers:
>> Mining and Metals >> Substation Automation >> Petrochemical
>> Infrastructure >> Food and Beverage
>> Automotive >> Pharmaceutical
Processors
Type of processor Memory capacity Memory capacity Reference Price $
integrated with PCMCIA extension Unity Pro exc. GST
Simple applications 2Mb – 140CPU31110 P.O.A.
Simple and medium 2Mb – 140CPU43412U P.O.A.
complexity applications
Complex applications 512Kb 7Mb 140CPU65150 P.O.A.
1Mb 7Mb 140CPU65160 P.O.A.
140CPU65860
3Mb 7Mb 140CPU67260 P.O.A
11Mb – 140CPU65860 P.O.A.
The new CPU with 11Mb integrated memory reduces the cost as you no longer require additional memory
cards.
Modicon CPUs
Quantum Specific Modules
Section N:
High end control
Communication modules
Description Speed Standard Transparent Web server Reference
services Ready
Ethernet 10/100 TCP/IP Global Data Standard services 140NOE77101
TCP/IP Mbps (Modbus) I/O Scanning
FDR server
SNMP protocol
Global Data Standard services 140NOE77111
I/O Scanning FactoryCast
FDR server services
SNMP protocol
SNMP protocol Standard services 140NWM10000
FactoryCast
services
FactoryCast
HMI services
Ethernet IP, I/O Scanning Standard services 140NOC77101
Modbus TCP FDR Server
SNMP protocol
4 Port switch with RSTP 140NOC78000
4 Port switch with RSTP and router 140NOC78100
Ethernet Remote IO
Natural progression from S908, guaranteed performance. Can be integrated into existing control
network*. Increased IO counts per drop. Mixed Remote and Distributed IO via the service port which can
be used for remote programming, SCADA and Distrbuted IO such as Advantys.
Description Characteristics Reference
Quantum based module Remote I/O Head 140CRP31200
Quantum based module Remote I/O Drop 140CRA31200
M340 / X80 based module Standard Remote drop BMXCRA31200
M340 / X80 based module Performance Remote drop BMXCRA31210
* When integrated into existing network, to guarantee performance Schneider Electric recommends
extended ethernet switches on page N36
Typical Architectures
Simple architecture
Complex architecture
Section N:
High end control
Simple Architecture
Simpler systems may use the M340 PAC and communicate with
Vijeo Citect SCADA / Magelis HMI Distributed Advantys I/O, Altivar drives and power meters via
Ethernet or Serial coms.
Power Meter
Altivar 71 VSD
Complex Architecture
Unity engineering station Vijeo Citec SCADA / Historian and MES
Power Meter
Altivar VSD
Advantys Distributed I/O TeSys U Motor Starter
N9
Contents (HOME)
Migration Paths
Upgrade solutions for Modicon PLCs
Section N:
High end control
Unity Pro now has a 6th editor to allow migrations from older 984LL platforms and when used with the
Quick wiring systems provides a cost effective and low risk upgrade path.
984LL / Concept
Old platform New platform Software Hardware
Momentum New Momentum Unity Import
Unity CPUs
M340 Unity Import with
engineering
Compacts (A140 series) M340 Unity Import Quick wiring arms
984A (800 series) Quantum Unity Import Quick wiring arms
and racks
PL7
TSX Micro M340 Unity Import
TSX Premium M580 Unity Import Existing I/O on
Bus X
Note: As with all migrations nothing is 100% and there will be in some cases a small amount of
engineering and recommissioning required.
Section N:
High end control
ASI-interface module
Description Slave Devices Reference Price $
exc. GST
ASI Module V3 max 62 BMXEIA0100 1,258.00
BMXEIA0100
Presentation
The BMXEIA0100 AS-Interface master module is standard format (1 Slot), for the Modicon
M340 platform
Characteristics
ASI-interface profile Master profile M4 (ASI-interface V3) Full extended master
Slave profiles S-7.3, S-7.A.7, S-7.A.A, S-7.A.8, S-7.A.9, S-6.0.p supported
(S-7.4 and Combined transaction type 2 not documented)
Type of addressing Standard and extended
Cycle time 5 ms for 31 slaves in standard or extended addressing
10 ms for 62 slaves in extended addressing
Maximum length of an AS-Interface segment 100 m
200 m with a TCS AAR011M line extension
300 m with 2 ASI RPT01 repeaters
500 m with 2 ASI RPT01 repeaters and the master placed in the middle
of the network
Product certification AS-Interface no. 86601
Ambient air temperature Operation 0…+ 60°C
Storage - 40…+ 70°C
Degree of protection IP 20
Module hot swapping Yes
Number of interfaces (or slaves) In standard addressing 124 discrete inputs and outputs or 124 analog inputs and outputs
that can be connected In extended addressing 496 discrete inputs and outputs or 124 analog inputs and outputs,
depending on profiles used
N
Fallback on faulty slaves User-configurable for each slave
Line connection By 3-way SUB-D connector (connector supplied with the module)
Consumption 3.3 V typical Refer to the product catalogue for the power consumption table
External 30 V (AS-Interface) 60 mA
Section N:
High end control
BMXNOM0200
Presentation
The BMXNOM0200 Modbus Serial link module is standard format (1 Slot), for the Modicon
M340 platform
Characteristics
Protocol Modbus Character mode
Module channels COM Port 0 COM Port 0 and Port 1 COM Port 0 COM Port 0 and Port 1
Structure Physical interface RS 232, 8-wire (1) RS 485, 2-wire RS 232, 8-wire (1) RS 485, 2-wire
Serial link type Non-isolated Isolated Non-isolated Isolated
Access method Master/slave type, switchable online –
Peripheral power supply – –
Connection RJ45 female Two female RJ45 RJ45 female Two female RJ45
connector connectors connector connectors
Transmission Mode Asynchronous in baseband
Frame RTU/ASCII, Full duplex RTU/ASCII, Half duplex Full duplex Half duplex
Data rate 0.3…115.2 Kbps 0.3…57.6 Kbps 0.3…115.2 Kbps 0.3…57.6 Kbps
Medium Shielded twisted pair Shielded twisted pair Shielded twisted pair Shielded twisted pair
Line polarization Configurable with
– Automatic –
Unity Pro software
Configuration Number of devices 2 (point-to-point) Up to 32 per segment 2 (point-to-point) Up to 32 per segment
Maximum number of link addresses 248 248
Maximum length of bus 15m 1000m 15m 1000m
Maximum length of a tap link - 40m Isolated link - 40m Isolated link
Services Frame 252 bytes of data per RTU request
1 KB of data per request
504 characters per ASCII request
Safety, check parameter One CRC on each frame (RTU)
One LRC on each frame (ASCII)
One LRC on each frame (ASCII)
Monitoring Diagnostics counters, event counters -
(1) M
anages the RXD, TXD, TRS, DTR, DSR, CTS and DCD signals; does
not manage the RI Signal.
Cordsets
Description Channels Reference Price $
exc. GST
RJ45 DB9 female RS232 crossed TCSMCN3M4F3C2 P.O.A.
RJ45 DB9 male RS232 straight TCSMCN3M4M3S2 P.O.A.
RJ45 DB9 male serial cable Modbus port TCSXCN3M4F3S4 P.O.A.
to a RS-232 DCE equipment (e.g. modem).
Section N:
High end control
Presentation
The BMXNOR0200H module is a standard module occupying a single slot in the Modicon
M340 platform.
Characteristics
BMXNOR0200H
Module Channels 1 Ethernet 1 Serial Port, RS232, 485
Connection RJ45 RJ45
DNP3, IEC 101, external modem
Protocols DNP3, IEC 104, MB TCP
management
Slave/Client All protocols
Master/Server All protocols
Webserver Yes
Datalogging Yes
SMS/Email Yes
Server architecture
>> Upstream communication SCADA
with the SCADA based on master Vijeo Citect
report by exception
>> Automatic backfill of time
stamped events
>> Remote Access for Unity Pro
and remote monitoring/ RTU RTU RTU
diagnostic (over IP) server server server
N
X80 Acksys Wifi Module
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
3 Port Wifi module PMXNOW0300 1,016.00
Presentation
The PMXNOW0300 is a standard module ocupying a single slot in X80 platform. WiFi Accesspoint,
Ethernet bridge and repeater, it allows direct connection to the M340 and M580 range.
PMXNOW0300 Characteristics
Standards WiFi 802.11 a/b/g
Connection 3 copper - 10/100Mbps
Protocols Modbus TCP, Ethernet IP
Freq (2.4/5/5.4Ghz)
Speed upto 108Mbps
Range 5Km with ext antenna, 300m with standard antennna
Security WEP, WPA-PSK, WPA2-PSK & 802.1X RADIUS
SMS/Email Yes
Section N:
High end control
TCSEGDB23F24FA
Presentation
The TCSEGDB23F24FA Modbus Plus Proxy Module is a network gateway allowing the
M340 and Momentum PLC to communicate with existing Modbus Plus devices. The module
provides a migration path to ethernet.
Characteristics
Module type TCS EGD B23 F24 FA
UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 142 (cUL), EMI EN 55011,
Conforming to standards
EN 61131-2, C-Tick
Operating conditions
Temperature °C 0…+60
Relative humidity % 0…95 non-condensing at 60°C
Altitude m 2000
Vibration Panel mounted Hz 5…11.9 at ± 3.5mm
11.9…150 at 2 g
DIN rail mounted 5…8.4 Hz at ± 3.5mm
8.4…150 Hz at 1 g
Storage conditions
Temperature °C -40…+85
Relative humidity % 0…95 non-condensing at 60°C
Free fall m 1 (without packaging)
Shocks g +/- 15 g, 11 ms, semi-sinusoidal wave
General characteristics
Communication ports Two 10/100Base-T ports with shielded twisted
pair cable (RJ45 connector) and automatic
detection Two DB9 Modbus Plus ports (9-pin
connectors)
External power supply
VDC 19.2…31.2
voltage
Consumption mA 300 maximum
Power dissipation W 6.2
External fuse None
Section N:
High end control
Separate parts
Description Composition Type Reference Price $
exc. GST
Pack of 2 One 5-way terminal Cage clamp BMXXTSCPS10 37.40
removable block and one 2-way Spring-type BMXXTSCPS20 31.30
connectors terminal block
Supplied as standard with each Power Supply.
BMXCPS2000/3500
Notes
(1) The sum of the absorbed power on each voltage (3.3V a and 24V a) should not exceed the total power of the module.
(2) 3.3V a and 24V a voltages for powering Modicon M340 PLC modules.
(3) 24V a voltage for powering the input sensors (voltage available via the 2-way removable connector on the front panel).
(4) Number of slots taking the processor module, I/O modules and application-specific modules (excluding power supply module).
(5) X80 standard racks need to be PV02 or greater to be compatible with the M580 CPU.
Section N:
High end control
Extension rack
Description Use Reference Price $
exc. GST
Extension rack Standard module for each rack (XBE slot), BMXXBE1000 713.00
module for allows the connection
Modicon M340 of extension racks
Extension rack Kit for configuration with 2 racks including: BMXXBE2005 1,268.00
kit 2 BMX XBE 1000 extension rack modules
1 BMX XBC 008K daisy chaining cordset length 0.8 m
BMXXBE1000 1 set of TSX TLY EX line terminators (lot of 2)
Cordsets
Description Use Composition Type of Length Reference Price $
connector exc. GST
Daisy chaining Between 2 x 9-way Bent 0.8m BMXXBC008K 123.80
cordsets BMX XBE 1000 SUB-D 9 1.5m BMXXBC015K 166.80
bus X (total extension rack connectors
3m BMXXBC030K 209.50
length modules
30 m max.) 5m BMXXBC050K 348.00
12m BMXXBC120K 564.00
Straight 1m TSXCBY010K 132.00
3m TSXCBY030K 225.00
5m TSXCBY050K 372.00
12m TSXCBY120K 603.00
18m TSXCBY180K 824.00
28m TSXCBY280KT 1,372.00
Connecting accessories
Description Use Composition Sold in Reference Price $
lots of exc. GST
Line terminators Compulsory Compulsory 2 TSXTLYEX 147.60
on both ends of
Bus X network
TSXTLYEX
Section N:
High end control
Note
(1) By connector, module supplied with cover(s).
Section N:
High end control
Section N:
High end control
N
Mixed analogue I/O module
Channel type Signal range Resolution Connection No. of Reference Price $
channels exc. GST
Mixed I/O, ± 10V, 0…10V, 12 bits or Via cage I: 4 BMXAMM0600 989.95
non-isolated 0…5V, 1…5V, 10 bits clamp, screw
0…20mA, depending clamp or cage Q: 2
4…20mA on the range spring-type terminal block
removable
Notes
The shielding on the cordsets carrying the analogue signals must always be connected to the
BMXXSPpp00 shielding connection kit mounted under the rack holding the analogue modules.
The BMXART0814 8-channel module requires two ABE7CPA412 sub-bases and two BMXFCApp2
cordsets.
Section N:
High end control
Notes
(1) The shielding on the cordsets carrying the analogue signals must always be connected to the
BMXXSPpp00 shielding connection kit mounted under the rack holding the analogue modules.
(2) The BMXART0814 8-channel module requires two ABE7CPA412 sub-bases and two BMXFCApp2
cordsets.
Section N:
High end control
BMXFCApp2
BMXEHC0200
Connection accessories (1)
Description Composition use Reference Price $
exc. GST
Connector kit Two 16-pin connectors and one 10-pin BMXXTSHSC20 59.30
connector for BMXEHC0200 module
20-way removable Cage clamp BMXFTB2000 59.30
terminal blocks
For BMXEHC0800 module
Screw clamp BMXFTB2010 71.70 N
Spring-type BMXFTB2020 59.30
Electromagnetic Comprising: a metal bar, two sub-bases See page N15
compatibility kits and one set of spring clamping rings
For BMXEHC0200/0800
modules
BMXEHC0800
BMXEAE0300
Note
(1) The shielding on the cordsets carrying the analogue signals must always be connected to the
BMXXSPpp00 shielding connection kit mounted under the rack holding the analogue modules.
Section N:
High end control
Connection accessories
BMEAHI0812 One 28 way and 1DB25 1.5m BMXFTA1522 115.00
for connection to Telefast 3m BMXFTA3022 135.60
ABE7CPA02/03/31/31E
BMEAHO0412 One 20 way and 1DB25 1.5m BMXFCA150 121.80
for connection to Telefast 3m BMXFCA300 142.40
ABE7CPA410/CPA21
5m BMXFCA500 215.50
Weighing module
>> Designed for use with the M580 and ethernet backplane
>> Can be used with Scaime load cells
>> Easy integration, improved resolution, calibration
>> Static Weighing, low speed dynamic weighing and check weighing
>> Filling, dosing, material transfer from silos and tanks
Section N:
High end control
Racks
Description Numbers of slots Reference Price $
exc. GST
Racks 2 slots 140XBP00200 P.O.A.
3 slots 140XBP00300 P.O.A.
4 slots 140XBP00400 P.O.A.
6 slots 140XBP00600 P.O.A.
10 slots 140XBP01000 P.O.A.
16 slots 140XBP01600 P.O.A.
Rack extension module – 140XBE10000 P.O.A.
Connection accessories
Description Type Reference Price $
exc. GST
Cable for extension racks L = 1m 140XCA71703 P.O.A.
(main and secondary) L = 2m 140XCA71706 P.O.A.
L = 3m 140XCA71709 P.O.A.
N
Section N:
High end control
Section N:
High end control
N
High-speed counter Incremental 100kHz 5 140EHC10500 P.O.A.
encoders 500kHz 2 140EHC20200 P.O.A.
High-speed inputs Discrete 24VDC – 16 140HLI34000 P.O.A.
with interrupt
Time-stamp system DCF 77 24… – 1 140DCF07700 P.O.A.
125VDC
Discrete 24VDC – 32 140ERT85410 P.O.A.
Distributed I/O
Smart terminal block
IP20 modular system
Section N:
High end control
Communication modules
Description Binary Protocol Max. number Reference Price $
speed of addressable exc. GST
I/O modules
Ethernet TCP/IP 10Mbps Modbus TCP/IP 32 per island STBNIP2212 831.00
Embedded Web Ethernet/IP 32 per island STBNIC2212 831.00
server
Dual port 32 per island STBNIP2311 1,046.00
10/100Mbps
Modbus TCP/IP
Connection accessories
Description Use Type of accessory Reference Price $
exc. GST
Removable terminals for All modules Screw terminals STBXTS1120 38.95
24VDC power supply Spring terminals STBXTS2120 38.95
Both screw and spring terminals
are supplied with module
DeviceNet DeviceNet module Screw terminals STBXTS1111 33.05
Spring terminals STBXTS2111 36.05
Distributed I/O
Smart terminal block
IP20 modular system
Section N:
High end control
Connection accessories
Description Length Reference Price $
exc. GST
Island bus extension cable 0.3m STBXCA1001 83.40
1m STBXCA1002 101.40
4.5m
10m
STBXCA1003
STBXCA1004
144.00
245.50
N
14m STBXCA1006 316.00
Distributed I/O
Smart terminal block
IP20 modular system
Section N:
High end control
Distributed I/O
Smart terminal block
IP20 modular system
Section N:
High end control
Application-specific modules
Description Connection Number Number Input Number Type Reference Price $
by of of voltage of exc. GST
connector inputs outputs channels
N
TeSys 4 RJ45 12 8 24VDC – Kit STBEPI2145K 365.50
model U Connection 490NTW00002 P.O.A.
cables (L= 2m)
Connection 490NTW00005 P.O.A.
cables (L= 5m)
Counter Spring 4 2 24VDC 1 counter Kit STBEHC3020KC 574.00
channel
40kHz
Note
(1) STBACI8320 is HART compatible.
Unity software
Programming software
Specialist tools
Section N:
High end control
Unity Pro
a SoCollaborative Software
For Modicon M340, M580 and Quantum
Unity Pro is the common programming, debugging and operating software for the M340, M580 and
Quantum ranges of PLCs. It is based on the standards set by PL7 and Concept software and provides
a comprehensive set of new functions for greater productivity and openness to other software.
The five IEC61131-3 languages are supported as standard in Unity Pro with all the debugging functions,
on the simulator or directly online with the PLC.
Thanks to independent symbolic memory variables, structured data and user function blocks, the
application objects directly reflect the application-specific components of the automated process.
Using graphic libraries, the Unity Pro operator screens are configured in the application by the user.
Operator access is simple and direct. Debugging and maintenance are made simple by animated
graphic objects.
For diagnostics, a display window provides a clear display in chronological order (time-stamped at
source) of all system and application faults. The navigation function for finding the causes of faults
traces missing conditions back to the source.
The standard XML Web format for exchanging data has been adopted as the source format for Unity
applications. All or part of the application can be exchanged with other software in the project simply
by using the Import/Export function.
Modernisation – Unity Pro allows the user to automatically open PL7, Concept and Modicon 984LL
into a Unity Application, thus reducing engineering costs and risk.
Unity software
OFS
Software
Section N:
High end control
Networking
ConneXium
Ethernet infrastructure hardware
Section N:
High end control
ConneXium
ConneXium products are the industrial Ethernet-ready network devices that can provide you with
integrated Ethernet solutions to unite everything in your plant, from the device level all the way to your
corporate intranet.
The Connexium range consists of Managed, Unmanaged and Wi-Fi switches
Managed or unmanaged?
Unmanaged switches are suitable for simple plug and play networks such as small machines, where there
is no connection to an IT network. Basic managed switches provide single redundant ring connection
recommended for distributed I/O. Standard Managed switches are designed to be used as part of the
control system backbone, with features such as redundant rings, Vlans and port filtering. Extended
Managed switches allow for faster network reconfiguration where a higher availability is required.
Note
It is recommended that managed switches that support IGMP port filtering be used in an Ethernet IP
network. Managed switches also provide better network diagnostics.
Unmanaged switches
Size Type Ports Reference Price $
exc. GST
5 port Multi-mode Fibre/Cu 4TX/1FX-MM 499NMS25101 1,212.00
3TX/2FX-MM 499NMS25102 1,496.00
Single-mode Fibre/Cu 4TX/1FX-SM 499NSS25101 1,802.00
3TX/2FX-SM 499NSS25102 2,724.00
8 port Copper 8TX 499NES18100 1,616.00
TX = 10/100 BASE-TX ports (RJ45 connectors)
FX = 100 BASE-FX multi-mode (SC duplex connector)
Feature redundant Power supply connections and alarm output relay.
Fibre models suitable for up to 15km, Single-mode and 2km with Multi-mode.
Networking
ConneXium
Ethernet infrastructure hardware
Section N:
High end control
Networking
ConneXium
Ethernet infrastructure hardware
Section N:
High end control
Firewalls
An industrial firewall is designed to control access to your automation network and should form part of
your IT security strategy.
The Firewall provides physical separation between your control and corporate network.
It is recommended that you also use firewalls to divide your control network into zones.
Two types are available.
Hardware Firewall – fully featured but doesn’t require additional software or licences.
Software Firewall – Utilises the hardware firewall and adds a software layer offering greater security and
advanced features.
Hardware
Size Type Ports Reference Price $
exc. GST
2 ports Copper 1 TX Internal TCSEFEC23F3F21 2,630.00
10/100MB 1 TX External
Copper / Fibre 1 TX Internal TCSEFEC23FCF21 2,962.00
1 FX MM External
Software
Size Type Packet enforcer Ports Reference Price $
exc. GST
2 ports Copper MB TCP 1 TX Internal TCSEFEA23F3F22 5,248.00
10/100MB 1 TX External
The Tofino software includes features such as network traffic analysis, event logger,
MB TCP and Ethernet IP packet enforcer.
The firewall allows the user more control of the network’s security.
The software has built-in templates for Schnieder Electric devices.
Loadable Licenses
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
ConneXium Tofino OPC-LSM Loadable (OPC Deep Packet Inspection) TCSEFM0000 658.00
ConneXium Tofino EIP-LSM Loadable (Ethernet IP Deep Packet TCSEFM0001 658.00
Inspection)
Networking
ConneXium
Ethernet infrastructure hardware
Section N:
High end control
Networking
CANopen
Machine bus components
Section N:
High end control
VW3CANTAP2
Notes
(1) For connection to controller inside programmable card, the VW3CANKCDF180T connector
can also be used.
(2) Standard environment:
Without any particular environmental constraints
Operating temperature between +5° and +60°
Fixed installation
Harsh environment:
Resistance to hydrocarbons, industrial oils, detergents, solder splashes
Relative humidity up to 100%
Saline atmosphere
Significant temperature variations
Operating temperature between -10°C and +70°C
Mobile installation
Networking
CANopen
Machine bus components
Section N:
High end control
Notes
(1) For numbers, see product catalogue.
(2) For connection to controller inside programmable card, the VW3CANKCDF180T connector
can also be used.
Magelis HMI
Human-machine interface
Small touch terminals
Section N:
High end control
Click
Compact Small Panel Terminals
The Magelis STO and STU panels are ideal for machine manufacturer solutions in industry and
infrastructure, with their touch screens, simple mounting system and programmed with Vijeo Designer,
the same feature rich software used with larger Magelis panels.
Spring clips “Pushbutton” mounting
The STU panels mount via a 22mm pushbutton hole, as a cost effective solution. The small panels are
programmed with Vijeo Designer, the common platform for Schneider Electric’s HMI.
The software offers the full benefits of Vijeo Designer’s advanced functions, such as Web Gate, recipes,
graphic object library and downloads via a USB stick.
With the arrival of an embedded ethernet connection the panels are more open.
Magelis panels offer a wide range of protocols to make communicating to other equipment easier and at
no extra cost.
Scaleable user interface
Accessories
Description Reference Price $
exc. GST
3.5" STU front panel HMIS65 478.50
5.7" STU front panel HMIS85 924.00
STU rear module HMIS5T 499.00
Connection cable
From To Reference Price $
exc. GST
HMISTO, STU Twido, TSX Micro, Premium 8-way mini DIN XBTZ9780 71.95
XBTGT M340 XBTZ9880 P.O.A.
HMISTO501 Zelio Smart Relay SR2CBL09 41.40
Magelis HMI
Human-machine interface
Touch sensitive graphic terminals
Section N:
High end control
Advanced panels
Description/ Display Type App Flash Multi- Comm. Reference Price $
version Mem card slot media ports exc. GST
video
3.5" Function QVGA 64MB No 2Serial HMIGTO1300 1,092.00
keys (320 x 2USB
240) 96MB No 2Serial HMIGTO1310 1,424.00
2USB
1Ethernet
5.7" QVGA 64MB No 2Serial HMIGTO2300 1,880.00
(320 x 2USB
240) 96MB SD Card No 2Serial HMIGTO2310 2,288.00
2USB
1Ethernet
7.0" WideScreen WVGA 96MB SD Card No 2Serial HMIGTO3510 3,138.00
Function (800 x 2USB
keys 400) 1Ethernet
7.5" VGA (640 96MB SD Card No 2Serial HMIGTO4310 3,158.00
x 480) 2USB
1Ethernet
10.4" VGA (640 96MB SD Card No 2Serial HMIGTO5310 4,090.00
x 480) 2USB
1Ethernet
12.1" SVGA 96MB SD Card No 2Serial HMIGTO6310 5,045.00
(800 x 2USB
600) 1Ethernet
Magelis HMI
Human-machine interface
Touch sensitive graphic terminals
Section N:
High end control
Magelis HMI
USB accessories
Section N:
High end control
USB accessories can be configured and controlled from the Magelis HMI. They are suitable for use with
the XBTGT and HMIGTO ranges only.
Biometric switch
Stores up to 200 fingerprints configurable from the HMI.
Towerlight
Configurable tower light, 60mm, multi colour, with buzzer.
Keyboard
Alpha numeric with configurable function keys and user legends.
Magelis HMI
Human-machine interface
Industrial panel PCs
Section N:
High end control
Optimum
Description Resolution CPU RAM Storage Expansion Power Comm OS Reference Price $
Slots Supply Ports exc. GST
10" Panel SVGA Atom Z510 1GB 2GB CF 0 24VDC 1 Serial Windows HMIPWC5D0E01 4,658.00
PC 800x600 Fanless DDR2 SD Card 1 USB Embedded
1.1Ghz 2 Ethernet 2009 Std
2GB 4GB CF 0 24VDC 1 Serial Windows HMIPWC5D0E01A 4,866.00
DDR2 SC Card 1 USB Embedded
2 Ethernet 2009 Std
15" Panel XGA Atom Z510 1GB 2GB CF 0 24VDC 1 Serial Windows HMIPWC7D0E01 5,899.00
PC 1024x768 Fanless DDR2 SD Card 1 USB Embedded
1.1Ghz 2 Ethernet 2009 Std
Universal
Description Resolution CPU RAM Storage Expansion Power Comm OS Reference Price $
Ports exc. GST
12” Panel PC XGA 1024 x iCore 827E 2GB 4GB CF 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUC6D0E01 5,385.00
768 DDR3 5 USB Embedded
2 Ethernet 2009 Std
12” Panel PC XGA 1024 x iCore 827E 2GB 4GB CF 0 240VAC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUC6A0E01 5,385.00
768 DDR3 5 USB Embedded
2 Ethernet 2009 Std
12” Panel PC XGA 1024 x iCore 827E 2GB 60GB 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUF6D0701 6,525.00
768 DDR3 SSD 5 USB 7 Ultimate
2 Ethernet 64Bit
12” Panel PC XGA 1024 x iCore 827E 2GB 60GB 0 240VAC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUF6A0701 6,525.00
768 DDR3 SSD 5 USB 7 Ultimate
2 Ethernet 64Bit
12” Panel PC XGA 1024 x iCore 827E 2GB 500GB 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUH6D0701 6,730.00
768 DDR3 Hard Disk 5 USB 7 Ultimate
2 Ethernet 64Bit
12” Panel PC XGA 1024 x iCore 827E 2GB 500GB 0 240VAC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUH6A0701 6,730.00
768 DDR3 Hard Disk 5 USB 7 Ultimate
2 Ethernet 64Bit
15" Panel PC XGA Atom N270 1GB 4GB CF 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUC7D0E01 7,145.00
1024x768 Fanless DDR2 5 USB Embedded
1.6Ghz 2 Ethernet 2009 Std
15" Panel PC XGA Atom N270 1GB 60GB 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUF7D0P01 7,455.00
1024x768 Fanless DDR2 SSD 5 USB XP Pro SP3
1.6Ghz 2 Ethernet
15" Panel PC XGA Atom N270 1GB 500GB 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUH7D0P01 7,765.00
1024x768 Fanless DDR2 Hard Disk 5 USB XP Pro SP3
1.6Ghz 2 Ethernet
15" Panel PC XGA Atom N270 1GB 500GB 1 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUH7D2P01 8,385.00
1024x768 Fanless DDR2 Hard Disk 1 PCIe 1x 5 USB XP Pro SP3
1.6Ghz 2 Ethernet
19" Panel PC SXGA Atom N270 1GB 4GB CF 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUC9D0E01 8,385.00
1280x1024 Fanless DDR2 5 USB Embedded
1.6Ghz 2 Ethernet 2009 Std
19" Panel PC SXGA Atom N270 1GB 60GB 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUF9D0P01 8,695.00
1280x1024 Fanless DDR2 SSD 5 USB XP Pro SP3
1.6Ghz 2 Ethernet
19" Panel PC SXGA Atom N270 1GB 500GB 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUH9D0P01 9,005.00
1280x1024 Fanless DDR2 Hard Disk 5 USB XP Pro SP3
1.6Ghz 2 Ethernet
19" Panel PC SXGA Atom N270 1GB 500GB 1 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial Windows HMIPUH9D2P01 9,630.00
1280x1024 Fanless DDR2 Hard Disk 1 PCIe 1x 5 USB XP Pro SP3
1.6Ghz 2 Ethernet
Magelis HMI
Human-machine interface
Industrial panel PCs
Section N:
High end control
Performance
Description Resolution CPU RAM Storage Expansion Power Comm OS Reference Price $
Ports exc. GST
12” Panel XGA 1024 i3 Dual 4GB 60GB 2 PCI 240VAC 2 Serial Windows HMIPPF6A2701 8,180.00
PC x 768 Core DDR3 SSD 5 USB 7 Ultimate
2 Ethernet 64Bit
12” Panel XGA 1024 i3 Dual 4GB 500GB 2 PCI 240VAC 2 Serial Windows HMIPPF6A2701 8,180.00
PC x 768 Core DDR3 Hard Disk 5 USB 7 Ultimate
2 Ethernet 64Bit
15" Panel XGA Core 2 2GB 60GB 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows 7 HMIPPF7D0701 8,905.00
PC 1024x768 Duo with DDR3 SSD 5 USB Ultimate
Fan 2 Ethernet 64Bit
2.26Ghz
15" Panel XGA Core 2 2GB 500GB 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows 7 HMIPPH7D0701 9,215.00
PC 1024x768 Duo with DDR3 Hard Disk 5 USB Ultimate
Fan 2 Ethernet 64Bit
2.26Ghz
15" Panel XGA Core 2 2GB 60GB 1 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial Windows 7 HMIPPF7A2701 9,525.00
PC 1024x768 Duo with DDR3 SSD 1 PCIe 1x 5 USB Ultimate
Fan 2 Ethernet 64Bit
2.26Ghz
15" Panel XGA Core 2 2GB 500GB 1 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial Windows 7 HMIPPH7D2701 9,835.00
PC 1024x768 Duo with DDR3 Hard Disk 1 PCIe 1x 5 USB Ultimate
Fan 2 Ethernet 64Bit
2.26Ghz
19" Panel SXGA Core 2 2GB 60GB 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows 7 HMIPPF9D0701 10,150.00
PC 1280x1024 Duo with DDR3 SSD 5 USB Ultimate
Fan 2 Ethernet 64Bit
2.26Ghz
19" Panel SXGA Core 2 2GB 500GB 0 24VDC 2 Serial Windows 7 HMIPPH9D0701 10,460.00
PC 1280x1024 Duo with DDR3 Hard Disk 5 USB Ultimate
Fan 2 Ethernet 64Bit
2.26Ghz
19" Panel SXGA Core 2 2GB 500GB 1 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial Windows 7 HMIPPH9D2701 11,080.00
PC 1280x1024 Duo with DDR3 Hard Disk 1 PCIe 1x 5 USB Ultimate
Fan 2 Ethernet 64Bit
2.26Ghz
Magelis HMI
Human-machine interface
Industrial PC Box CPUs
Section N:
High end control
Universal
Description CPU RAM Storage Expansion Power Comm. Video OS Reference Price $
slots Supply Ports excl. GST
BOX PC Atom N270 1GB 4GB CF 1 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial 1 DVI-I Windows HMIBUCND1E01 4,090.00
Universal Fanless 5 USB embedded
1 slot 1.6GHz 2009 Std
2 Ethernet
Atom N270 1GB 60GB 1 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial 1 DVI-I Win XP HMIBUFND1P01 5,115.00
Fanless Flash Disk 5 USB Pro SP3
HMIBUCND1E01 1.6GHz 2 Ethernet
Atom N270 1GB 250GB 1 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial 1 DVI-I Win XP HMIBUHND1P01 4,906.00
Fanless Hard Disk 5 USB Pro SP3
1.6GHz 2 Ethernet
BOX PC Atom N270 1GB 60GB 1 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial 1 DVI-I Win XP HMIBUFND2P01 5,955.00
Universal Fanless Flash Disk 1 PCIe 1x 5 USB Pro SP3
2 slots 1.6GHz 2 Ethernet
Atom N270 1GB 250GB 1 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial 1 DVI-I Win XP HMIBUHND2P01 5,745.00
Fanless Hard Disk 1 PCIe 1x 5 USB Pro SP3
1.6GHz 2 Ethernet
HMIBUFND2P01 Note HMIBUCND1E01 also includes Vijeo Citect web client dll
Performance
Description CPU RAM Storage Expansion Power Comm. Video OS Reference Price $
slots Supply Ports excl. GST
BOX PC Core 2 2GB 60GB 1 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial 1 DVI-I
Windows HMIBPFDD2701 6,755.00
Performance Duo with DDR3 Flash Disk 1 PCIe 1x 5 USB 7 64bit
2 slots Fan Ultimate
2 Ethernet
2.26GHz
Core 2 Duo 2GB 250GB 1 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial 1 DVI-I Windows HMIBPHDD2701 6,550.00
with Fan DDR3 Hard Disk 1 PCIe 1x 5 USB 7 64bit
HMIBPHDD2701 2.26GHz Ultimate
2 Ethernet
BOX PC Core 2 2GB 60GB 2 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial 1 DVI-I Windows HMIBPFDD5701 7,585.00
Performance Duo with DDR3 Flash Disk 3 PCIe 1x 5 USB 7 64bit
5 slots Fan Ultimate
2 Ethernet
2.26GHz
Core 2 2GB 250GB 2 PCI 24VDC 2 Serial 1 DVI-I Windows HMIBPHDD5701 7,375.00
Duo with DDR3 Hard Disk 3 PCIe 1x 5 USB 7 64bit
Fan Ultimate
2 Ethernet
2.26GHz
Performance Range Specifications
HMIBPHDD5701 >> Intel P8400 (3Mb Cache)
>> Intel chipset 945GME, 1066MHz Bus
>> HD graphic memory controller
>> DVD-RW slot
Performance Range Accessories
The Box PC also has a wide range of accessories, including Hard Disks, CF cards, Flash disks, DVD drive, Raid cards,
serial ports, UPS Kit and DV-I interface. Please contact your local sales representative for more details.
Magelis HMI
Human-machine interface
Industrial PC displays
Section N:
High end control
Magelis iDisplay
Magelis iDisplay screens are monitors with industrial flat screens designed for use in conjunction
with PCs.
Two screen sizes are available: 15” and 19” to suit all your requirements. Featuring the latest TFT LCD
technology, they offer top class viewing and extended service life. Their touchscreen interface enables
easy creation of user-friendly and high performance HMI interfaces.
Certified in accordance with PLC product standards, designed for use in severe industrial environments
and offering an excellent screen size/dimensions ratio, they can be installed easily on any machine and
in any equipment. They are suitable for use in any type of environment.
Size Resolution Monitor Touch Panel connection Power Comm. Reference Price $
input supply ports exc. GST
15" 1024 x 768 VGA or USB or RS 232C 24VDC HMIDID7DT0 4,038.00
DVI-D
19" 1280 x 1024 VGA or USB or RS 232C 100-240 1 USB MPCYT90NAN00N 5,280.00
DVI-D VAC
Vijeo Designer
Configuration software
for Magelis Touchscreen HMIs and Industrial PCs
Section N:
High end control
Vijeo Designer configuration software enables creation of automated system control operator dialogue
applications for all Magelis terminals (except N, R, RT models). It also enables management of
the multimedia functions of XBTGTs and Smart & Compact i PC (video and audio) and offers users of
Ethernet terminals and i PC remote access via a Web browser (WEB Gate function).
Configuration
Vijeo Designer configuration software enables fast, simple processing of operator dialogue projects
Vijeo Designer thanks to its ergonomics, developed around 6 configurable windows.
It also offers comprehensive application management tools:
>> Project creation; projects comprising one or several applications.
>> Recipe editor (32 groups of 64 recipes of max. 1024 ingredients).
>> User action list (eg. script) for application adaptability.
>> Application variable cross-referencing.
>> Vectorial graphic library for more attractive graphic screens.
>> Application block diagram documentation.
>> Simulation mode for simple design office application testing.
>> High-performance graphic editor for simple block diagram creation
(over 30 animated preconfigured objects).
>> Support of layers and masks for faster development.
>> Data sharing (up to 300 variables on 8 terminals).
>> Management of 40 languages (including simplified Chinese, Korean,
Arabic and Hebrew).
>> Programmable controller database sharing (Unity, PL7, Concept,
TwidoSoft, ProWORX, ModSoft).
>> Advanced traceability function (periodic, at event or on request).
>> Project backup on terminal for simple maintenance.
>> User-friendly data recovery tool.
>> Support of standard USB peripherals (USB key up to 2 GB).
>> Support of external USB keyboards and mice.
>> Integration with Schneider Electric equipment (buffer diag., variables access...)
>> Over 35 third party protocols
>> Multilingual software: English, French, German, Italian, Spanish and Chinese.
Navigator
Information
Object properties
Object listing
Report
Library of animated
graphic objects
N46
Contents (HOME)
Vijeo XD
Configuration software for Magelis GTU terminals and industrial PCs
Section N:
High end control
Vijeo XD is an HMI configuration software developed to create and edit application screens that control
automation systems for Magelis GTU terminals (Premium and Open Boxes) and Magelis industrial PCs
(Panel and BOX).
Vijeo XD software supports features like intuitive and simple-to-use user interface, easy access to
functions and information, multi-platform working environment, and reduced down-time. This software
also reduces the design time by reusing the existing operations.
Vijeo XD Configuration
Vijeo XD is an intuitive configuration software that enables operator dialogue
projects to be processed quickly and easily using the 5 configurable windows:
The software also offers a complete set of application management tools for:
>> Recipe management (256 family groups of 256 groups of 256 recipes with up to
1024 ingredients) - (data size can be used as needed)
>> A full simulation mode for testing the application from the design office
>> Retrieval of symbol files for PLC variables generated by TwidoSuite, PL7,
Concept, ProWORX 32 and Unity Pro software (1)
>> Intuitive and simple-to-develop user interface
>> Templates and theme design selection
>> Online modification of project
>> Multi-touch, zoom in/zoom out, slide, stretch like a tablet
>> Vector Graphic engine
>> Zoom in/out for more or less detail
>> Animation features with rotating objects and dynamic drawings.
Editor
Document toolbar
N
Navigation
Error Window
Asset library
Note
(1) DDT structured types and “unlocated” variables are supported.
Vijeo Citect
Supervision software (SCADA)
Section N:
High end control
Compatibility All Schneider Electric automation platforms and third parties PLCs
Operating system Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Vista, Windows 2008 and Windows 7
Versions The development version without network connectivity offers 10 minutes operation
in communication mode with the PLC
Vijeo Citect includes 6 servers sizes: 75 points, 150 points, 500 points, 1500
points, 5000 points, 15000 Points and more
Vijeo Citect Lite without network connectivity is available in 300, 600, 1200 points
Suitable for use with the range of IPCs
References Please contact your local sales office
Ethernet
Network 2 Client 1
Ethernet Network 1
Vijeo Citect is designed for control engineers, product managers and industrial
automated system integrators seeking simple configuration and high performance.
It provides multi-CPU support, a multi-project Find/Replace tool and integrated XML
Web service. Vijeo Citect uses the power of multi-CPU machines to offer outstanding
performance.
The possibility of grouping servers in Vijeo Citect enables easy adaptation of SCADA
architecture to that of the application for optimum performance.
Highly-developed “Find/Replace” functions enable searches in project graphic pages.
The “Find” function can browse the entire project structure, offering the user a unique
search engine simplifying configuration.
Industry accepts use of XML Web services as interface between different
applications, and Vijeo Citect integrates a read-only Web interface. This enables
access to all data, alarms and trends, and simplifies integration of Vijeo Citect in
information systems.
Added security
Configuration security of Vijeo Citect enables application of read-only parameters
to all or certain projects within a system. The read-only parameters are based on
Windows user or user group privileges to centralise access rights management.
Integrators or system producers can therefore lock all or certain pages of their projects.
Redundancy
Vijeo Citect supports full hot standby configuration. By nominating primary and
standby PLCs, Vijeo Citect automatically connects to the active device in case failure.
Due to its built-in redundancy, Vijeo Citect provides switches with no loss
of functionality, or performance.
Advanced help
Vijeo Citect online help includes easy access to information and its use of
“breadcrumb trails” simplifies navigation.
Schneider Electric
Services
Complete Portfolio
In addressing the requirements of local customers, Schneider Electric Services has developed a
complete range of offers to cater for all end user requirements and support of the product through its
entire life cycle.
These include the following:
O2
Contents (HOME)
Warranty Support
In conjunction with technical support, Schneider Electric Services ensures that equipment meets all
performance requirements during the initial defects liability period.
O3
Contents (HOME)
Energy Efficiency
Optimising the delivery and use of energy in terms of cost savings.
>> nergy Audit – Water, Air, Gas, Electricity, Steam (WAGES)
E
>> Energy Supply Contract – negotiations and management
>> Ongoing Power Management
>> Load Control
>> Co-generation
>> Building Management
>> Remote Monitoring
>> Efficiency Improvement Solutions
O4
Contents (HOME)
LV / MV Retrofit
In today’s business environment, maintenance staff are increasingly under pressure to increase up-time
yet reduce costs. Plant engineers are therefore being driven to find less expensive ways to maintain and
extend equipment life.
Alternative solutions for maintaining electrical switchgear include reconditioning, conversion and partial
or total replacement of equipment.
Upgrading switchgear by replacing old circuit breakers with new ones inside existing cubicles is known
as Retrofitting (Retrofit under ANSI definitions) and is recognised as a reliable means of extending
equipment life without the high costs and hazards that can be associated with total replacement.
Why Retrofit?
The metal enclosures, busbars and other static components within a switchboard are often still in good
condition even after years of service. As a result, the replacement of such portions of a board is often
not justified. For older installations, changing of boards can also necessitate expensive civil works or
moving of old cables with resulting insulation failure.
By comparison, many drawn-out main incoming and feeder circuit breakers/cradles have worn
mechanisms from constant use after time. In addition, upgrades are sometimes driven by factors other
than wear and tear.
Preventative Maintenance
With preventative maintenance:
Your installation maintenance matches your needs, in accordance with the performance levels required
in the different areas of your business
You are assured that the best precautions are being taken to keep preventative operations to a minimum,
through awareness of the real state of your equipment
You can count on your equipment working correctly to provide a power supply that fits the needs of your
business, in terms of quality and availability
You are informed of renovation opportunities and can schedule the investments needed to maintain or
improve your installation’s performance.
O5
Contents (HOME)
Training
Training
P
Contents (HOME)
Training
Section P:
Training
Schneider Electric offers a range of courses to ensure that whatever your level
you are trained to current industry standards. Spread over the year, in different
training centres nationwide you’ll be able to find the course you want at a time
that suits you. The duration of courses vary from a half day to three days.
Note
Schneider Electric reserves the right to change course schedules, discontinue courses, modify course content, limit class size and cancel courses.
Refer to the Schneider Electric training schedule for dates when courses are available.
Courses listed are as per the 2015 Schneider Electric Training Schedule and are subject to change in 2016.
P1
Contents (HOME)
Training
Section P:
Training
Note
Schneider Electric reserves the right to change course schedules, discontinue courses, modify course content, limit class size and cancel courses.
Refer to the Schneider Electric training schedule for dates when courses are available.
Courses listed are as per the 2015 Schneider Electric Training Schedule and are subject to change in 2016.
P2
Contents (HOME)
Training
Section P:
Training
Note
Schneider Electric reserves the right to change course schedules, discontinue courses, modify course content, limit class size and cancel courses.
Refer to the Schneider Electric training schedule for dates when courses are available.
Courses listed are as per the 2015 Schneider Electric Training Schedule and are subject to change in 2016.
P3
Contents (HOME)
Training
Section P:
Training
Register Now!!
To register for courses, and to find out more information, contact us
now: Freecall 0800 652 999 or visit www.schneider-electric.co.nz
Note
Schneider Electric reserves the right to change course schedules, discontinue courses, modify course content, limit class size and cancel courses.
Refer to the Schneider Electric training schedule for dates when courses are available.
Courses listed are as per the 2015 Schneider Electric Training Schedule and are subject to change in 2016.
P4
Contents (HOME)
Training – Online
Section P:
Training
Energy University™
Energy University™, launched by Schneider Electric, is a free on-demand resource for anyone
interested in learning how to implement energy efficiency measures for their organisation. Energy
University™ topics are relevant to critical end markets that represent 72 percent of the worldwide
energy consumption:
P5
Contents (HOME)
Technical
reference
charts
Technical information
Reference charts
Section Q:
Technical reference charts
Q1
Contents (HOME)
Selecting incoming or outgoing circuit breakers according to the number and kVA rating of
source transformers
The selection of a circuit breaker protecting a circuit mainly depends on:
>> the rated current of the source or of the load which determines the rating of the equipment,
>> the maximum short circuit current at the point of installation which determines the minimum breaking capacity of the equipment.
Case with several transformers E.g. If transformers 1, 2 & 3 were rated at 630kVA each, circuit breakers D1, D2 & D3
must have a breaking capacity u 42kA.
Circuit breakers D4 & D5 must have a breaking capacity u 63kA.
(Note: Special precautions to be taken when cascading with several transformers
in parallel).
Notes
Q
(1) Rated voltage between phases of the transformer under no-load conditions.
(2) To connect several transformers in parallel, the transformers should have the same Usc, the same
transformation ratio and the same coupling.
The power ratio between the two transformers should be a maximum of 2.
Q2
Contents (HOME)
Section Q:
Technical reference charts
The tables below quickly give a good evaluation of the short circuit current at a point in the network when the short circuit current upstream,
the CSA, constitution and length of the cable are known. To obtain more precise values, particularly in the case of major installations, a detailed
calculation has to be carried out. In addition, the cascading technique enables a circuit breaker with a breaking capacity less than the prospective
short circuit current to be installed downstream provided a current limiting circuit breaker is fitted upstream (see next page).
The values are calculated using the resistivity of copper at 25˚C.
Examples (see chart below).
In the 415V switchboard, choose on the line corresponding to the cable cross-sectional area: 70 sq.mm, the nearest lower value to the cable
length: 75m. The crossing of this column with the line which corresponds to the nearest higher value of the upstream short circuit current
Isc=25kA, gives the required short circuit current value: 7kA.
Q3
Contents (HOME)
Cascading is the use of the current Upstream NG160H NSX100F NSX100N NSX100H NSX100S NSX100L
limiting capacity of circuit breakers at Breaking capacity (kA rms) 36 36 50 70 100 150
a given point to permit installation of Downstream Reinforced breaking capacity (kA rms)
lower-rated and therefore lower-cost iC60N 32 A 25 kA 25 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA
circuit breakers downstream. The iC60N 40 A 25 kA 25 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA
iC60H 32 A 25 kA 30 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
upstream Compact circuit breakers
iC60H 40 A 25 kA 30 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
act as a barrier against short circuit
C120N 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
currents. In this way, downstream C120H 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
circuit breakers with lower breaking NG125H 40 kA 50 kA 70 kA 100 kA
capacities than the prospective NSX100F 50 kA 70 kA 100 kA 150 kA
short circuit (at their point of NSX100N 70 kA 100 kA 150 kA
installation) operate under their NSX100H 100 kA 150 kA
normal breaking conditions. Since NSX100S 150 kA
the current is limited throughout
the circuit controlled by the limiting Upstream NSX160F NSX160N NSX160H NSX160S NSX160L
Breaking capacity (kA rms) 36 50 70 100 150
circuit breaker, cascading applies to
Downstream
all switchgear downstream. It is not
iC60N 32 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
restricted to two consecutive devices
iC60N 40 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
With cascading, the devices can be iC60H 32 A 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA
installed in different switchboards. iC60H 40 A 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA
Thus, in general, cascading refers C120N 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
to any combination of circuit C120H 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
breakers where a circuit breaker NG125H 40 kA 50 kA 70 kA 100 kA
with a breaking capacity less than NG160N 36 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
NG160H 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
the prospective Isc at its point
NSX100F 50 kA 70 kA 100 kA 150 kA
of installation can be used. Of
NSX100N 70 kA 100 kA 150 kA
course, the breaking capacity of NSX100H 100 kA 150 kA
the upstream circuit breaker must NSX100S 150 kA
be greater than or equal to the NSX160F 50 kA 70 kA 100 kA 150 kA
prospective short circuit current at its NSX160N 70 kA 100 kA 150 kA
point of installation. NSX160H 100 kA 150 kA
Cascading tables are: NSX160S 150 kA
>> d
rawn up on the basis of Upstream NSX250F NSX250N NSX250H NSX250S NSX250L
calculations (comparison Breaking capacity (kA rms) 36 50 70 100 150
between the energy limited by the Downstream
combination of the two CBs and iC60N 32 A 25 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA
the maximum permissible thermal iC60N 40 A 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA
stress for the downstream device), iC60H 32 A 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA
>> verified experimentally. iC60H 40 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
C120N 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
C120H 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
The tables indicate cascading NG125H 40 kA 50 kA 70 kA 100 kA
possibilities between circuit breakers NG160H 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
on 415V distribution networks. NSX100F 50 kA 70 kA 100 kA 150 kA
NSX100N 70 kA 100 kA 150 kA
NSX100H 100 kA 150 kA
NSX100S 150 kA
NSX160F 50 kA 70 kA 100 kA 150 kA
NSX160N 70 kA 100 kA 150 kA
NSX160H 100 kA 150 kA
NSX160S 150 kA
NSX250F 50 kA 70 kA 100 kA 150 kA
NSX250N 70 kA 100 kA 150 kA
NSX250H 100 kA 150 kA
NSX250S 150 kA
R
Notes
Q
>> Refer Compact Catalogue (LVPED208012EN) for more information on cascading and discrimination.
>> Requirements of AS/NZS3000:2007
Clause 2.5.4.5 “Characteristics of short circuit protective devices” item (a) allows cascading [back-up
protection] where the upstream device is rated for the prospective short circuit rating and protects the
downstream device and conductors.
Clause 2.5.6.2 “Protection afforded by separate devices” requires co-ordination with overload protective
devices.
Q4
Contents (HOME)
Upstream NS630bN to NS630bH NS630bL NS800H NS800L NS1000H NS1000L NS1250H NS2000N
NS1600N NS1600H NS2500N
NS3200N
Breaking capacity 50 70 150 70 150 70 150 70 70
(kA rms)
Downstream Reinforced breaking capacity (kA rms)
NSX100F 50 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA
NSX100N 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA
NSX100H 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
NSX100S 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
NSX160F 50 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA
NSX160N 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA
NSX160H 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
NSX160S 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
NSX250F 50 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA
NSX250N 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA
NSX250H 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
NSX250S 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
NSX400N 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA
NSX400H 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
NSX400S 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
NSX630N 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA
NSX630H 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
NSX630S 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
NS630bN 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 70 kA
NS630bH 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
NS800N 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 70 kA
NS800H 150 kA 150 kA
NS1000N 70 kA 150 kA 70 kA 70 kA
NS1000H 150 kA
NS1250N 70 kA 70 kA
NS1600N 70 kA
Q5
Contents (HOME)
Book.indb 177
Notes
09/12/2008 14:32:19
Q
(1) For installation with a class 30 relay, a derating of 20% must be applied on circuit breakers.
(2) Reversers: replace LC1 by LC2.
Where more than one association is possible for a rated power, if the motor starting current is high or
unknown, the highest association should be applied.
Q6
Contents (HOME)
79
Q7
Contents (HOME)
Circuit
Circuitbreakers, contactors andrelays
thermal relays
DB505
65
Q8
Contents (HOME)
Type 2 co-ordination
(IEC 60947-4-1) 380/415 V
Complementary
Section Q: Type 2 coordination
technical information
Technical reference charts
(IEC 60947-4-1) 380/415 V
Circuit
Circuitbreakers, contactors andrelays
thermal relays
DB506
Notes
Book.indb 166 09/12/2008 14:32:11
(1) Reversers: replace LC1 by LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 by LC3.
(2) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relay.
(3) Ii for Micrologic 5.0 control unit.
Where more than one association is possible for a rated power, if the motor starting current is high or
unknown, the highest association should be applied.
Q9
Contents (HOME)
u 125
y 125
Compact NSX
*
( ) Rating > 80 A
only with NG125N
NG125N *
3P and 4P. y 80
C120H C120N
NG125N
y 63
NG125L NG125H
In
DB406103
a
current involved in
(max.) breaking
Un R R: Load
A Isc Un a Isc at Un on the poles connected to the positive polarity
B Isc Un a+b Isc at Un on all the poles connected in series
B A
b
C - - b No breaking needed
C Isc: presumed short-circuit current.
Un: rated network voltage.
Q11
Contents (HOME)
Product range
1P, 2P, 3P, 4P... ? Number of poles connected in series
Un (V DC)
Product range
DB406462
Compact 1P 2P
NSX
NG125 1P 2P 3P 4P
C120 1P 2P 3P 4P
iC60 1P 2P 3P 4P
Network voltage
12 to 60 y 125 y 180 y 250 y 375 y 500 (V DC)
DB405939
DB405940
DB405941
- - - -
1 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 7
2 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 8
Required 2 + + +
DB405942
DB405943
DB405944
- - -
1 3
1 3 5 1 3 5 7
Q
2 4
2 4 6 2 4 6 8
R: Load.
Q12
Contents (HOME)
u 125
y 125
Compact NSX
*
( ) Rating > 80 A
only with NG125N
NG125N *
3P and 4P. y 80
C120H C120N
NG125N
y 63
NG125L NG125H
a positive polarity
B Isc Un a+b Isc at Un on all the poles connected in series
Un/2
+ R R: Load C Isc Un/2 b IIsc at Un/2 on the poles connected to the
Un/2
negative polarity
B A Isc: presumed short-circuit current.
b Un: rated network voltage.
C
Q13
Contents (HOME)
Product range
2P, 4P... ? Number of poles connected in series
Un (V DC)
Product range
DB406464
Compact 2P
NSX
NG125 2P 4P
C120 2P 4P
iC60 2P 4P
Network voltage
12 to 125 y 250 y 500 (V DC)
DB405945
- -
1 3
1 3 5 7
2 4
2 4 6 8
R: Load.
Q14
Contents (HOME)
u 125
y 125
Compact NSX
*
( ) Rating > 80 A
only with NG125N
NG125N *
3P and 4P. y 80
C120H C120N
NG125N
y 63
NG125L NG125H
a
current involved in
(max.) breaking
Un R R: Load
A Low Low a No breaking needed
B A A and D Id (1) Un a Id at Un on the poles connected to the
positive polarity
b
D C B Isc Un a+b Isc at Un on all the poles connected in series
C Low Low b No breaking needed
Isc: presumed short-circuit current.
The figure shows a source in IT system with a second
Un: rated network voltage.
fault (D) on the negative polarity.
(1) Fault current values acceptable according to the installation rules.
bb If Isc < 10 kA: fault current y 0.15 Isc.
bb If Isc > 10 kA: fault current y 0.25 Isc.
Q15
Contents (HOME)
Product range
2P, 4P... ? Number of poles connected in series
Un (V DC)
Product range
DB406464
Compact 2P
NSX
NG125 2P 4P
C120 2P 4P
iC60 2P 4P
Network voltage
12 to 60 y 125 y 250 (V DC)
DB405945
- -
1 3
1 3 5 7
2 4
2 4 6 8
R: Load.
Q16
Contents (HOME)
Lighting application
>> The following tables concern all the contactors from the iCT range, with or without manual control, for
230V single phase lighting circuits
>> They indicate the contactor rating to be chosen according to the number and type of lamps to be
controlled. As a guideline, maximum power is also given.
>> three-phase + neutral circuits: multiply the number of lamps and the power indicated in the table by 3.
>> three-phase without neutral circuits: multiply the number of lamps and the power indicated in the table by 1.7.
Type of lighting application Maximum number of lamps for a given rating
230V single phase circuit iCT contactors
Power (W) 16A 25A 40A 63A 100A
Incandescent lamp with or without halogen gas
40 38 57 115 172 250
60 30 45 85 125 187
75 25 38 70 100 150
100 19 28 50 73 110
150 12 18 35 50 75
200 10 14 26 37 55
300 7 10 18 25 37
500 4 6 10 15 22
1000 2 3 6 8 12
12V halogen lamp (on ELV electromagnetic transformer)
20 15 23 42 63 94
50 10 15 27 42 63
75 8 12 23 35 52
100 6 9 18 27 40
150 4 6 13 19 28
26mm fluorescent tube (single parallel-corrected)
15 15 20 40 60 90
18 15 20 40 60 90
20 15 20 40 60 90
36 15 20 40 60 90
40 15 20 40 60 90
58 10 15 30 43 64
65 10 15 30 43 64
115 5 7 14 20 30
140 5 7 14 20 30
26mm fluorescent tube (single uncorrected)
15 22 30 70 100 150
18 22 30 70 100 150
20 22 30 70 100 150
36 20 28 60 90 135
40 20 28 60 90 135
58 13 17 35 56 84
65 13 17 35 56 84
115 7 10 20 32 48
140 7 10 20 32 48
26mm fluorescent tube (dual serial-corrected)
2x18 30 46 80 123 180
2x20 30 46 80 123 180
2x36 17 25 43 67 100
2x40 17 25 43 67 100
2x58 10 16 27 42 63
2x65 10 16 27 42 63
2x118 6 10 16 25 37
2x140 6 10 16 25 37
26mm fluorescent tube (4 tubes, serial correction)
4x18 15 23 46 69 100
Electronic ballast (1x26mm tube)
18 74 111 222 333 500
35 38 58 117 176 260
58 25 37 74 111 160
Electronic ballast (2x26mm tubes)
2x18 36 55 111 166 250
2x36 20 30 60 90 135
2x58 12 19 38 57 85
Electronic compact lamp (low consumption)
7 133 200 400 600 900
11 80 120 240 360 540
15 58 88 176 264 396
20 44 66 132 200 300
23 38 57 114 171 256
Q17
Contents (HOME)
Heating application
>> T he following table concerns all the contactors in the iCT range, with or without manual control, for 230V
single phase and 400V three-phase heating circuits.
>> It indicates the contactor rating to be chosen according to the power to be controlled and
the number of operations a day.
Small motor application type Maximum power (kW) for a given rating
Voltage iCT contactors
25A 40A 63A
Asynchronous single phase motor with capacitor
Q
230V 1.4 2.5 4
Asynchronous three-phase motor
400V 4 7.5 15
Universal motor
230V 0.9 1.4 2.2
Q18
Contents (HOME)
Lighting
>> Impulse relays are used to control circuits composed of resistive loads (incandescent lamps, low
voltage halogen lamps, convectors) or inductive loads (fluorescent tubes, discharge lamps):
>> the table opposite gives the power or maximum number of lamps which can be installed on a 230 V single-
phase circuit
>> for 230/400 V three-phase + neutral circuits, multiply these values by 3
>> for 230 V three-phase circuits whichout neutral, multiply these values by 1.7.
Heating
230V single-phase circuit Max. power
iTL16A iTL32A
Heating (AC1) 3600 W 7200 W
Q19
Contents (HOME)
Fuses and TeSys contactors Type 1 Fuses and TeSys contactors Type 2
co-ordination chart co-ordination chart
Fuses and Type aM Direct on line Fuses Type BS 88 Direct on line
Motor rating Fuse Contactor Thermal Motor rating Fuse Disconnect Contactor Thermal
AC3 duty rating reference (2) overload relay (3) AC3 duty rating switch reference overload
415 Volts (1) 415 Volts (1) body (2) relay (3)
kW hp A A kW hp A Size A
0.55 0.75 1.5 2 LC1K06 LR2K0307 0.55 0.75 1.5 A1 NIT6 GS1DDB LC1D09 LRD06
0.75 1 2 4 LC1K06 LR2K0308 0.75 1 2 A1 NIT10 GS1DDB LC1D09 LRD07
1.5 2 3.5 4 LC1K06 LR2K0310 1.5 2 3.5 A1 NIT16 GS1DDB LC1D09 LRD08
2.2 3 5 6 LC1K06 LR2K0312 2.2 3 5 A1 NIT16 GS1DDB LC1D09 LRD10
3 4 6.5 8 LC1K09 LR2K0314 3 4 6.5 A1 NIT20 GS1DDB LC1D09 LRD12
4 5.5 8.4 12 LC1K09 LR2K0316 4 5.5 8.4 A1 NIT20 GS1DDB LC1D09 LRD14
5.5 7.5 11 16 LC1K12 LR2K0321 5.5 7.5 11 A1 NIT20M25 GS1DDB LC1D12 LRD16
7.5 10 14.8 16 LC1D18 LRD21 7.5 10 14.8 A1 NIT20M32 GS1DDB LC1D18 LRD21
9 12 19.1 25 LC1D25 LRD22 9 12 18.1 A2 TIA32M35 GS1GB LC1D18 LRD21
11 15 21 25 LC1D25 LRD22 11 15 21 A2 TIA32M50 GS1GB LC1D25 LRD22
15 20 29.5 32 LC1D32 LRD32 15 20 28.5 A2 TIA32M63 GS1GB LC1D32 LRD32
22 30 42 50 LC1D50A LRD350 22 30 42 A3 TIS63M100 GS1GB LC1D50A LRD350
30 40 57 80 LC1D80 LRD3361 30 40 57 A3 TIS63M100 GS1GB LC1D65A LRD365
37 50 69 100 LC1D80 LRD3363 55 80 100 A4 TCP100M160 GS1LLB LC1D115 LR9D5369
45 60 81 100 LC1D95 LRD3365 80 110 138 B2 TF200M250 GS1LB LC1D150 LR9D5369
55 80 100 125 LC1D115 LRD4367 100 136 182 B2 TF200M250 GS1MMB LC1F185 LR9F5371
75 110 138 160 LC1F150 LR9F5369 140 190 200 B3 TKF315M355 GS1NB LC1F265 LR9F7375
90 136 182 200 LC1F185 LR9F5371 220 300 388 B4 TMF400M450 GS1QQB LC1F400 LR9F7379
132 190 250 315 LC1F265 LR9F7375 257 350 450 C2 TTM500 GS1SB LC1F500 LR9F7381
220 300 385 500 LC1F400 LR9F7379 375 500 610 C2 TTM630 GS1SB LC1F630 LR9F7381
270 360 460 500 LC1F500 LR9F7379
375 500 610 630 LC1F630 LR9F7381
425 580 690 710 LC1F800 LT6P0M005FM
Notes
Q
(1) These values are given as a guide. They may vary depending on the type of motor and manufacturer.
(2) For further details on contactor selection, contact Schneider Customer Care on 0800 652 999.
(3) For further details on overload selection, contact Schneider Customer Care on 0800 652 999.
(4) Integral and TeSys U reference to be completed by the code corresponding to the control circuit voltage.
Q20
Contents (HOME)
Notes
(1) Product marked under the brand.
(2) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.
(3) For reversing operation, replace prefix LC1 with LC2.
Q21
Contents (HOME)
Q
Notes
(1) Contactor basic reference to be completed by the code corresponding to the control circuit voltage.
(2) Iq is the breaking capacity of (GV2 + contactor).
Q22
Contents (HOME)
Components for use together in accordance with IEC/EN 60647-4-2, as per the wiring diagrams in the product catalogue and user manual.
Motor Starter Type of circuit breaker Type of contactor Thermal overload relay
Class 10 Telemecanique Rating
kW A A
M1 A1 Q1 KM1, KM2, KM3 F4
0.37 0.98 ATS01N103FT GV2ME05 1 LC1K06 or LR2K0306
LC1D09 LRD05
0.55 1.5 ATS01N103FT GV2ME06 1.6 LC1K06 or LR2K0307
LC1D09 LRD06
0.75 2 ATS01N103FT GV2ME07 2.5 LC1K06 or LR2K0308
LC1D09 LRD07
1.1 2.5 ATS01N103FT GV2ME08 4 LC1K06 or LR2K0308
LC1D09 LRD08
ATS01N206QN GV2ME08 4 LC1K06 or LR2K0308
LC1D09 LRD08
1.5 3.5 ATS01N106FT GV2ME08 4 LC1K06 or LR2K0310
LC1D09 LRD08
ATS01N206QN GV2ME08 4 LC1K06 or LR2K0310
LC1D09 LRD08
2.2 5 ATS01N106FT GV2ME10 6.3 LC1K06 or LR2K0312
LC1D09 LRD10
ATS01N206QN GV2ME10 6.3 LC1K06 or LR2K0312
LC1D09 LRD10
3 6.5 ATS01N106FT GV2ME14 9 LC1K06 or LR2K0314
LC1D09 LRD12
ATS01N206QN GV2ME14 9 LC1K06 or LR2K0314
LC1D09 LRD12
4 8.4 ATS01N109FT GV2ME14 9 LC1K06 or LR2K0316
LC1D09 LRD14
ATS01N209QN GV2ME14 9 LC1K06 or LR2K0316
LC1D09 LRD14
5.5 11 ATS01N112FT GV2ME16 13 LC1K12 or LR2K0321
LC1D12 LRD16
ATS01N212QN GV2ME16 13 LC1K12 or LR2K0321
LC1D12 LRD16
7.5 14.8 ATS01N222QN GV2ME20 17 LC1D18 LRD21
9 18.1 ATS01N222QN GV2ME21 21 LC1D25 LRD21
11 21 ATS01N222QN GV2ME22 23 LC1D25 LRD22
15 28.5 ATS01N232QN GV2ME32 32 LC1D32 LRD35
Q23
Contents (HOME)
5
1
3
1
3
2
4
6
NS80H6-MA 50 70
30 57 ATS22D62Q GV3L65 - 50 LC1D65App
2
4
6
NS80HMA80 80 70
37 69 ATS22D75Q NS80H6-MA 80 (4) LC1D80pp
45 81 ATS22D88Q NSX100pMA 100 (4) LC1D115pp
U/T1 R/L1
V/T2 S/L2
W/T3 T/L3
Notes
(1) Standard power rating for 4-pole motors 400V 50/60Hz
Q
(2) Breaking capacity of the circuit breaker according to IEC 60947-2
(3) Replace ‘pp’ with required coil voltage code to complete the contactor reference
(4) Replace the ‘p’ in the circuit breaker reference with the letter corresponding to the required breaking
performance (F, N, H, S or L)
Q24
Contents (HOME)
Components for use together in accordance with standard IEC/EN 60947-4-1, as per the wiring diagrams in the product catalogue and
user manual.
Maximum prospective short circuit current of the starter according to standard IEC 60947-4-2
Starter Iq
(kA)
ATS48D17Q 50
ATS48D22Q to ATS48D47Q 40
ATS48D62Q to ATS48C79Q 50
ATS48M10Q and ATS48M12Q 85
Notes
(1) Replace p with N, H or L according to the breaking capacity (see the breaking capacity table on the
previous page).
(2) Type 2 co-ordination is only possible if the fast-acting fuses remain in the motor supply circuit and
are not bypassed at the end of starting.
Q25
Contents (HOME)
Section Q:
Technical reference charts
Q
Notes
(1) Maximum breaking capacity of circuit breaker according to IEC 60947-2
(2) Replace ‘pp’ with required coil voltage code to complete the contactor reference
Q26
Contents (HOME)
Section Q:
Technical reference charts
Notes
(1) Maximum breaking capacity of circuit breaker according to IEC 60947-2, at 415V
(2) To be ordered separately
(3) Replace ‘pp’ with required coil voltage code to complete the contactor reference
Q27
Contents (HOME)
Section Q:
Technical reference charts
Notes
Q
(1) Standard power rating for 4-pole motors 400V 50/60Hz
(2) Breaking capacity of the circuit breaker according to IEC 60947-2
(3) Replace ‘pp’ with required coil voltage code to complete the contactor reference
(4) Replace the ‘p’ in the circuit breaker reference with the letter corresponding to the required breaking
performance (F, N, H, S or L)
(5) Select ‘L’, 150kA version
(6) Additional line choke mandatory
Q28
Contents (HOME)
Section Q:
Technical reference charts
Notes
(1) Standard power rating for 4-pole motors 400V 50/60Hz
(2) Breaking capacity of the circuit breaker according to IEC 60947-2
(3) Replace ‘pp’ with required coil voltage code to complete the contactor reference
(4) Replace the ‘p’ in the circuit breaker reference with the letter corresponding to the required breaking
performance (F, N, H, S or L)
(5) Select ‘L’, 150kA version
(6) Additional line choke mandatory
Q29
Contents (HOME)
Section Q:
Technical reference charts
NSX100pMA100
+
LC1D80pp
+
ATV630D45N4
Notes
(1) Standard power ratings for a 4-pole 400V 50Hz motor.
(2) Replace the '•' in the circuit breaker reference with the letter corresponding to the required breaking
performance (F,N, H, S, or L). Breaking capacity of circuit breakers according to IEC 60947-2.
Circuit breaker Icu (kA) for 380...415V
F N H S L
GV2L07…L14 100 - - - - -
GV2L16…L22 50 - - - - -
GV3L32…L65 50 - - - - -
NS80HMA 70 - - - - -
NSX100•MA100 - 36 50 70 100 150
NSX160•MA150 - 36 50 70 100 150
NSX250•MA220 - 36 50 70 100 150
NSX400• Micrologic 1.3-M - 36 50 70 100 150
(3) Replace ‘••’ with the required coil voltage code to complete the contactor reference. LC1F... coils
sold separately.
Contactor Coil Voltage
Q
VAC 24V 48V 110V 240V 415V
LC1D09...D115 50/60Hz B7 E7 F7 U7 N7
LC1F185 50Hz LX1FG024 - LX1FG110 LX1FG240 LX1FG415
LC1F265 40-400Hz LX1FH0242 - LX1FH1102 LX1FH2402 LX1FH3802
For other coil voltages please refer to section H, or contact our Customer Care Centre.
(4) lrm: Current setting for magnetic trip
Q30
Contents (HOME)
Section Q:
Technical reference charts
NSX100pMA100
+
LC1D80pp
+
ATV650D45N4
Notes
(1) Standard power ratings for a 4-pole 400V 50Hz motor.
(2) Replace the ‘•’ in the circuit breaker reference with the letter corresponding to the required breaking
performance (F,N, H, S, or L). Breaking capacity of circuit breakers according to IEC 60947-2.
Circuit breaker Icu (kA) for 380...415V
F N H S L
GV2L07…L14 100 - - - - -
GV2L16…L22 50 - - - - -
GV3L32…L65 50 - - - - -
NS80HMA 70 - - - - -
NSX100•MA100 - 36 50 70 100 150
NSX160•MA150 - 36 50 70 100 150
NSX250•MA220 - 36 50 70 100 150
(3) Replace ‘••’ with the required coil voltage code to complete the contactor reference.
LC1F... coils sold separately.
Contactor Coil Voltage
VAC 24V 48V 110V 240V 415V
LC1D09...D115 50/60Hz B7 E7 F7 U7 N7
LC1F185 50Hz LX1FG024 - LX1FG110 LX1FG240 LX1FG415
For other coil voltages please refer to section H, or contact our Customer Care Centre.
(4) lrm: Current setting for magnetic trip
Q31
Contents (HOME)
Section Q:
Technical reference charts
Notes
(1) Standard ratings for squirrel cage motors.
(2) Contactors basic reference to be completed by the code corresponding to the control
circuit voltage.
(3) Star Delta time includes break before make contacts (approx. 40ms).
Q32
Contents (HOME)
Where:
P.f. = Power factor; kW = Active Power; kVAr = Reactive Power; kVA = Apparent Power; V = Volts; A = Amps; I = line current; Ic = Rated capacitor
current..
AS/NZS3000:2007 Clause 4.15.2.3 “Current carrying capacity of supply conductors” requires circuit breakers to be rated at 1.35 times the rated
capacitor current (to allow for capacitor and voltage tolerances and harmonic currents).
Q33
Contents (HOME)
1.8 2.5 15.7 14.4 2.2 3 8.7 5 5 4.42 3.8 2.8 - 1.9
2.2 3 18.6 17.1 3 4 11.5 6.6 6.5 5.77 5 3.8 3.5 2.5
3 4 24.3 22.2 3.7 5 13.5 7.7 7.5 7.1 5.9 4.4 - 3
4 5 29.6 27.1 4 5.5 14.5 8.5 8.4 7.9 6.5 4.9 4.9 3.3
4.4 6 34.7 31.8 5.5 7.5 20 11.5 11 10.4 9 6.6 6.7 4.5
37 50 126 72 66 64 55 42 40 28
40 54 134 79 71 67 60 44 - 30
45 60 150 85 80 76 65 49 46.8 33
51 70 170 98 90 83 75 57 - 38
55 75 182 105 100 90 80 61 58 40
200 270 626 370 340 321 281 215 203 150
220 300 700 408 385 353 310 235 224 160
250 340 800 460 425 401 360 274 253 200
257 350 826 475 450 412 365 280 - 203
280 380 900 510 475 450 400 305 - 220
Q34
Contents (HOME)
Temperature
Kelvin = ˚C + 273.16 Celsius = 5/9 (F-32) Fahrenheit = 9C/5 + 32
Conversion table
To Convert Into Multiply By To Convert Into Multiply By To Convert Into Multiply By
Centimetres Inches 0.394 Kilograms Grams 1000 Miles Feet 5.280
Feet 0.0328 Ounces 35.274 Yards 1.760
Metres 0.01 Pounds 2.205 Kilometres 1.609
Millimetres 10 Kilometres Feet 3281 Ounces Grams 28.35
Feet Centimetres 30.48 Metres 1000 Pounds 0.0625
Inches 12 Miles 0.621 Kilograms 0.028
Metres 0.3048 Yards 1.093 Pints Litres 0.473 (US)
Miles 0.0001894 Litres Cups 4.226 0.568 (IMP)
Yards 0.333 Pints 2.113 (US) Quarts 0.5
Gallons Pints 8 1.761 (IMP) Gallons 0.0125
Litres 3.785 (US) Gallons 0.264 (US) Pounds Grams 453.59
4.54 (IMP) 0.22 (IMP) Ounces 16
Quarts 4 Millilitres 1000 Kilograms 0.454
Grams Ounces 0.035 Quarts 0.066 (US) Quarts Pints 2
Pounds 0.002 0.055 (IMP) Litres 0.946 (US)
Kilograms 0.001 Metres Centimetres 100 1.136 (IMP)
Inches Centimetres 2.54 Feet 3.281 Gallons 0.25
Feet 0.0833 Inches 39.3 Yards Inches 36
Metres 0.0254 Kilometres 0.001 Feet 3
Yards 0.0278 Miles 0.0006214 Metres 0.914
Millimetres 1000 Miles 0.0005682
Yards 1.093
Q35
Contents (HOME)
Technical data
Section Q:
Technical reference charts
0 No protection. 0 No protection.
Category AC-1
Applies to all AC machines (loads), whose power
1 Protected against factor is at least equal to 0.95 (cos ø ≥ 0.95)
1 Full penetration vertically falling Application Example:
of 50mm diameter drops of water. Heating distribution.
sphere not allowed. Limited ingress
Contact with permitted.
hazardous parts
not permitted. 2 Protected against
vertically falling
drops of water with
enclosure tilted 15° Category AC-2
2 Full penetration of from the vertical. Applies to starting, plugging and inching of slip
12.5mm diameter Limited ingress ring motors. On closing, the contactor makes the
sphere not allowed. permitted. starting current (approx 2.5xIe). On opening, it must
The jointed test finger break the starting current (voltage ≤ mains voltage).
shall have adequate 3 Protected against Breaking is severe.
clearance from sprays to 60° from Application Example:
hazardous parts. the vertical. Limited Lifting overhead cranes, gantries.
ingress permitted.
4 Protected against
water splashed from
3 The access probe of all directions. Limited
2.5mm diameter ingress permitted.
Category AC-3
Applies to squirrel cage motors with breaking
shall not penetrate.
5 Protected against during normal running of the motor. On closing,
jets of water. Limited the contactor makes the starting current, which is
ingress permitted. about 5 to 7 times the rated current of the motor.
On opening, it breaks the rated current drawn by
4 The access probe of
6 Protected against the motor.
1.0mm diameter
strong jets of water. Application Example:
shall not penetrate.
Limited ingress Conveyor belts, compressors, pumps, mixers,
permitted. air conditioning units.
mm2 Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu mm2 Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu
1 16 14 13 11 21 16 1 16 16 13 13 24 18
1.5 20 17 16 14 27 20 1.5 21 21 16 16 31 24
2.5 29 25 23 20 37 28 2.5 30 29 23 22 43 33
4 38 33 31 26 49 37 4 40 39 31 30 56 42
6 49 42 40 34 61 46 6 51 49 40 38 71 53
10 67 58 54 47 81 61 10 69 67 54 53 94 71
16 89 77 72 62 105 80 16 92 89 72 71 120 91
25 120 105 97 87 135 105 25 125 120 97 97 160 120
35 150 125 120 100 160 125 35 155 145 120 115 190 145
50 180 155 145 125 190 150 50 185 175 145 140 225 170
70
95
120
230
285
335
195
245
285
185
230
265
155
185
220
235
280
315
185
225
260
70
95
120
240
295
345
225
275
320
185
230
265
175
210
250
275
330
380
210
260
295
Q
150 385 330 310 250 355 290 150 395 365 310 280 425 335
185 445 385 355 285 400 335 185 460 425 360 325 480 380
240 540 455 425 340 465 390 240 550 510 430 385 560 450
These ratings are based on 40°C ambient air temperature and 25°C ambient soil temperature.
Q36
Contents (HOME)
Product
Index and
Conditions
of Sale
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R1
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R2
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R3
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R4
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R5
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R6
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R7
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R8
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R9
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R10
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R11
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R12
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R13
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R14
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R15
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R16
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R17
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R18
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R19
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R20
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R21
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R22
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R23
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R24
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R25
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R26
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R27
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R28
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R29
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R30
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R31
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R32
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R33
Contents (HOME)
Product Index
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
R34
Contents (HOME)
Conditions of sale
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
1. APPLICATION OF TERMS
(a) These terms apply to every sale of Goods by the Seller and, amongst other things, govern the liability of
the Seller unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Seller.
(b) The Purchaser and Seller agree that these terms constitute the entire agreement between them and
that there is no other documentation, correspondence, understandings, representations or warranties or
statements of any kind (express or implied) other than these terms unless agreed in writing by the Seller.
(c) Any order made by a Purchaser otherwise than pursuant to a quotation or tender shall not be binding on
the Seller until accepted by the Seller in writing.
(d) Each tender or quotation by the Seller is, notwithstanding any rule of law, an invitation to treat only and
is not an Offer by the Seller to the Purchaser.
(e) Any condition contained in an order made by the Purchaser which is inconsistent with, qualifies, or is
contrary to these terms, is of no effect unless that condition is expressly accepted in writing by the Seller.
(f) No alteration or variation of these terms is effective unless expressly stated in the Seller’s tender or
quotation or in any other case agreed in writing by the Seller.
3. PRICE
(a) Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Price is ex works and excludes transport and delivery costs,
customs, excise duties and charges, sales taxes, insurance and GST all of which must: (i) be paid by
the Purchaser; and (ii) if the Seller disburses those costs, be refunded to the Seller by the Purchaser.
Without limitation, the Purchaser must pay to the Seller on demand the GST payable by the Company
for the Goods.
(b) The Price may be subject to rates of exchange and any variation in exchange rates up to the date on
which the Goods were ready for dispatch shall be to the Purchaser’s account.
(c) The Prices are subject to alteration without notice and the Price payable by the Purchaser for the Goods
ordered is the Price applicable at the date the Goods are dispatched.
(d) General Increases
Any rise or fall in the cost of materials, labour or transport, or extra costs incurred in conforming
with any Act of Parliament, Order in Council or to any order regulation or by-law made with statutory
authority by government departments or by local body or other authorities, introduced since the date of
an order by the Purchaser, shall be to the Purchaser’s account. Alternatively, the Seller reserves the right
to provide details of specific increases for individual component items.
4. PAYMENT ITEMS
(a) Unless credit has been approved in writing by the Seller, all invoices shall be due and payable on
delivery of the Goods or upon the Seller’s advice to the Purchaser that the Goods are ready for dispatch.
(b) Where credit has been approved, all invoices are due and payable: (i) at the address of the Company
stated in the invoice; (ii) within 30 days of invoice date; (iii) without set-off, discount or by way of
exchange of the Purchaser’s goods or services; and (iv) in New Zealand dollars, unless otherwise agreed
in writing by the Seller.
(c) If any part of an invoice is disputed, the Purchaser must promptly pay the amount not in dispute
according to applicable payment terms.
(d) Where credit has been approved and payment in full is not received by the Seller within 30 days from
the date of the invoice (“the interest date”) without prejudice to its rights to sue for payment or exercise
any other remedy where any payment is not made on the due date, the Seller has the right to charge the
Purchaser interest on the monies outstanding from the interest date to the date of payment calculated at
2% per month together with any costs of collection incurred by the Seller. The Seller is entitled to apply
any payment received towards any of the goods supplied to the Purchaser.
(e) Where the Purchasers’ account is in arrears, the Seller may demand payment of the arrears as well
as payment in advance for any undelivered Goods before proceeding with manufacturing or making
any further delivery of Goods under these terms or any other agreement between the Seller and the
Purchaser.
(f) Notwithstanding the above, the Seller reserves the right to restrict or withhold the sale of further Goods
on credit if the Seller has reason to doubt the Purchaser’s ability to pay for such purchases.
(g) The Seller may correct any clerical errors or omissions, whether in computation or otherwise in any
quotation, acknowledgments or invoice.
(h) For orders of less than $50 a handling charge of $5.00 per order entry may be charged. When charged, it
shall be shown as a separate item.
(i) For export orders of Goods, payment shall be made through an irrevocable letter of credit opened prior
to commencement of manufacture.
(j) Where the Goods are supplied for contracts relating to design and build: (i) unless otherwise stated
in the quotation the Seller reserves the right to submit claims for progress payments against work
completed and value of materials to hand, to a value of 90% of the Price during the term of such
contract; and (ii) no retentions will be accepted unless specifically agreed to by the Seller.
(k) Where the Purchaser requires the Goods to be expressly delivered or services to be provided on a call
out basis after hours then the Seller reserves the right to charge a surcharge fee.
Initial here:
5. DELIVERY, TITLE AND RISK
(a) Until the Purchaser has paid the price for the Goods supplied under each contract: (i) the Seller is and
remains the legal and equitable owner of the Goods; (ii) the Purchaser holds the Goods as a fiduciary
bailee for the Seller and must store the Goods safely and in a manner that clearly shows the ownership
of the Seller; and (iii) the Purchaser grants to the Seller, its employees and authorised representatives
R35
Contents (HOME)
Conditions of sale
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
an irrevocable licence to enter the Purchaser’s premises (or any other premises either under the control
of the Purchaser or where the Goods are stored on behalf of the Purchaser) at any time to inspect
the Goods and, if the Purchaser defaults in paying for those Goods, to use reasonable force to take
possession of the Goods without liability for trespass, negligence, payment of any compensation to
the Purchaser or other person or otherwise. Any exercise of this right is without prejudice to any other
rights the Seller has against the Purchaser, including the right at all times to make a claim against the
Purchaser for the invoiced price of the Goods, when due and payable.
(b) Clause 5(a) also applies until the Purchaser; (i) has paid all monies owing to the Seller on any account
whatsoever, including any costs incurred by the Seller because of the Purchaser’s failure to pay or late
payment of any such monies and the costs incurred by the Seller in recovering the Goods from the
Purchaser; and (ii) has complied with all of its obligations under these terms and conditions.
(c) Notwithstanding clause 5(a), the Purchaser may, subject to clause 5(d), re-sell and deliver the Goods in
the ordinary course of its business but if the Purchaser: (i) is paid for that sale, the Purchaser holds all of
the proceeds of sale on trust for the Seller and must promptly pay those proceeds to the Seller (keeping
them separate and identifiable from the Purchaser’s other funds until it has done so); (ii) intermingles
those proceeds of sale with the Purchaser’s other funds, the Purchaser acknowledges that the Seller has
a beneficial interest in those intermingled funds to the extent of the monies owing by the Purchaser to the
Seller at any time; and (iii) is not paid for that sale, the Purchaser must assign to the Seller, if the Seller so
elects by notice in writing, its claim against the person who bought the Goods from the Purchaser. For this
purpose the Purchaser irrevocably appoints the Seller as the Purchaser’s attorney.
(d) The Purchaser’s rights to re-sell the Goods pursuant to clause 5(c) cease if the Seller exercises its right
to the return of the Goods pursuant to clause 5. The Purchaser also acknowledges that any purported
exercise of its rights under clause 5(c) once the Seller elects to exercise its rights for the return of the
goods (either by notice in writing to the Purchaser or by physical recovery of the Goods pursuant to
clause 5(a)) would be outside the ordinary course of the Purchaser’s business.
(e) If the Purchaser makes a new object from the Goods (whether finished or not), mixes the Goods with other
goods or the Goods otherwise become part of other goods (Combined Goods) then clauses 5(a), 5(b)
and 5(c) apply to the Combined Goods as if each reference in those clauses to Goods was a reference to
Combined Goods. For these purposes, ownership of the Combined Goods passes from the Purchaser to
the Seller at the beginning of the first operation by which the Goods become Combined Goods.
(f) If the Purchaser pays for Goods by cheque then payment only occurs when all cheques have been
presented and cleared in full.
(g) Notwithstanding the operation of this clause, risk in the Goods (including responsibility for insurance)
passes to the Purchaser upon delivery of the Goods to the Purchaser. Delivery of the Goods to a carrier
nominated by the Purchaser constitutes delivery to the Purchaser (regardless of who pays for freight).
Each sub-clause of this clause is intended to operate separately from the rest. If any sub-clause of this
clause is held to be invalid then it will be severed from the rest of the clause (which continues in full force).
(h) The Seller will make all reasonable efforts to meet any date for delivery of the Goods agreed between
the Seller and the Purchaser. Where a delay in delivery is caused by Force Majeure the time for delivery
is extended by a reasonable period.
(i) The Seller reserves the right to dispatch the Purchaser’s order in one delivery or by instalments. Where
the Seller acknowledges an order which provides for delivery by instalment the Seller is entitled to
separate payment for each instalment delivered (as if it were a separate contract) but failure to deliver
any instalment does not entitle the Purchaser to repudiate the contract as to any remaining instalments.
(j) All statements or forecasts of delivery times made by the Seller are made in good faith but are
estimates only, not commitments. The Seller is not bound by any such estimate.
(k) Where the Purchaser requests a particular method of delivery and the Seller agrees in writing then the
Purchaser must pay for the cost of delivery by that method from the point of dispatch of the Goods by
the Seller. Otherwise the Seller will select the method of delivery.
(l) The Seller’s liability for shortages in the quantity of the Goods is limited to making up the shortages.
The Seller is not liable for any claim for shortages in quantity unless the Purchaser notifies the Seller of
the shortages in writing within 7 days of delivery and provides the Seller a reasonable opportunity to
take all necessary steps to investigate the claim.
(m) Claims made for damage or loss in transit must be made against the carrier in the prescribed manner.
(n) Prior to acknowledging delivery to the carrier the Purchaser must ensure that the complete consignment
as per the carrier’s note has been received. If there is a shortage or visible damage to the outer
packaging of the Goods then the Purchaser must endorse the carrier’s note accordingly.
(o) The Seller is not responsible for any loss or damage to the Goods caused by or arising from transport
or delivery of the Goods both when the Seller has not packed the Goods and when the Purchaser has
nominated a carrier.
(p) Without limiting the generality of clauses 5(h) and (q), if delivery of the Goods by the Seller is delayed
by: (i) The Purchaser’s failure to return to the Seller within 14 days of the submission date the drawings
submitted by the Seller; or (ii) The Purchaser varying the order after it has been accepted by the
Seller, the Seller may in its absolute discretion review the order and vary the Price and delivery date
accordingly.
(q) The Seller is not liable to the Purchaser for any loss or damage directly or indirectly arising out of or in
connection with any delay in delivery of the Goods.
R36
Contents (HOME)
Conditions of sale
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
7. FORCE MAJEURE
The company will not accept any liability or responsibility for circumstances or events beyond the
reasonable control of the Seller, including without limitation war, strikes, lockouts, slow downs, fire, riot,
tempest, war, embargo, governmental act, regulation or request, accident, delay in transportation or
inability to obtain necessary labour, materials or manufacturing facilities or default by any manufacturer,
supplier, subcontractor to the Seller preventing or hindering the Seller in the due performance and
observance of its duties and obligations under these terms (“Force Majeure”).
8. PACKING
The Seller will pack the Goods in accordance with its standard practice. Alternative packing specified by
the Purchaser shall be at the expense and risk of the Purchaser and the Seller shall not be responsible
for any loss or damage caused as a result of such packing.
9. WARRANTY
9.1 Seller warrants that:
(a) all Seller manufactured Goods (excluding software and third party Product) will operate in accordance
with their published specifications for the duration of the Warranty Period; and
(b) all Services will be performed in a professional manner with due skill and care, using appropriately
skilled and qualified personnel and in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations; and
(c) all Seller software supplied will perform in accordance with their published specifications during the
Warranty Period.
9.2 If the Purchaser makes a claim during the Warranty Period it will be handled as follows:
(a) In the case of Seller manufactured Goods, where there is a defect in such Goods, Seller will replace
or repair (at its discretion and cost) the Goods and will warrant the replaced or repaired Product for
one further period of ninety (90) days from the date of the replacement or repair. Seller will not be
responsible for the cost of retrieving, removing, reinstalling, retesting or transporting the Goods to and
from the location where the Goods are located.
(b) In the case of Services, where there is a defect in the Services, Seller will re-perform the Services. In the
event the deficient Services have caused a defect in the Seller Goods, Seller will replace or repair (at its
discretion and cost) the Seller Goods and the costs for doing so will be limited to:
(i) the cost of repair or replacement of the Seller Goods (including transport to and from the
location where the Goods are located);
(ii) on-site servicing labour cost in the case of having to re-perform Installation Services; and
(iii) Seller Personnel’s travel costs (transport and accommodation).
9.3 Purchaser agrees that, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Seller, any warranty on any third party
Goods is limited to the warranty given by the manufacturer of those Goods and, to the maximum extent
permitted by law, Seller gives no additional warranties in relation to any third party Goods.
9.4 Seller will not be responsible for any defect arising out of or in connection to:
(a) misuse, abuse, neglect, errors or any other act or omission of or by the Purchaser or third party
not contracted by Seller;
(b) alteration (improper or otherwise) or installation of the Goods by the Purchaser or any person
other than Seller; or
(c) power failure, power surge, lightning, flood, fire, accidental breakage or other events outside of
Seller’s reasonable control; or
(d) the Goods not being maintained, installed or energised in accordance with Seller’s instructions or
in the absence of such instructions, in according to generally accepted practice for maintenance
of such Goods; or
(e) improper environmental or storage conditions where the Goods are used or installed;.
9.5 For the purposes of this clause “Warranty Period” shall mean
(a) the period identified for a particular Good in the product overview for that Good found in the
Product and Services Catalogue published on Seller’s country specific website at www.Seller-
electric.com commencing upon the date of delivery of the Goods to the Purchaser; and
(b) for all other Goods which don’t have a warranty period identified in the Product and Services
Catalogue then, the earlier of: (i) eighteen (18) months from the delivery date; and (ii) the date that
is twelve (12) months from commercial or operational use of the Goods by the Purchaser;
(c) If the delivery date of the relevant products cannot be determined for any reason whatsoever,
the warranty starts as of the manufacturing date code that is specified on each product, in which
case the duration of the warranty as specified in Seller’s Product and Services Catalogue will be
extended by 6 months.
(c) for all Services, a period of ninety (90) days from the date of delivery of the Services.
(d) for all Seller software, a period of ninety (90) days from the date of delivery of the Software.
(see clause 18)
R37
Contents (HOME)
Conditions of sale
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
14. TERMINATION
(a) The Seller may terminate or suspend the contract without notice if the Purchaser: (i) is in breach of
a term of the contract and fails to remedy the breach within 14 days of notice in writing by the Seller
specifying the breach and requesting the Purchaser to remedy it; (ii) has failed or refused to take
delivery of the goods or any part thereof and such failure or refusal continues for a period 7 days
after the Seller advises the Purchaser that the goods are ready for delivery; (iii) is declared bankrupt,
resolves to go into liquidation or has a petition for its bankruptcy or winding up presented, or enters
into a scheme of arrangement with its creditors, or if any liquidator, receiver or official manager is
appointed in respect of the Purchaser; (iv) enters into any agreement relating to the sale, assignment or
dispossession of its business OR its shareholders or partners transfer, assign or part with or agree to
transfer, assign or part with more than 25% of their present shareholding or share in the partnership.
(b) In the event of such termination the Seller shall, after taking into account payments made by the
Purchaser to the Seller, be entitled to payment for work done and expenditure made under the contract
up to and including the date of termination and any direct and indirect expense or loss suffered by the
Seller including without limitation the Seller’s loss of profit on the contract and the legal costs of the
Seller (on a full indemnity basis) incurred in relation to the termination and any proper breach and in
exercising any rights and remedies as a consequence of the termination and any breach.
(c) Termination of the contract pursuant to these provisions, shall be without prejudice to the rights of the
Initial here: Seller accruing up to the date of termination.
(d) If by reason of the operation of Force Majeure the Seller is unable to perform or observe its obligations
under these terms, the Seller does not breach its obligations so long as Force Majeure continues to operate.
R
R38
Contents (HOME)
Conditions of sale
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
15. CANCELLATION
If any order of undelivered goods is cancelled or suspended by the Purchaser without the Seller’s prior
consent the Seller shall be entitled to charge the following cancellation fees.
(a) Where the goods are listed in the Seller’s current New Zealand catalogue or price list for the time being
as stock items a cancellation fee of 15% of the net invoice amount.
(b) Where the goods are listed in the Seller’s current New Zealand catalogue or price list for the time being
as non-stock items and the order is cancelled or suspended: (i) prior to shipment of the goods from
the relevant overseas port a cancellation fee of 50% of the net invoice amount; (ii) after shipment of the
goods from the relevant overseas port a cancellation fee of 100% of the net invoice amount.
(c) Where the goods are not listed in the Seller’s current New Zealand catalogue or price list except as
excluded in clause 15(d) a cancellation fee of 100% of the net invoice amount.
(d) Where the goods are part of a manufacturing contract, the Seller shall after taking into account
payments made by the purchaser to the Seller, be entitled to payment for work done and expenditure
made under the contract up to and including the date of termination and any direct or indirect loss
suffered by the Seller including without limitation the Seller’s loss of profit on the contract, legal costs of
the Seller and all consequential losses and costs incurred as a result of cancellation.
19. EXCLUSIONS
(a) The Seller is not liable under any circumstances whatsoever for: (i) any injury, damage or loss, including
consequential damage or loss (including without limitation loss of market, loss of profit or loss of
contracts) whether to persons or property arising out of this sale or the Goods supplied pursuant to it
including any defects therein or anything connected therewith or with repair or replacement or any other
work related thereto and without limitation, the Seller is not liable for any loss of profit or other special
Initial here: damage or consequential damages arising out of any latent or other defect in the Goods; or (ii) any
reduction in the Price for any shortages in any delivery, unless the shortage is noted by the Purchaser
on the Seller’s delivery note for that delivery; or (iii) or any loss of or damage to the Goods whilst in
transit.
R39
Contents (HOME)
Conditions of sale
Section R:
Product Index
Conditions of sale
(b) If any liability may not be excluded by this sale and where the Goods then the liability of the Seller for
a breach of a condition or warranty implied by any statute is limited to repairing the Goods or at the
Seller’s option, replacing the Goods or supplying equivalent Goods. In no event is the Seller liable to the
Purchaser or any third party, in contract or tort, for more than the Price.
21. SEVERANCE
If any provision or part of any provision of these conditions is unenforceable or if the Seller elects not
to enforce said provisions it will be severed from the rest and such unenforceability shall not affect any
other part of such provision or any other provision of these terms.
23. ARBITRATION
If at any time any questions, dispute or difference whatsoever shall arise between the Purchaser and
the Seller upon, in relation to, or in connection with these terms either party may give to the other notice
in writing of the existence of such question, dispute or difference and the same shall thereupon be
referred to the arbitration in New Zealand of a person to be mutually agreed upon, or failing agreement
within thirty days of the receipt of such notice of some person appointed on the application of either
party by the President of the Institution of Professional Engineers of New Zealand.
24. DEFINITIONS
In these terms the following defined terms apply:
Company means Schneider Electric (NZ) Ltd;
Custom Software means software specifically written or modified for the Purchaser;
Defective Goods means a Good (or part thereof) that is defective solely because its design, materials
contained within it or the way it is manufactured is faulty;
Goods means any product delivered pursuant to these terms, including labour and Software;
GST means any consumption tax imposed by Government, whether at point of sale or at some other
occurrence, by whatever name, which operates during the term of this agreement and includes without
limitation a goods and services tax, an indirect tax and value added tax;
Licence means the licence to use the Custom Software and the Standard Software granted in clause 16(a).
Offer means tender, quotation or any other offer to supply Goods;
Price means the price quoted in the Company’s catalogue (published from time to time), Offer or the
contract or sale price as the case may be;
Purchaser means the company, firm or persons to whom the Seller’s Offer or invoice is addressed and
includes successors in title and permitted assigns;
Sale means and includes the sale by the Seller of Goods as well as any order or Offer made or given by
the Seller and any contract entered into between the Purchaser and the Seller;
Software means the computer program and related documentation supplied pursuant to this agreement
including Custom and Standard Software;
Standard Software means a packaged software encoded on magnetic or optical medium intended for
multiple sale without modification;
Specifications means the document containing technical information relating to the functionality and/or
of criteria for the Goods, and
Warranty Period is published on Seller’s country specific website at www.schneider-electric.com and
commencing upon the date of delivery of the Goods to the Purchaser; and for all other Goods which
don’t have a warranty period identified in the Product and Services Catalogue then, the earlier of: (i)
eighteen (18) months from the delivery date; and (ii) the date that is twelve (12) months from commercial
Date: or operational use of the Goods by the Purchaser. If the delivery date of the relevant products cannot
be determined for any reason whatsoever, the warranty starts as of the manufacturing date code that
is specified on each product, in which case the duration of the warranty as specified in Seller’s Product
and Services Catalogue will be extended by 6 months.
Full signature:
R40
Contents (HOME)
Make the
most of
your energy
World energy consumption has risen This catalogue was printed at Blue Star
45% since 1980 and it is projected to be Group (NZ) Ltd, who are FSC® Chain of
70% higher by 2030. To limit energy cost Custody certified, using FSC Chain of
and its impact on the environment, we Custody paper. FSC (Forest Stewardship
must learn to adapt and manage energy Council®) is an international, not-for-
consumption, costs and pollutants. profit membership-based organisation
Schneider Electric is committed to that brings people together to find
reducing the energy cost and CO2 solutions to problems created by bad
emission of its customers. forestry practices and to reward good
management. The FSC Chain of Custody
Our products, solutions and services are is a highly regarded and trustworthy
present at every link in the energy value international certification for paper and
chain for the building, infrastructure, timber products. This catalogue was
industry and residential market to ensure manufactured using mineral oil free ink
your comfort and performance, while (produced with renewable resources,
taking into account environmental issues. unlike traditional mineral oil based inks).
The mill where the paper is manufactured
is ISO 14001, the paper is Elemental
Chlorine Free (ECF) and the pulp is
Mixed Sources FSC certified.
Contents (HOME)
NVMSEA4CAT1014 / NVMSEA41014
Refer www.schneider-electric.com/nz for Conditions of Sale. All prices are exclusive of GST.
© 2014 Schneider Electric. As standards, specifications and designs change from time to time, always ask for confirmation of the information given in this publication.
544947